MEMOIRS OF TEE QUEEN SLAND MUSEUM, Vol. IX, Part III.

207

\ V.

' r; i

- ^ //•/ . x 1

U

•<*

SOME FISHES OF THE ORDER AMPHT
PRIONIFORMES.

By Gilbert P. Whitley, Ichthyologist, Australian Museum, Sydney.*
(Plates XXVII— XXVIII, Text-figures 1-4.)

On my return journey to Sydney from a collecting trip to the Great Barrier
Beef last October, arrangements Mere made whereby I might work at the
Queensland Museum, Brisbane, for a fortnight, thus being enabled to examine a
number of type specimens of fishes. I am indebted to Mr. H. A. Longman, Director
of the Museum, and Air. T. C. Marshall for many courtesies and for facilities afforded.

My studies on the Pomacentrid fishes and them allies, based on the describing
and figuring done at the Queensland Museum and later elaborated and extended
in the Australian Museum, form the subject of this paper, which includes descriptive
and taxonomic notes of some Australian and South Pacific species with figures of
typical or topotypical specimens, and concludes with a synonymic check-list of
the Australian species with indications of their distribution. The range of species
outside Australia is not dealt with, as confusion would result from the inclusion
of extralimital localities, many of which ma}^ be based on doubtful records and
identifications of other authors. Type-localities have, however, been quoted, and,
except where noted otherwise, all references to literature have been checked with
the original books and papers.

Order AMPHIPRIONIFORMES mihi.

Pomacentroidei Bleeker, Natuurk. Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, pp. 1-1 66.
Pomacentriformes Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xii, July 1913, p. 131.

Chromides Jordan, Olassif. Fishes 1923, p. 218.

The fishes of the order Amphiprioniformes may easily be recognised from
Bleeker’s succinct definition : — 4 4 Bony, acanthopterygian fishes with simple nostrils,
the presence of a single nasal opening on each side sufficing to distinguish all the
embers from the other acanthopterygians . ’ ’

The markedly serrated operculum and, in many species, the bold bands on the
head and body, separate the Amphiprionidse from the Pomacentridse and then-
allies. Barnard * 1 has used the term Amphiprionidse to include the Pomacentridse of
authors, rightly pointing out that Amphiprion is an older generic name than
Pornacentrus , but I propose to restrict the family Pomacentridse to Pomacentrus
and its allies (Pomacentrinse, Parminse, and Glyphisodontinse in Australian waters).
To have been consistent, some ichthyologists should have used the name
Abudefdufidse.

* By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.

1 Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus. xxi, 2, Oct. 1927, p. 728. The term Amphiprioninae was used
by Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1859 (I860), p. 148.

O

208

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEEN SLANT) MUSEUM.

The family Amphiprionidse, as here understood, includes three closely allied
genera : Amphiprion (logotype, Lutjanus ephippium) , Actinicola (orthotype, Lutjanus
percula), and Fhalerebus, gen. nov. (orthotype, Amphiprion okaUopisos Bleeker). The
forms with conical or non-compressed teeth and less than 50 transverse series of
scales on the body enter the family Chromidte.

Premnas may be regarded as belonging to a separate family, the Premnidse,
near the Amphiprionidse. Gheiloprion , Hem iglyph idodon , and Stegastes are also each
probably worthy of family separation, to say nothing of several American genera.

Although the order Amphiprioniiormes is easily separable from other orders
of fishes, it is perhaps not very ancient, and most of the known genera appear to
be emergent forms. Several fossils have been assigned to the “ Pomacentridse,”
but none of them appears to enter the order as now understood.

Priscacara Cope 2 from the Tertiary of the United States was at first compared
with the Pomacentridse but Haseman 3 regarded it as <£ an ancestral Cichlid,” and
Jordan 4 5 6 accords it family rank. I have, not seen the description of Chromis
savorninip classed with the Pomacentridse in the Zoological Record.

Odonteus Agassiz 0 was regarded as separable from the Sparoides and classed
with the Scioenoides by its author, who remarked on its approach to Heliases.
O. sparoides , the only species, is described as having large, well separated, conical
teeth, first two dorsal spines subequal and less than half length of third, spinous
dorsal high, body deep with a shallow caudal peduncle ; these features show that
Odonteus is separable from the Amphiprioniformes.

ARTIFICIAL KEY TO AUSTRALIAN AND SOUTH PACIFIC GENERA. 7

A. Fifty or more transverse series of scales. D.ix-xi. Bases of spinous and soft dorsals of about
equal length. All opercles serrated.

B. Suborbital without a strong spine. AMPH1PRIONIDHC.

C. Dorsals connected but notched. Occipital region naked. Caudal rounded

Actinicola Fowler 1904.

CC. Dorsals without notch. Occipital region scaly. Caudal truncate or excavate.

D. Less than 18 dorsal rays. At least one tran verse band

Amphiprion Bloch & Schneider 1801.

2 Cope, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr, iii, 1877, p. 816, and Yertebrata Tert. Format, i,
1883, pp. 92 et seq.

3 Haseman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist, xxxi, 1912, pp. 97-101.

4 Jordan, Classif. Fishes (Stanford University Publications, Biol. Sci. iii, 2), 1923, p. 218.

5 Arambourg, Nat. carte geol. Alger. (1) vi, 1927, p. 162, pi. xvi, fig. 4, and pi. xvii, fig. 3.

6 Agassiz, Recherches poiss. toss, iv, 1839, p. 178. Not Odontceus Klug, Abhandl. Berl.
Akad. 1843, p. 37 {fide Gemminger & Harold, Cat. Coleopt. iii, 1868, p. 1080), a genus of Coleoptera.

7 Extralimital genera not dealt with here, but included in the order, are : Stegastes Jenyns
1842, s.str. ; Fur car ia Pooy I860, preocc. = DemoiseUea Whitley 1928 ; Hypsipops Gill 1861 ;
Microspathodon Gunther 1802; Euvchistodus Gill 1862; Pomataprion Gill 1863; Ayres! a Cooper
1864; Onychognafhus Troschol 1866, preocc. Agripopa Whitley 1928 ; Hermosilla Jenkins &
Evermann 1888 ; Nexilaris Jordan & Evermann 1896; Azarina Jordan & Evermann 1898;
Ncxilosus Heller & Snodgrass 1903 ; Azurella Jordan 1919 ; Cenlrochromis Norman 1922 ; and
Plectroglyphidodon Fowler & Ball 1925. Many of these may subsequently be removed to families
or subfamilies distinct from the Pomacentrida?. Zahulon Whitley 1928 should be removed from the
order on account of its three anal spines and superiorly situated lateral line.

SOME FISHES OF ORDER AMPHIPRIONIFORMES.— WHITLEY.

209

DD. More than 18 dorsal rays. No transverse bands . . Phalerebus, gen. nov.

BB. Suborbital with a strong spine directed backwards. PREMNLD2E Premnas Cuvier 1816.

AA. Less than 50 transverse series of scales. D.xii or more (rarely xi). Base of spinous dorsal
much longer than that of soft.

E. Teeth conical, villiform, or subcylindrical ; not compressed. CHROMJD.dE.

F. Teeth subcylindrical . . . . . . . . . . . . Meccenichthys gen. nov.

FF. Teeth conical or pointed, sometimes in bands.

G. None of the opercles serrated.

H. External teeth of mandible directed outwards . . Hoplochromis Fowler 1918.
HH. External teeth of mandible not directed outwards.

I. Second anal spine nearly as long as head . . Dorychromis Fowler & Bean 1928.

II. Second anal spine slightly more than half length of head.

J. Each scale of body with 1 to 3 small basal auxiliary scales

Lepidochromis Fowler & Bean 1928.
JJ. Body-scales without basal auxiliary scales . .

Ghromis Cuvier 1814 (syn. Heliases C. & V. 1830).

GG. Preoperculum, and sometimes suborbital, serrated.

K. D.xii-xiii.

L. Ground colour white with 3 dark transverse bands, strongly contrasted

Tetradrachmum Cantor 1849 (syn. JDascyllus Cuv. 1829 & Pirene Gistel 1848).
LL. Colour fairly uniformly dark or dusky without strongly contrasted bands

Pellochromis Fowler & Bean 1928.
KK. D.xvii Acanthochromis Gill 1863 (syn. Heptadecacanthus Alleyne & Macleay 1877).
EE. Teeth more or Jess compressed, at least anteriorly. POMACE NTRIDbE.

M. Lips normal. POMACENTRINiE.

N. Preoperculum serrated.

O. Spinous portion of dorsal and anal naked. Suboperculum and interoperculum
serrated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Daya Bleeker 1877.

00. Spinous portion of dorsal and anal scaly. Suboperculum and interoperculum
entire.

P. Thirteen (rarely 14) dorsal spines.

Q. Teeth in jaws biserial.

R. Snout scaly.

S. External teeth in jaw^s truncate. Caudal forked

Pomacentrus Lacepede 1802 (syn. Pristotis Riippell 1838).
SS. External teeth in jaws with somev^hat rounded tips. Caudal lunate

Pseudopomacentrus Bleeker 1877.
RR. Snout naked . . . . . . . . . . Dischistodus Gill 1863.

QQ. Teeth in jaws uniserial.

T. Snout scaly. Membrane of spinous dorsal incised and lobed. Caudal
acutely lobed . . . . . . . . Parapomacentrus Bleeker 1877.

TT. Snout wbthout scales. Membrane of spinous dorsal neither incised nor
lobed. Caudal emarginate . . . . Ambly pomacentrus Bleeker 1877.

PP. Twelve (rarely 11) dorsal spines.

U. Less than 30 transverse row r s of scales.

V. Membrane of spinous dorsal deeply incised Hr achy pomacentrus Bleeker 1877.

VV. Membrane of spinous dorsal neither incised nor lobed

Eupomacentrus Bleeker 1877.

210

MEMO IBS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

UU. More than 30 transverse series of scales . . Lepidozygus Gunther 1826.

NN. Preoperculum smooth.

W. Gill-rakers less than 40. GLYPHISODONTDSLE.

X. Generally 30 or less transverse series of scales. Unpaired fins with small scales
which do not form dense sheaths.

Y. Orbicular or deeply ovoid ; transverse bands dark, usually more than two in
number.

Z. Oblong-oval ; 3-4 rows of scales above end of upper section of lateral line ;

5-7 dark transverse bands . . . . GlypKisodon Lacepede 1802.

ZZ. Orbicular ; 1-2 rows of scales above end of upper section of lateral line.
Transverse bands usually ill -defined or absent

Amblyglyphidodon Bleeker 1877.
YY . Ovate, ovate-oblong, or oblong ; sometimes with one dark or several white
transverse bands.

A'. Oblong ; 2 or 3 rows of scales above end of lateral line ; anal base shorter
than soft dorsal base . . . . . . . . JV egostegastes, gen. nov.

AA'. Oval to ovate-oblong ; 1 to 2 rows of scales above end of lateral line;

B'. Body ovate-oblong.

C\ All pharyngeal teeth pointed . . Glyph idodontops Bleeker 1877.

CC'. Pharyngeal teeth in part obtuse

Iredaleichthys Whitley 1928 (syn. Chrysiptera Swainson 1839).
BB'. Body oval . . . . . . . . Paraglyphidodon Bleeker 1876

XX. Generally more than 30 transverse series of scales. Unpaired fins with dense
scaly sheaths. PARMINAS.

D\ Base of soft dorsal about half length of base of spinous dorsal

Parma Gunther 1862.

OD'. Base of soft dorsal about one -third length of base of spinous dorsal . .

Actinochromis Bleeker 1877.

WW. Gill-rakers 70 to 80. HEMIGLYPHIDODONTIN^E

Hemiglyphidodon Bleeker 1877 (syn. Ctenoglyphidodon Fowler 1918).
MM. Lips greatly thickened, fimbriate, and curled back over the snout. CHETLOPRIONINiE

Cheiloprion Weber 1913.

Family AMPHIPBIONID/E.

Amphiprion papuensis Macleav.

(Plate XXVII, fig. 1.)

Amphiprion papuensis Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. Wales viii, 2, July 1883, p. 271.

D’Entrecasteaux Group, New Guinea (Goldie, coll.). Type in Austr. Mus., Sydney.
Id. Jordan & Seale, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish, xxv, 1905 (1906), p. 279. Ex Macleay. Id.
McCulloch & Whitley, Mem. Qld. Mus. viii, 2, 1925, p. 166 (Queensland). Id. Whitley,
Rec. Austr. Mus. xvi, 4, 1928, p. 218, pi. xvii, fig. 2. Id. Iredale & Whitley, Austr. Mus.
Mag. iii, 7, 1928, p. 251, & fig.

Original description . — t£ D. 10/14. A.2/12. L.lat.50. The height of the body
is one-half of the length including the caudal fin. The colour is black, the muzzle
and breast, as far as the root of the ventrals are yellowish, the soft dorsal, tail, and
caudal fin are white, and there are two broad cross bands, as in A. bicinctus , one
from the nape to the edge of the sub-operculum, the other across the body, from
the back part of the spinous dorsal to the vent.”

“ Becua” of the natives. D’Entrecasteaux Group.

SOME FISHES OF ORDER AMPHIPRIONIFORMES. — WHITLEY.

211

Re-description of Holotype. — D.x/16 ; A.ii/13 (under microscope) ; P.1S

V j /5 ; C.13 ; Sc.50 ; L.tr.7/1/20 ; L.lat. 36 tubes.

Head (20 mm.) 3*4 in length to hypural joint (69). Depth (34*5) 2 in same.
Eye (6) 3-3, interorbital (7) 2*9, and longest pectoral ray (17) 11 in head.

Profile of head unevenly rounded, fairly steep, gibbous before eyes. Dorsal
profile more strongly arched than ventral. Head considerably higher than long
and longer than broad. Preorbital notched with several small spines and one larger
one pointing downward over the maxillary. Suborbital margin armed with spines
of different sizes. Pr coper cular margin with 28 serrations. Operculum with three
groups of large spines (5 + 8 + 14) ; suboperculum with a similar group of 9 spines.
Front of head, mouth, and chin naked ; rest of head scaly. Irregular raised ridges
on preorbital, suborbital, and on lower preopercular limb. About 21 predorsal
scales. Interorbital broad, plano-convex. Jaws subequal. A single series of blunt,
slightly curved, conical teeth in each jaw. Tongue fleshy, with a rounded margin.
Palatal velum present.

Body elevated, strongly compressed, widest anteriorly, entirely covered
with small, regular, ctenoid scales, which extend a short way on to the membranes
of all the fins except the ventrals. The lateral line rises sharply anteriorly,
following the dorsal curvature to below the posterior portion of the soft dorsal, and
bears 36 tubes. There are a few punctured scales on the sides and caudal peduncle.

Dorsal originating slightly behind the vertical of the operculum. Spinous
portion with a convex outline ; dorsal rays gradually increasing in height backwards
to form a somewhat pointed lobe which does not reach the vertical of the hypural
joint. Anal similar in form to soft dorsal but with a longer base and its lobe not
reaching so far back as that of the dorsal. The anal terminates slightly in advance
of the last dorsal ray. Pectorals and ventrals broad, rounded. Caudal margin
concave ; the lobes were probably pointed, but the tips of the rays have been
broken off.

Colour . — After long preservation in alcohol, the general body-colour is
chocolate brown (perhaps blackish in life), becoming much lighter on the breast
and face. Caudal peduncle and fin yellowish (perhaps white in life). A broad pearly
band extends from the occiput to the suborbital, crossing part of the preoperculum
and operculum, and meeting its fellow on the other side on the nape. A similar
but broader band crosses the body from the dorsal notch to the vent, missing the
anal fin, but entirely encircling the fish, and not bent backwards to include the edge
of the soft dorsal. Anal, spinous dorsal and ventrals, blackish brown. Soft dorsal,
caudal, and pectorals yellowish.

Described and figured from the holotype of Am phi prion papuensis Macleay,
a specimen 69 mm. in standard length. Originally in the Macleay Museum, University
of Sydney, and labelled “ Amphiprion Papuensis, n. sp.” in Macleay ’s handwriting,
it was presented by the Committee of Management of the Macleay Museum to the
Australian Museum in 1907 ; Begd. No. I. 9240.

Variation . — In two Queensland specimens, the width of the body- band where
it crosses the lateral line is equal to the distance from the posterior border of the
3 ye to the tip of the snout. In the type, the band is narrower. The anal fin is black
with white tips to the rays in one specimen, but has a tendency to become light
brown posteriorly in the other. D.x-xj/16.

212

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Larva . — I have already described and figured a larval specimen, 8-8 mm.
long, from Queensland ( loc . cit 1928).

Localities and Distribution . — D’Entrecasteaux Islands, off south-eastern
Papua (Andrew Goldie) ; holotype. Port Denison. Queensland (E. H. Rainford) ;

2 specimens. Holbourne Island, Queensland (E. H. Rainford) ; larva. Bowen,
Queensland (E. H. Rainford) ; 2 specimens in the Queensland Museum.

Affinities. — Amphiprion papuensis appears to be a ” good ” species, but is
evidently closely allied to several others from the Indo-Pacific region. The
colouration of the fins, width of the bands, concave caudal margin, and scale-counts
are diagnostic characters.

Bory de Saint Vincent 8 figured a small West Australian Amphiprion as Spams
milii which resembles A. papuensis but has broader stripes and a dark soft dorsal.
Th i oilier e 9 has doubtfully recorded this species from Woodlark Island which is near
the D’Entrecasteaux Group, and his remarks, based on a drawing, may refer to
A. papuensis.

The following nominal species may be grouped with A. papuensis , as they
are evidently closely related to it, but further data regarding their variation are
desirable before discussion as to their validity can be entered into : — Amphiprion
bicinctus Rippell, 10 A. chrysogaster 0. & V., 11 A. xanthurus C. & V., 12 Anthias clarkii,
Bennett, 13 Amphiprion japonicus Temminck & Scklegel, 14 A. chrysargyrus
Richardson, 15 and A. rneianostolus Richardson. l<> Amphiprion boholensis Cartier 1 '
and A. snyderi Ishikawa 18 are also probably allied to A. papuensis. If colour
differences prove too variable for use as diagnostic characters, it may be possible
eventually to sort out the good ” species from the invalid ones by studying
geographical distribution of the various forms. The tendency of modern writers,
however, has been to “ lump ” species described from widely separated localities
as synonyms of one well-known species, but later separation may prove necessary.
Fowler & Bean 19 in their admirable work on the Philippine forms have united most
of the species of Amphiprion mentioned above with A. polymnus.

Amphiprion papuensis is closely allied to the species well figured as
Amphiprion polymnus by Jordan & Seale 20 but the body-band is broader and there

8 Bory de Saint Vincent, Diet. Classique d’Hist Nat. xvii. 1831, p. 130, pi. cxiii, fig. 2.
Shark’s Bay, West Australia. (Not Mauritius as stated by Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July
1830, p. 402, who confuse this species with Spurns mylio Lacepede.)

9 ThiolJiere, Tchthyologie in Montrouzier, Essai Faun, lie Woodlark, 1857 (ex Ann. Soc. Imp.
Hist, Nat, Lyon, 1856). p. 198.

10 Riippell, Atlas zu Riippell, Reise (Senekenb. Nat. Ges?.), Fische, 1830-1831, p. 139, pi.
xxxv, fig. 1. Tor & Massowah, Red Sea.

11 Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 400. Bourbon.

12 Cuv. & Vat., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 402. No loc. - East Indies.

13 Bennett, Fish. Ceylon, 1830, pi. xxix. Ceylon.

14 Temminck & Sclilegel, Faun. Japon. Poiss., 1843, p. 66. Japan.

15 Richardson, Rept. 15th meet. Brit. Assn. Adv. Sci. 1845 (1846), p. 254. China.

16 Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist, ix, July 1, 1842, p. 390. Depuch I., W. Austr.

17 Cartier, Verb. Ges. Wiirzb., 1873, p. 96. Bohol, Philippines.

18 . Ishikawa, Proc. Tokyo Mus. i, 1904, p. 11, pk v. Japan.

19 Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, p. 6.

20 Jordan & Seale, Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci., x, 1905, p. 13, pi. vii. Hong Kong.

SOME FISHES OF ORDER AMPHIPRIONIFORMES.— WHITLEY.

213

are fewer scales. The Chinese fish has light ventrals and anal, but these fins are dark
in A . papuensis ; again the dorsal fin of the former is light whereas in the latter
it is dark. Bloch’s figure 21 of Anthias polymnus shows a white band round the caudal
peduncle, probably a juvenile character which disappears with age ; it has also
dark fins and a rounded caudal. Linnaeus’ original description of Perea polymna 22
does not enable me to state with certainty whether Bloch’s and Jordan & Seale’s
identifications are correct, but Linnaeus’ “ f asciis 3 albis ” exclude Amphiprion
papu ensis from co ns ider at ion .

Bleeker 23 has figured two specimens of so-called Prochilus polymnus. His
figure 8 seems to represent the true A. polymnus but figure 7 approximates
A . papuensis, but it shows a dark soft dorsal and larger scales. He later 24
recognised four varieties of this species, but the names he uses for them may have
to be restricted further when more is known of the geographical races or varieties
of this and allied species.

Amphiprion mccullochi sp. nov.

Amph r prion melanopus Ogiiby, Austr. Mus. Mem. ii, 1889, p. 64. Id. Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus. v,

1904, pp. 168 & 208. Lord Howe Island. Not A. melanopus Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr.

Ned. Ind. iii, 1852, p. 561. Amboina.

Amphiprion McCulloch, Austr. Mus. Mag. i, 1921, p. 34 (habits).

D.x/15-18 ; A.ii/13-16.

Dorsal, pectoral, ventral, and anal fins black ; caudal whitish. Caudal fin
more or less emarginate, the lobes sometimes pointed. In a large series of specimens,
one young one (Austr. Mus. No. I. 5392) has the caudal black like the other fins,
whilst another (I. 5730) has lighter pectorals, but these are exceptional. Opercular
band not nearly reaching the top of the nape, except in very young specimens :
it is sometimes absent in adults. A vertical band across the middle of the body,
and another one across the caudal peduncle in the young.

In Amphiprion melanopus Bleeker, with which A. mccullochi has been
confused, the dorsal is yellowish, not black, and the opercular band extends to the top
of the nape. When Ogiiby, and later Waite, recorded this species from Lord Howe
Island, they noted several differences between it and typical A. melanopus but did
not propose an alternative name. Amphiprion mccullochi has been brought alive
from Lord Howe Island to Sydney and may be seen in the Taronga Park Aquarium.

The holotype of Amphiprion mccullochi is an Australian Museum specimen,
78 mm. in length to the end of the middle caudal rays ; Regd. No. Ia. 1962.
It was collected at Lord Howe Island by my late senior colleague, Allan Riverstone
McCulloch, to whose memory I dedicate the species.

Actinicola percula (Lacepede).

“ Tetragonopterus cinereus Icevis ,” &c., Klein, Mis. Pise, iv, 1749, p. 38, No. 5, pi. xi, fig. 8 (fide
Bloch , 1797). Pre - Linnean .

21 Bloch, Nat. Ausl. Fische vi, 1792, p. 103 (fide Sherborn, Index Animalium) : Iehthyologie,
ix, 1797, p. 89, pi. cccxvi, fig. 1. East Indies.

22 Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 291, No. 8. Indies. Idem., Gmelin, ibid. ed. 13,
i, 3, 1789, p. 1313.

23 Bleeker, Atl. Ichth. ix, 1877, pi. cccc, figs. 7-8.

21 Bleaker, Natuurk. Verh. Hoik Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, p. 28.

214

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

“ Choetodon meter olepidotus,*’ &c., Seba, Thesaur. iii, 1758, p. 71, No. 29, pi. xxvi, fig. 29 (fide Bloch,
1797). Non-binomial.

Perea sp. Tyson, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. lxi, 1771, p. 247, pi. vii, fig. 8 ; ibid, (abridged ed.)
xiii, 1809, p. 136, pi. iii, fig. 10. South Seas.

“ Der glatte F Hinder aff ” Klein, Neuer Schaupl. Natur. iii, 1776, p. 153, No. 5 (fide Bloch, 1797).
Anthias polymnus var. Bloch, Nat. Ausl. Fische vi, 1792, p. 105 ; Ichthylogie ix, 1797, p. 91, pi.

eccxvi, fig. 3. East. Indies. Not Perea polymna Linn.

Amphiprion polymnus var. Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 203.

Lutj anus polymna var, Lacepede, Hist. Nat, Poiss. iv, 1802, p. 224. Ex Bloch.

Lutjanus percula Lacepede, Hist . Nat. Poiss. iv, 1802, pp. 194 & 239. Port Praslin, New Britain ;
collected by Commerson, July 1768.

Amphiprion polymnus Cloquet, Diet. Sci. Nat., ed. 2, ii, Oct. 1816, suppl. p. 25, pi. [xlv], fig. 2.

Moluccas & Coromandel. Not Perea polymna Linn.

Amphiprion tunicatus Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 399, id. cxxxii,
fig. 2. Vanikoro. Idem. Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool. ii, 1831, p. 192, pi. xxv, fig. 3. New
Guinea specimen figured. Name mis-spelt A. punicatus by Swainson, Nat. Hist. Class.
Fish. Amph. Rept. ii, 1839, p. 217,

Amphiprion percula Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 397. Idem. Bleeker, Nat.

Tijdschr. Ned. Tnd. iii, 1852, p. 287. Idem. Schmeltz, Mus. Godef. Cat. v, 1869, p. xviii
(Pelew Is.). Idem. Alley ne & Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S, Wales i, March 1877, p.
342 ( Darn ley I., Q.). Idem. Saville-Kent, Gt. Barrier Reef. Austr.. 1893, pp. 33 & 145,
chromo-pl. i. Idem. Cockerell, Mem. Qld. Mus. iii, 1915, p. 42 (scales). Idem. McCulloch
& Whitley, Mem. Qld. Mus. viii, 1925, p. 165. Idem. Whitley, Ree. Austr. Mus. xvi, 1,
1927, p. 24 (not Port Darwin record).

Amphiprion ocellaris Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 399. Sumatra. Type in
British Museum.

Amphijjrion melanurus Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 400. Sumatra. Type in
British Museum.

Prochilus percula Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Dierk. i, 1863, p. 241. Obi (fide Fowler & Bean, 1928).

Trachichthys (Amphiprion) tunicatus Sluiter, Zool. Anzeiger xi, 1888, pp. 240-243 (habits). Bay
of Batavia.

Amphiprion ( Actinicola ) percula Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. (2) xii, 4, 1904, p. 533.

Idem. Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, p. 11 (q.v. for refs, to literature
not repeated here).

Variation. — Actinicola percula is well represented in the Australian Museum,
collection by numerous specimens from Queensland and Indo-Pacific localities
An examination of these shows the following variation ; — T).x/ 15-1 8 (normally 16) •
A.ii/12 (rarely 13) ; 29-38 l.lat. tubes. The number of serrations on the opercles
is too variable to be of diagnostic value. The number of transverse rows of body-
scales is also variable but is generally less than 60. The areas between the black-
edged white bands are mostly light in tone ; the ventrals are light, with dark edges,
and most of the caudal is light.

Included in the series were some specimens from Port Darwin, North
Australia, with 11 dorsal spines, dark breast and pectorals, areas between white
bands dark, and most of caudal dark. These I regard as specifically separable from
A. percula and are identified as A. bicolor Castelnau : vide infra. A large specimen
also confused with A. percula has D.xi/17 ; A.ii/12 ; l.lat. with 42 tubes ; more than
60 transverse rows of body-scales. This evidently represents a new species of
Actinicola but I refrain from naming it as the specimen is without locality or data.

SOME FISHES OF OBDEE AMFHIPB10N IF OBMES. — WHITLEY. 215

Very young specimens of A. percula sometimes have the areas between the
white bands dark, but may at once be distinguished from A. bicolor by their light-
coloured snouts and 10 dorsal spines. Andaman Islands specimens appeal to be
referable to a subspecific form distinct from the true A. percula (vide Day, Fish. India
1877. pp. 378 & 379, pi. lxxx, fig. 4 ; Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. xv, 1881, p. 52 ; Faun.
Brit. India, Fish, ii, 1889, p. 377).

Hosts. In Queensland, Actinicola percula has been recorded from the Sea

Anemones Stoichactis Jiaddoni and 8. Jcenti (Saville-Kent, loc. cit ., as Discosoma).
It was commonly seen by me nestling amongst anemones’ tentacles at Low Isles,
and less commonly at Michaelmas Cay, North Queensland, but I have never seen
one actually inside an anemone’s stomach.

Actinicola bicolor (Castelnau).

(Plate XXVII, Fig. 2.)

Amphiprion bicolor Castelnau, Proe. Zool. Aeelim. Soc. Viet, ii. May 10, 1873, p. 92. Port Darwin,
North Australia. Type in Paris Museum. Id. Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N S. Wales
ii, Juije 1878, p. 361.

Amphiprion percula Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wins. Wien lxxx, 1, 1879, p. 376. Not Lutjanus
percula Lacepede.

Amphiprion bicolor Weber & de Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austr. Archip. i, 1911, p. 63.

Amphiprion percula Whitley, Roe. Austr. Mus. xvi, 1, 1927, p. 24. Port Darwin specimens
only. Not Lutjanus percula Lacepede.

D.xi/15; A.ii/13 ; P.i/16 ; V.i/5 ; C.15. L.lat. 34 tubes. L.tr.6/1/23.

Head (16-5 mm.) 3-1 in length to hypural joint (52). Depth (25) 2-OS in same.
Eye (4) 4-1, interorbital (5) 3-3, and longest pectoral ray (13) 1-3 in head.

Profile somewhat gibbous before the dorsal, slightly concave at the nape
and convex before the eyes. Dorsal outline much more arched than ventral. Head
higher than long, longer than broad. Preorbital notched, with a strong spine and
two or three smaller ones ; similar spines along suborbital. Angle and lower half
of the preoperculum serrated. Operculum, interoperculum, and suboperculum with
long spines. Opercles scaly, scales becoming vestigial on cheeks. Nape, front of
head, and chin naked. Lower orbital margin, preorbital, suborbital, and inframarginal
area of preoperculum with'series of raised ridges. The nostrils are almost surrounded
by them. Circular pores along margins of suboperculum and preoperculum and
a "few scattered on the face. About 17 predorsal scales ; the foremost hardly reaches
the nuchal band. Tnterorbital broad, slightly depressed mesially. Lower jaw
slightly longer than upper. A single series of blunt teeth in each jaw. Tongue acute,
with a blunt tip. A palatal velum present.

Body elevated, compressed, entirely covered with small cycloid scales which
extend a short way on to the bases of all the fins except the first dorsal and the
ventrals. Lateral line rising sharply from over the operculum to below the first
dorsal, whence it descends in an irregular course to terminate below the second
dorsal. Some punctured scales on the sides of the caudal peduncle.

Dorsal originating slightly behind the vertical of the hindmost part of the
operculum and terminating somewhat behind the end of the anal base. The spines
are elevated anteriorly, hut decrease in height posteriorly to form a notch before

216

MEMOIRS OF TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

the eleventh longer spine which precedes the rounded soft dorsal, whose lobe does
not reach the vertical of the hypural joint. Anal similar in form to soft dorsal.
Pectorals, ventrais, and caudal broadly rounded.

Colour . — After long preservation in alcohol, the ground-colour is brownish
black which extends on to all the fins. Three light-edged whitish bands cross the
ground-colour. The first begins on the nape, where it joins its fellow from the other
side, and descends behind the eye and across the operculum to taper to a point on the
interoperculum. The second begins at the dorsal notch and crosses the body in
the form of a broad chevron. The third traverses the caudal peduncle and. like the
second, completely encircles the fish. A broad whitish margin to the pectoral and
remains of what were probably white marginal bands in the young are still to be seen
near the tips of some of the dorsal and caudal rays.

Described and figured from a specimen, 68 mm. in total length, from the
type-locality. Port Darwin, North Australia (Austr. Mus. Begd. No. A. 4834) ;
collected on a coral reef by Alexander Morton in 1879.

Variation. — Besides the specimen dealt with above, there arc three specimens
of Actinieola bicolor in the Australian Museum. One was collected by Morton at
the same time as the described specimen ; the others were collected at Port Darwin
by Messrs. Christie and Godfrey. Tn the smallest (38 mm. long), the second white
cross-band includes five dorsal spines and is produced backwards superiorly to form
a broad white margin to the soft dorsal. The anal lobe and the caudal fin are also
margined with white. These conditions are also met with in a specimen of 54 mm.
The relative widths of the cross-bands vary in individual specimens. The raised
ridges on the head are not found in the young, but there are additional ridges on
the interoperculum of my largest specimen (73 mm.).

Locality and Known Range. — Port Darwin, North Australia.

Affinities. — Very closely allied to Actinieola percula (Lacepede), but with eleven
dorsal spines, and the face, ventrais, and areas between the cross-bands uniformly
dark.

The original description of this species, by Castelnau, is probably inaccurate
in such details as fin-formulae.

PHALEPEBUS. gen. nov.

Orthotype. — Prochilus alkallopisos (Bleeker).

Prochilus akallopisus Bleeker 25 is distinguished from Amphiprion and
Actinieola by its increased number (19-21) of dorsal rays and the absence of
transverse bands. It was originally described 26 as Amphiprion akallopisos.

Amphiprion nigripes Began 2 ' from the Maidive Islands is apparently congeneric.

25 Bleeker, Natuurk, Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, pp. 22 & 35 ; Atl.
Ichth. ix, 1877, pi. cccc, fig. 3.

26 Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. iv, 1853, p. 281. Priaman.

27 Regan, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xii, 1908, p. 230, pi. xxiv, fig. 2.

SOME FISHES OF ORDER AMPHIPRIONIFORMES.— WHITLEY.

217

Family CHROMJDtE.

Tetradrachmum melanurus (Bleeker).

(Text-fig. 1.)

Dascyllus aruanus var. a. “ pinna caudali postice nigra ” Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. ii,
1851, p. 246. Sumbawa, East Indies.

Dascyllus melanurus Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. vi, 1854, p. 109. Sumbawa, &c., East
Indies. Id. Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. iv, 1862, p. 12, and Journ. Mus. Godef. xv
(Fische Siidsee vii), 1881, p. 236 (not plate).

Tetradrachmum melanurus Bleeker, Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. i, 1863, p. 231 (fide Weber & Beaufort,
1911). Id. Bleeker, At]. Ichth. ix, 1877, pi. ccccix, fig. 1 and Natuurk. Verh. Holl.
Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, pp. 144 & 149. Id. Weber & Beaufort, Fish. Indo-
Austr. Arehip. i, 1911, p. 385 (references).

Pomacentrus onyx De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales viii, 4, Feb. 21, 1884, p. 451. South Seas.
Type in Queensland Museum seen.

Tetradrachmum mclanurum Steindachner, Abhand. Senckenberg Ges. xxv, 1900, p. 438 (fide
Fowler & Bean, 1928).

Dascyllus (Dascyllus) melanurus Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, pp. 14 &
20 (references).

Re-description of Pomacentrus onyx De Vis.

D.xii/13 : A.ii/12 ; P.15 ; V.i/5 ; C.15. Lateral line with 17 tubes. Sc. 23.
L.tr.3/1/8.

Head (12 mm.) 2*8 in length to hypural joint (34). Depth (21) 1-6 in same.
Eye (5) 2-4, interorbital (4-5) 2*6, snout (3) 4*0 in head.

Profiles markedly convex, the upper more so than the lower. Head almost
entirely scaly. Eye large ; interorbital broad, convex. Snout bluntly rounded.
Suborbital and preoperculum with small, regular serrations ; other opereles entire.
Jaws subequal. Maxillary reaching to below anterior half of eye. A row of small
conical teeth in each jaw.

Body elevated, compressed, covered with ctenoid scales which are largest
on the sides, in about 23 transverse rows between operculum and hypural joint,
and extending on to the fins. Lateral line originating over the operculum between
two strongly ctenoid scales and terminating below the soft dorsal. Ventrals with
axillary scales.

Dorsal originating behind the vertical of the origin of the ventrals and
terminating behind the anal. Spinous dorsal higher than soft portion. Anal spines
strong, soft portion of the fin similar to that of dorsal but with a longer base. Pectoral
shorter than head, rounded, the upper rays longest. Ventrals pointed, reaching
the first anal spine when adpressed. Caudal lobes probably bluntly rounded, but
the tail of the type is damaged.

The type of Pomacentrus onyx De Vis is a faded formalin specimen and no
colour markings can now be traced. De Vis described the colouration as follows : —
£ * Four black bands, first over the eye to the chin and chest. Second from anterior
half of spinous dorsal to ventral. Third from posterior half of soft dorsal to anal.
Fourth forming a large ovate patch covering the end of the caudal. Ventrals black.' ”

218

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Described and figured from the lectotype of Pomacentrus onyx De Vis, a
specimen 34 mm. in length from snout to hypural joint, selected from a series of
seven co-types, 21-39 mm. (Qld. Mus. Regd. No. 1. 11/99.)

Locality 44 South Seas.” Collected by Captain Browne.

Note. — Chcetodon araneus Bennett 28 from Ceylon is the Dascyllus aruanus
“ varieteit met eene zwarte staartvin” of Schlegel & Muller, 29 and appears to be
sped fically^disti net from TetradracJi mum melanurus (Bleeker).

Text-fig. 1. — Tetradr actinium melanurus (Bleeker). Lectotype of Pomacentrus onyx De Vis from
the “ South Seas.” (The usual dark bands have completely faded from De Vis’ types, so-
cannot be included in this figure.)

G. P. Whitley , del.

MECVENICHTHYS, gen. nov.

Orthotype . — Heliastes immaculatus Ogilby.

Eye large. All opercles entire. No preorbital spine or notch. Top of head
scaly to level of nostrils. Suborbital naked, not adnate to cheek. A single series
of well-developed, fixed teeth in each jaw ; each tooth is slightly curved, subcylin-
drical near its base with a bluntly pointed tip, and is not fused with its neighbours,
nor are there gaps between the teeth. Gill-rakers short.

Body deep, compressed, suborbicular, scaly. Caudal peduncle short and
broad. Ctenoid scales in less than thirty transverse series, extending on to all the
fins except ventrals. Thirteen dorsal spines. Base of soft dorsal nearly half length

28 Bennett, Fish. Ceylon, Feb. 1830, p. 17, pi. xvii.

29 Schlegel & Muller, V'erh. Nat. Ges. over/., Pise., 1844, p. 21.

SOME FISHES OF ORDER AMPHIPRIONIFORMES. — WHITLEY.

219

of base of spinous dorsal. Two anal spines. Caudal bilobed. First ventral ray
produced. Pectoral at least as long as head.

Fairly uniformly dark in colour with no transverse bands.

Mecsenichthys immaculatus (Ogilby).

Hdiastes immaculatus Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales x, 3, Dec. 21, 1885, p, 446. Shark

Reef, Port Jackson. Type in Austr. Museum seen. Id. Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N. S Wales

1886, p. 44.

Heliases immaculatus Waite, Austr. Mus. Mem. iv, 1, 1899, p. 86, pi. xiv.

Ghromis hypsilepis Waite, Mem. N. S. W. Nat. Club ii, 1904, p. 37. Ref. to Waite only. Not

Heliastes hypsilepis Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, (3) xx, July 1, 1867, p. 66.

Ghromis ? immaculatus McCulloch, Zool. Res. Endeav. i, 1911, p. 74.

Glyphisodon immaculatus McCulloch, Austr. Zool. ii, 3, 1922, id. 95, pi. xxviii, fig. 253c.

A specimen from Cape Moreton in the Queensland Museum (Regd. No. I. 2547)
agrees with the original description but has four rows of scales on the cheek instead
of eight as given by Ogilby. Reference to the type in the Australian Museum
(B. 7254), however, shows that four is the correct number of longitudinal rows of
cheek-scales.

New record for Queensland. Waite (1904) has considered this species to be
identical with Chromis hypsilepis (Gunther), but it is readily distinguished by its
much rounder body, shorter and broader caudal peduncle, larger number of dorsal
and anal rays, and by the absence of the black spot on the base of the pectoral, and
the white spot on the caudal peduncle. In Ghromis hypsilepis the teeth are conical
and in several series, the outer being the larger.

Family POMACENTRIDiE ,

The early systematic writers on fishes grouped what are now known as
Pomacentridse with other brightly coloured coral fishes. Noteworthy in this regard
are Linnaeus, Forskal, Gmelin, Gronovius, Bloch, and Lac&pede, who described
many species under the genera Chcetodon , Holocentrus , Labrus , &c., from which they
are well separated to-day. The first generic differentiation of a Pomacentrid from
this 6/£cg£ocfo%-complex of the ancients was made by Forskal 30 who noted, by the
Arabic term “Abu-defduf” a species {Chcetodon sordidus) from the Red Sea. I have
elsewhere 31 suggested, however, that the names in Forskal’s “ Descriptiones
Animal ium ” be disregarded as being of taxonomic validity, and Abudefduf is not
regarded as a permissible generic name. 32

Passing Prochilus Klein 1775 = Walbaum 1792, as a non-binomial name
revived by Bleeker for the Amphiprionid fishes, and Amphiprion Bloch & Schneider
1801, the next strictly Pomacentrid genus defined appears to be Pomacentnis
Lacepede,° 3 and, as this is the first valid generic name encountered, the family name
must be Pomacentridse. Jordan, in his * £ Genera of Fishes,” gives Chcetodon pavo
Bloch as the genotype of Pomacentrus " by general consent,” but the type-designation

30 Forskal, Descriptiones Animalium 1775, pp. xiii & 59.

31 Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xvi, 1928, p. 230.

32 See however Jordan & Seale, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish, xxv, 1906, p. 284, footnote.

33 Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv, 1803, p. 505.

220

MEMOIRS OF TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

has been satisfactorily accomplished in an obscure work to which my attention has
been directed by my friend Mr. Tom Iredale. The logotype of Pomacentrus was
selected by Guichenot, 34 who wrote l ’ L’espeee qui a servi de type a Petablissement
de ce genre est le Pomacentrus pavo des auteurs.” This statement occurs in livraison
598 of Guichenot \s work and was probably published in 1838 (teste T. Iredale).

As here restricted the family Pomacentridte includes Pomacentrus and its
allies with compressed teeth and a denticulate preoperculum but, in the broad sense,
accommodates Glyphisodon , Parma , and their relatives.

Pomacentrus suvarovensis kStead.

Pomacentrus suvarovensis. Stead, Koto Coll. Fish. Suwar. Is., 1907, p. 4, pi. i. Suwarow Island.

In September 1907, the Department of Fisheries in Sydney published, by
Government authority, a booklet entitled 44 Note on a Small Collection of Fishes from
Suwarow Island,” by David G. Stead. Only two new species were therein described :
Pomacentrus suvarovensis and Canthigaster australis. The holotype and paratypes
of the Pomacentrid species were later presented to tile Australian Museum where
they are Kegel. Nos. Ia. 2460 and 2461-2464 respectively. Examination of these
shows that the species is a true Pomacentrus allied to P. pavo.

Locality . — Suwarow Island, South Pacific Ocean (Lat. 13° 13' S., Long. 1630 09'
W.) ; collected by A. G. Hobbs.

Pseudopomacentrus niomatus (De Vis).

(Text-fig. 2.)

Pomacentrus niomatus De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales viii, 4, Feb. 21, 1884, p. 451. “ Locality
probably South Sea Islands.” Type in Qld. Mus. examined.

Pomacentrus inornatus Jordan & Seale, Bull. U. S. Fish. Bur. xxv, 1906, p. 281. Emend, pro P.
niomatus De Vis. (Apia, Samoa.)

D.xiii/14 ; A.ii/14 ; P.16; V.i/5 ; C.15. Sc. 25; 16 tubes on L.lat. plus 2
series of punctured scales. L.tr. 3/1/9.

Head (16 mm.) 3*0 in length to hypural joint (48). Depth of body (24) 2-0,
and depth of caudal peduncle (7) 6-8 in the same. Eye (6*5) 2*4, snout (4) 4-0, and
interorbital (5) 3*2 in head.

Eye large. Preorbital with a marked notch ; suborbital very narrow,
scaleless, with one or two serrations anteriorly. Preoperculum finely serrated, its
lower limb entire. Two or three rows of scales on cheeks. Small scales cover the
interorbital and extend well forward over the snout. The operculum of the type
is now denuded of scales. Interorbital very slightly convex. Maxillary reaching
beyond vertical of anterior margin of eve. A series of compressed incisors in each
jaw and extending along the rami.

Body deep, compressed, covered with large scales which form sheaths for
the proximal portions of the dorsal and anal fins.

34 Guichenot, Diet, pittoresque d’Histoire Naturelle viii, k ‘ 1839 ” (1838 ?), p. 502.

SOME FISHES OF ORDER A MPHIPRI ONIFORMES. — TV HI TEE Y. ' 221

Dorsal originating in advance of the vertical of the origin of the ventrals
and terminating a little behind the anal. The spines increase in height posteriorly.
Ventrals reaching the vent. The soft portions of the fins are slightly damaged in
the type but their margins were probably somewhat pointed.

The colour of the type has faded to a uniform yellowish with some silvery
flecks on the sides. According to De Vis, it w r as uniform pale brown with a minute
black super-axillary spot.

Text-fig. 2. — Pseudopomacentrus niomatus (Do Vis). Holotype of Pomacentrus niomatus De Vis
from the “ South Sea Islands.”

G. P. Whitley, del.

Described and figured from the holotype of Pomacentrus niomatus De Vis,
a specimen 48 mm. from snout to hypural joint. (Qld. Mus. Regd. No. I. 11/111.)
This species is closely allied to Pomacentrus trilineatus Bleeker (non Cuv. & Val.),
part 35 but lacks the spot on the caudal peduncle and has a serrated suborbital.

Regan 36 has wrongly identified Pomacentrus inornatus De Vis from Easter
Island. The species he figures is, however, a new species of Eupomacentrus which
may now be known as E. paschalis (vide p. 225 of this paper).

Fowler 37 has recorded Pomacentrus inornatus from Laysan Island, but it seems
doubtful whether De Vis’ species occurs in such high latitudes.

Pseudopomacentrus flavicauda (Whitley).

Pomacentrus flavicamla Whitley, Ree. Austr. Mus. xvi, 6, June 11, 1928, p. 297, fig. 1. North-
west Islet, Queensland. Holotype in Austr. Mus., Sydney.

Three specimens from Darnley Island, 6 Oct. 1912 ; collected by J. R. Tosh.
(Qld. Mus. Regd. No. 1.812.) Twelve from Masthead Island, collected by H. A.
Longman. (Q.M. No. 1.757.)

35 Bleeker, Atl. Ichth. vi, 1877, pi. ccccvi, fig. 6 only.

36 Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1913, ii. p. 370, pi. lviii, fig. 1.

37 Fowler, Bish. Mus. Bull, xxxviii, 1927, p. 22.

222

MEMOIRS OF TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Dischistodus fasciatus (Cuv. & VaL).

“ Prochilus No. 2 corpore angustiore in medio fascia lata ” &c., Klein, Miss. Pise, v, 1749, p. 60.
pi. xii, fig. 2 ( fide Bleeker, 1877). Pre-Linnean.

Pornacentrus fasciatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 426, pi. cxxxiv.

Java. Id. Schlogel & Muller, Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. overz. Pise., 1844, p. 20, pi. iv, fig. 1.
Id. Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mils, iv, 1862, p. 19. Id. Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss.
Wien lxxx, 1, 1879, p. 397.

Dischistodus fasciatus Blocker, Atl. Iclith. ix, 1877, pi. cccci, fig. 8 and Natuurk. Verh. Holl.
Maatseh. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, p. 86.

Pornacentrus quadri fascial us Bleeker, Natuurk. Verh. Holl. Maatseh. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877,
p. 87, in synonymy. Ex Kuhl & van Hasselt, MS.

Pornacentrus ( Dischistodus ) fasciatus Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, pp. 67
& 111 (references).

One from Moreton Bay presented by the Amateur Fishermen’s Association of
Queensland. (Qld. Mus. Regd. No. 1.2189.) Klunzinger (1879) recorded this species
from Port Darwin, but this is the first record of its occurrence in Queensland. Other
specimens collected by J. Colclough at Dobo. Aru Islands, are in the A. F. A. Q.
Museum, Brisbane (Nos. 1168-1169).

The name Pornacentrus quadrifasciatus was evidently written on a drawing by
Kuhl and van Hasselt, who collected the species in Java about a century ago. Their
name, however, was not utilised by Cuvier & Valenciennes nor by Schlegel & Muller
who described the species as Pornacentrus fasciatus. Kuhl & van Hasselt’s name was
published in the synonymy of P. fasciatus by Bleeker (1877) and is a nomen nudum
and an absolute synonym of P. fasciatus.

Pornacentrus (Dischistodus) fasciatus var. intermedia Weber, 38 from the
Philippine Islands, may apparently be maintained as a distinct variety.

Dischistodus frenatus (De Vis).

(Text-figure 3.)

Pornacentrus frenatus De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ix, 4, March 4, 1885, p. 874. Cardwell,
Queensland. Type in Qld. Mus. examined. Id. McCulloch & Whitley, Mem. Qld. Mus.
viii, 1925, p. 166.

Re-description op Pornacentrus frenatus De Vis.

D.xiii/15 ; A.ii/14; P.i/16 ; V.i/5 ; C.15. Sc. 24. L.tr. 3/1/8; 17 tubes on
L.lat. plus 7 punctured scales on caudal peduncle.

Head (31 mm.) 3-2 in length to hypural joint (101). Depth of body (46) 2*2,
and depth of caudal peduncle (17) 5-9 in same. Eye (8) 3*8, interorbital (9) 3-4,
preorbital (7) 4*4, snout (9*5) 3*2 in head. Last dorsal spine, 17 mm. ; eighth dorsal
ray, 24 ; second anal spine, 13 ; and ninth anal ray, 22.

Profiles of head markedly convex, the upper much more so than the lower.
Scales cover the interorbital area but the frons, preorbital, and suborbitals are naked.
Three rows of large scales and two of small ones on the cheeks. Preorbital deep,
without notch. Suborbital and ascending limb of preoperculum evenly and strongly

Weber, Siboga-Exped., Fische, May 1913, p. 340, pi. vi, fig. 4. Sulu.

SOME FISHES OF OBDEB AMPHIPBIONIFOBMES.— WHITLEY.

223

denticulated ; other opercular margins entire. Interorbital convex. Maxillary
reaching vertical of anterior margin of eye. Conic teeth in each jaw.

Body robust, the dorsal profile well arched. Caudal peduncle deep. The
scales are large and regular and extend a little way onto the fins excepting the
ventrals. Lateral line gently curved, its scales without notched margins.

Dorsal originating over the opercular flap, well in advance of the vertical
of the insertion of the ventrals. The anterior spines are shorter than those following
them and the membranes are produced into free pencils. The soft dorsal forms
a pointed lobe and terminates a little behind the termination of the anal. Anal
similar in form to soft dorsal but not so high and with a longer base. Pectorals
rounded. Ventrals reaching vent. Caudal apparently bilobed.

Colour, after long preservation in formalin, uniform straw-yellowish.
Originally described as — vv Colour pale yellowish green. Between the eyes two
transverse lines curving strongly forward. On the cheek two straight lines from
the upper part of the preopercle to the angle of the mouth and a line of spots below
them. Opercle with spots, dashes, and curved streaks. Scales of the body below the
lateral line each with a vertical line on the base extending to the scales above and
below it. On the scales above the lateral line posteriorly, small round spots
extending a little on the base of the soft dorsal. Base of caudal and pectoral similarly
spotted. A very obscure brown patch on the base of the first four dorsal rays.
A dark-brown axillary spot and an obscure bluish spot on the origin of the
lateral line.”

Described and figured from the holotype of Pomacentrus frenatus De Vis,
a specimen 101 mm. long from snout to hypural joint. (Qld. Mus. Regd. No’.
/. 13/1366.)

Locality. — Cardwell, North Queensland ; collected by Kendall Broadbent.
p

224

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Eupomacentrus nigricans (Lacepede) var. subniger (De Vis).

Holocentrus nigricans Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv, 1802, pp. 332 & 367. No locality. Ex “Aspro
totus atratus &c. Commerson, MS. Probably from Mauritius.

Pomacentrus scolopseus Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Uranie & Physic., Zool., 1825, p. 398. Mauritius.

Pomacentrus tamiops Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 423. Mauritius.

Pomacentrus scolopsis Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. iv, 1862, p. 28. Emend, pro P. scolopseus
Q. & G. Id. Gunther, Journ. Mus. Godeff. xv (Fischo Sudsee vii), 1881, p. 227, pi. cxxv,
fig. A (Samoa) ; copied by Lydekker, Boy. Nat. Hist, v, 1896, p. 418 & fig.

? Pomacentrus scolopsis Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ii, 1878, p. 361 (Port Darwin).

Pomacentrus subniger De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ix, 4, March 4, 1885, p. 873. Cardwell,
Queensland. Holotype in Qld. Mus. examined.

Pomacentrus nigricans Jordan & Seale, Bull. XT. S. Bur. Fish, xxv, 1906, p. 281. Id. McCulloch
& Whitley, Mem. Qld. Mus. viii, 1925, p. 166. Ex De Vis. Id. Fowler & Bean, XT. S.
Nat. Mus. Bull. 100, vol. vii, 1928, p. 118.

R e-description of Pomacentrus subniger De Vis.

D.xii/16; A.ii/13 ; P.17; V.i/5 ; C.15. Sc.26 (De Vis’ ££ Lat. 34” is

evidently an error). L.tr. 3/1/8 ; 19 tubes on L.lat. plus about 8 punctured scales
on caudal peduncle.

Head (29 mm.) 3-2 in length to hypural joint (93). Depth of body (45) 2*06,
and depth of caudal peduncle (15) 6*18 in same. Eye (9) 3-2, interorbital (8) 3*6,
preorbital (6) 4-8 in head.

Head scaly except for chin, mouth, and anterior part of preorbital. Two
and a-half rows of scales on cheeks. No preorbital notch. Suborbital and
preoperculum strongly and regularly denticulated, other opercles entire. A
concealed opercular spine. Interorbital slightly convex. Maxillary almost reaching
vertical of anterior margin of eye. A single series of compressed incisors in
each jaw.

Body compressed, covered with large scales which extend onto all the fins
except the ventrals. Lateral line scales with notched margins and small tubes.
Dorsal originating immediately over the ventral spines and terminating slightly
behind the anal. The spines are long, but not so high as the longest rays of the soft
portion of the fin. Anal spines strong, soft portion of fin apparently similar to that
of dorsal, but with a shorter base. Pectorals rounded, upper rays longest. Ventrals
reaching vent when adpressed. Caudal bilobed.

Colour, after long preservation in formalin, fairly uniform olive brownish ;
fins lighter ; a small spot at end of soft dorsal. De Vis stated ££ Colour murky black.
Scales with some obscure pearly markings.”

Described from the holotype of Pomacentrus subniger De Vis, a specimen
93 mm. long from snout to hypural joint. (Qld. Mus. Regd. No. I. 11/80.)

Locality. — Cardwell, North Queensland ; collected by Kendall Broadbent.

Remarks. — In July 1917, the late A. R. McCulloch made the following MS.
note : — ££ The type of P. subniger De Vis is preserved in the Qld. Mus. . . . Ogilby
identifies it with P. nigricans Lacep., of which P. scolopsis as figured by Gunther,

SOME FISHES OF ORDER AMPHIPRIONIFORMES.— WHITLEY.

225

Fiscli. Sudsee, pi. 125, fig. A is considered to be a synonym. De Vis 5 specimen agrees
in detail with Gunther’s figure, and undoubtedly represents the same species, though
I count only 28 scales between the origin of the lateral line and the hypural joint,
19 bearing tubules. D. 12/16. A.2/13.”

Hawaiian specimens identified by various authors as Pomacentrus nigricans
are apparently referable to Eupomacentrus marginatus Jenkins 39 which has thirteen
dorsal spines. Since Jenkins’s species is not congeneric with Pomacentrus
marginatus B/uppell, 40 a species of Pellochromis , there seems to be no reason for using
the substitute name Pomacentrus jenJcinsi proposed for it by Jordan & Evermann. 41

Eupomacentrus paschalis, nom. nov,

Pomacentrus inornatus Regan, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lonrl. 1913, ii (Sept. 1913), p. 370, pi. Iviii, fig. 1.

Easter Island. Id. Rendahl, N. Hist. Juan Fernandez & Easter I. iii, 1920, p. 60. Not
Pomacentrus inornatus Jordan & Seale = Pseud opomacen trus niomatus (De Vis).

Pomacentrus jenJcinsi Kendall & Radcliffe, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. xxxv, 3, 1912, p. 132.

Easter Island specimens. Not P. jenJcinsi Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm,
xxii, 1903, p. 189; ibid, xxiii, 1, 1905, p. 270, fig. 115, from Hawaii - Eupomacentrus
marginatus Jenkins.

Kegan’s identification of Pomacentrus inornatus De Vis from Easter Island
was incorrect, as a comparison of his figure with my sketch of De Vis’ type will show.
P. niomatus De Vis is doubtless a misprint for P. inornatus but I have retained the
original spelling in this paper.

As the Easter Island species appears to be new, although allied to
Eupomacentrus marginatus Jenkins 42 from Hawaii, I name it Eupomacentrus
paschalis.

Sub-family GL YPHIS 0 DONTIN^E .

“ Glyphisodia ” Rafinesque, Anal. Nat. 1815 ( fide Agassiz, Nom. syst. gen. Pise., 1842, p. 27).

NEGOSTEGASTES, gen. nov.

Orthotype. — Glyphisodon leucozona Bleeker 43

Body oblong. Inferior pharyngeal bone triangular. Snout scaly above
or entirely scaly. Scales on the preoperculum, above the scaly inferior limb, in
three or four longitudinal series. About fourteen longitudinal series of scales on
the body ; 2 or 2J rows between the lateral line and the scaly sheath of the dorsal
below the last spine. Twelve dorsal spines. Caudal slightly emarginate.

The name Stegastes was proposed by Jenyns 44 for S. imbricatus from the Cape
Verde Islands. Bleeker 45 used Jenyns’ name for a subgenus of Glyphisodon and
gave a definition which disagrees with Jenyns’ account in the proportions and shape

39 Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm, xix, June 8, 1901, p. 391, fig. 5. Honolulu.

40 Riippell, Atlas zu Ruppell, Reise (Senckenb. Nat. Ges.), Fische, 1829, p. 38, pi. viii,
fig. 2. Massowah, Red Sea.

41 Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm, xxii, April 11, 1903, p. 189. Honolulu.

42 Jenkins, Bull. U. S. Fish. Comm, xix, June 8, 1901, p. 391, fig. 5.

43 Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., xix, 1859, p. 339. Karangbollong, Java.

44 Jenyns, Zool. Voy. Beagle, 1840, p. 62.

45 Bleeker, Natuurk. Yerh. Holl. Maatseh. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, p. 92.

226

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

of the unpaired fins. Stegastes , in the sense used by Bleeker (non Jenyns), included
Glyphidodon lacrymatus, G. leucozona , G. batjanensis, and G. dicJcii, all of which have
13 or 14 longitudinal rows of body-scales and the suborbital and inferior preopercular
limb scaly. Fowler & Bean, 46 following Bleeker, added Abudefduf azurepunctatus
to this group.

Jenyns however stated that vomerine and palatine teeth are present in
Stegastes , and this feature, combined with the different shapes of the unpaired fins,
and the denticulated preoperculum, shows that Stegastes cannot be applied to the
very different Glyphisodontine forms.

I accordingly propose the new generic name Negostegastes for Glyphisodon
leucozona Bleeker and its allies mentioned by Bleeker, including also Abudefduf
azurepunctatus Fowler & Bean. J

Glyphidodontops amabilis (De Vis).

Glyphidodon amabilis De Vis, Proo. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales viii, 4, Feb. 21, 1884, p. 452. South
Sea Islands.

Abudefduf amabilis Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, p. 177 (references and
synonymy).

One specimen from Murray Island, Torres Strait, was collected by Mr.
Melbourne Ward recently. (Austr. Mus. Regd. No. Ia. 3719.)

New record for Australia. This species is very closely allied to G. albofasciatus
Hombron & Jacquinot, 47 from Borneo.

Glyphidodontops unimaculatus (C. & V.).

Glyphisodon unimaculatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 478. Timor.

Id. Schlegel & Muller, Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. overz, Pise., 1844, p. 23, pi. vi, fig. 1.
Glyphidodontops leucogaster Bleeker, Atl. Ichth. ix, 1877, pi. ccccvii, fig. 5 (not 6 as in legend at foot
of plate). East Indies. Not Glyphisodon leucogaster Bleeker, s.str. (Nat. Geneesk.
Arch. Neerland’s-Indie, iv, 2, 1846, p. 156.)

Glyphidodontops unimaculatus Bleeker, Natuurk. Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877
p. 140.

Abudefduf unimaculatus Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, p. 145.

One specimen from Murray Island, collected by Mr. M. Ward. (Austr. Mus.
Regd. No. la. 3720.) New record for Australia.

Genus IREDALEICHTHYS Whitley.

Chrysiptera Swainson, Nat. Hist. Classif. Fish. Amphib. Rept. ii, July 1839, pp. 171 & 216.

Preoccupied by Chrysopterus Swainson 1836 and Chrysoplera Zincken 1817. Emended
to Chrysoptera by Agassiz. Logotype, selected by Swain, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.
1882 (1883), p. 273, Chrysiptera azurea Swainson = Glyphisodon cyanens Quoy & Gaimard.

I redale ich thys Wh i t ley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xvi, 6, June 11, 1928, p. 296. Substitute for Chrysiptera
Swainson, preocc. Orthotype, C. azurea Swainson = Glyphisodon cyaneus Quoy &
Gaimard.

46 Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, p. 123.

47 Hombron & Jacquinot, Voy. Pole Sud., Zool. iii, Poiss. 1853, p. 49, pi. v, fig. 4.

SOME FISHES OF OEDEB AMPHIPBIONIFOEMES.— WHITLEY.

227

Iredaleichthys (type., Glyphisodon cyaneus Q. & G.) is allied to Glyphidodontops
Bleeker 48 (type, Glyphisodon anfjerius C. & V.—ftde Jordan), but though
Glyphidodontops was regarded as a substitute for Chrysiptera Swainson by Bleeker 49
he also stated, ct Ce genre, bien que synonyme de Chrysiptera Swns.. est tout autre-
ment caracterise ici que par Swainson.” In Bleeker’s key to the species,
Glyphidodoniops cyaneus Bleeker enters the section “ Dents pharyngiemies en partie
obtuses,” i.e. Iredaleichthys, whilst G. anfjerius, the true Glyphidodontops, has :i Dents
pharyngiennes toutes point ues,” &c. These characters appear to be of at least
subgeneric importance and I therefore retain the two names as distinct. Fowler
& Bean 50 have shown that Glyphidodontops cyaneus Bleeker is not identical with
Glyphisodon cyaneus Quov & Gaimard and have renamed it Abudef'duf bleeker i.

Iredaleichthys pallidus (De Vis).

(Text-figure 4.)

Glyp[h]idodon pallidus De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales viii, 4, Feb. 21, 1884, p. 452. Banks
Group. Type in Queensland Museum examined.

Abudefduf pallidus Jordan & Seale, Bull. IT. S. Bur. Fish, xxv, 1906, p. 286. “ New Guinea.”

Ex De Vis.

D.xiii/12 ; A.ii/12 ; P.17 ; V.i/5 ; C.15. Sc.24. 17 tubes on L.lat. L.tr.

c.ll.

Head (13 mm.) 3*3 in length to hypural joint (43) ; depth of body (15*5)
2*7, and depth of caudal peduncle (6) 7*1 in same. Interorbital (3*5) equal to snout
(3*5) and 3-7 in head. Eye (5) 2*6 in head.

Upper profile roundly convex, the lower sloping downwards and backwards
almost in a straight line to anal. Head scaly, except for the snout before the inter-
orbital and the narrow suborbital. Eye large, its diameter longer than the width
of the convex interorbital area. All opercles entire. Maxillary reaching to below
anterior third of eye. A single series of compressed teeth in each jaw.

Body elongate, compressed, entirely covered with scales which extend a
short distance onto the fins. About i4 predorsal scales. The lateral line
extends to below the soft dorsal and bears 17 tubes ; some punctured scales
follow these and a row of them extends along the caudal peduncle.

Dorsal originating slightly in advance of the vertical of the origin of the
pectoral and terminating a little behind the anal. The spines increase in height
posteriorly and the rays of the soft portion form a pointed lobe. Anal similar to soft
dorsal but with longer rays. The membranes of the anal and anterior dorsal spines
appear to be produced into pencils. Pectorals rounded, shorter than head. Ventrals
pointed, their first rays reaching a trifle beyond the vent. Caudal lobes rounded,
the lower longer.

48 Bleeker, Arch. Neerl. Sci, Nat. xii, 1877, p. 41. Orthotype, Glyphidodon anfjerius (Cuv.
& Vah) Bleeker. E'ide Jordan, Gen. Fish, iii, 1919, p. 387.

49 Bleeker, Nat. Verhand. Holland. Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, p. 128. I did not
possess this work when the genus Iredaleichthys was proposed but since obtained it from Holland.

50 Fowler & Bean, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bui!. 100, vol. vii, 1928, pp. 124 & 165. Timor and
Philippine Islands.

228

MEMO IBS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM .

The type of Glyphidodon pallidus has now faded to a uniform straw yellow
colour with the vent brown. Be Vis gave its colours as — “ Pale yellowish blue ; a
blue line from base of dorsal to muzzle on each side. Two curved lines beneath
the eye ; small oval spots or short streaks above lateral line, and extending upon
the webs of the dorsal ; streaks on a few scales below the lateral line.”

Described and figured from the holotype of Glyphidodon pallidus De Vis,
a specimen 43 mm. in length to hypural joint. (Qld. Mus. Regd. No. 1.13/1353.)

Text-fig. 4. — Dischistodus frenatus (De Vis). Holotype of Pomacentrus frenatus De Vis from
Cardwell, Queensland.

G. P. Whitley, del.

Locality . — Banks Group, collected by C. F. Browne. This is probably the
Banks Group between the New Hebrides and the Santa Cruz Islands and not Banks
Island in Torres Strait, Queensland. Jordan & Seale (loc. cit.) give New Guinea as the
locality for this species.

Affinities. — Glyphidodon pallidus De Vis is regarded by Fowler & Bean 51 as
a synonym of Abudefduf fjlaucus (C. & V.) with Glyphisodon modest us Bleeker and
G. phaiosoma Bleeker as further synonyms. T am not entirely convinced that this is
correct and consequently use De Vis’ name for the present species, lredaleichthys
pallidus is very closely allied to Glyphisodon glaucus 0. &. V., G. cyaneus Quoy &
Gaimard, and Abudefduf bleekeri Fowler & Bean. Other species which apparently
must be grouped with Glyphidodon pallidus in the genus lredaleichthys are
Glyphidodon modestus Sc h lege 1 & Muller, G. nniocellatus Quoy & Gaimard, G. Jmlleyi
Whitley, Abudefduf sapphirus Jordan & Richardson, A. turchesius Jordan & Seale,
and A. hemicyaneus Weber.

Sub-family P ARM IN/E.

Parma mccullochi sp. nov.

Hypsipops microlepis Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus. vi, 2, Sept. 15, 1905, pp. 67-69. Idem ., Alexander,
Journ. Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool., xxxiv, 1922, p. 428. Houtmans Abrolhos specimens
only. Not Parma microlepis Gunther 1862.

61 Fowler & Bean, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 100, vol. vii, 1928, p. 169.

SOME FISHES OF OBDEB AMPHIPBION IF OBMES.— WHITLEY .

229

D.xiii/18 ; A.ii/14 ; P.i/20 ; V.i/5 ; C.13. L.lat. with 29 tubes and about
8 punctured scales. L.tr. 6/1/13.

Head (35*5 mm.) 3*1 in length to hypural joint (112). Depth of body (65) 1-7,
and depth of caudal peduncle (21) 5*3 in same. Eye (10) 1*3 in interorbit (13) and
3*5 in head.

Upper profile of head steep, convex ; lower similar but less steep. Head
much higher than long, much longer than broad. Eye rather large. All opercles
entire. Preorbita) margin slightly excavated though not definitely notched. Jaws
subequal, lips fleshy. Maxillary not reaching vertical of eye. A single series of
small compressed teeth in each jaw. Gill-membranes united across isthmus. Head
densely scaled except anteriorly, around mouth, on chin and anterior half of
suborbital, where there are naked areas with scattered pores. Auxiliary scales,
many of them rudimentary, on top of head and sides of nape.

Body ovate, compressed, covered with small ciliated scales which are largest
on anterior portions of sides and extend to the distal portions of all the unpaired
fins, forming dense sheaths ; they cover the basal part of the pectoral and extend
along some of its membranes, but there are no scales on the ventrals. Lateral line
well arched, its tube-bearing scales with lobe-like edges. Vent before the anal fin,
with a minute papilla.

Dorsal originating in advance of pectorals and ventrals and terminating
behind anal. Membranes of first dorsal produced into little pencils. Fourth to
ninth spines longest, subequal. Soft dorsal high, pointed, the seventh and eighth
rays longest, the last minute and divided. Anal spine longer than any of the dorsal
spines and very strong ; anal fin lower and shorter than soft dorsal, the seventh
ray longest and the last short and divided. Pectoral somewhat pointed, longer than
head, slightly shorter than ventrals whose first rays are filamentous and reaching
anal fin. Caudal lobes rounded, the upper longer.

Colour, after long preservation in alcohol, fairly uniform brown, a little darker
on all the fins except the pectorals, which are lighter. No white opercular patch.
Described from the holotype, a unique specimen, 112 mm. in length to hypural
joint, or 6 inches in total length. (Austr. Mus. Regcl. No. I. 13144, originally
labelled “ Parma microlepis , var.”)

Locality . — Rottnest Island, West Australia. Presented by the Fisheries
Department of West Australia.

Named in honour of the late A. R. McCulloch, who drew, whilst still in his
teens, the accurate and beautiful figures of the allied Parma microlepis showing
its variations with growth. 52

Parma \ mccullochi is the western congener of P. microlepis Gunther, 53
apparently differing from that species by having a more declivous profile, smaller
scales, and longer pectorals.

52 In Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus. vi, 2, 1905, p. 67, pi. xii.

53 Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. iv, 1862, p. 57. Port Jackson (young); and ibid.
p. 58. “ Australia” (adult, as Parma squamipinnis ) .

230

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Parma oligolepis sp. nov.

(PI. xxviii, fig. 1.)

Hypsipops polylepis OgiJby, Commerc. Fish. Fisher. Qld. 1915, p. 55. Moreton Bay. Not Parma

polylepis Gunther 1862.

Parma polylepis McCulloch & Whitley, Mem. Qld. Mus. viii, 2, 1925, p. 166.

D.xiii/19 ; A.ii/15 ; P.i/20 ; V.i/5 ; C.13. 23 tubes on l.lat. plus about

7 punctured scales. L.tr. 4/1/13.

Head (49 mm.) 3-3 in length to hypural joint (166). Depth of body (93) 1*7,
and depth of caudal peduncle (26) 6*3 in same. Eye (12) equal to its distance from
tip of preorbital process (12), 1*5 in interorbital width (18) and 4-0 in head.

Upper profile of head evenly sloping, the lower profile convexly rounded.
Head higher than long and longer than broad. Eye small. All opercles entire.
Preorbital forming a broad process. Jaws subequal with thick lips. Maxillary
not reaching vertical of anterior margin of eye. A single series of compressed teeth
in each jaw. Five branchiostegal rays. Gill-membranes united across isthmus.
Eleven gill-rakers on the lower limb of the first branchial arch, the median ones
longest. Head scaly except for an area before the eyes, around the mouth, and
along the preopercular margin. Some scales on the nape have small auxiliary scales
between them, a rare feature in Australian Pomacentrids.

Body ovate, compressed, covered with ciliated scales which are largest on
the sides, and extend onto all the fins except the ventrals. The scales form dense
sheaths at the bases of the unpaired fins and extend in rows between the rays ;
minute scales also cover the proximal portions of the rays themselves. No scales
on membrane between caudal lobes. Lateral line gently arched, composed of 23
tube-bearing scales followed by a row' of punctured scales on the side of the caudal
peduncle. The lateral line scales each have a rounded median lobe. Genital papilla
present.

Dorsal originating over the base of the pectoral and terminating a little
behind the termination of the anal. The seventh to ninth spines are the longest.
Soft dorsal high, pointed ; seventh and eighth rays longest. Anal similar to soft
dorsal but with a rounded margin. Pectorals nearly as long as the head. Ventrals
pointed, reaching the vent. Caudal lobes rounded.

Colour, after preservation in formalin, fairly uniform brown, somewhat darker
on the borders of the fins and the margins of the scales on the body.

Described and figured from the liolotype, a specimen 166 mm. in length to
hypural joint. (Qld. Mus. Regd. No. 1 . 2536 .)

Locality. — Cape Moreton, near Brisbane, Queensland.

Variation. — Two other specimens in the Queensland Museum show^ no
important variation. No. 1.3429 from Bundaberg has D.xiii/20 ; A.ii/15; P.ii/19 ;
L.lat. 22 tubes; Sc. 28 ; L.tr. 4/1/15: and No. 1.2171 from Green Island has
D.xiii/19; A.ii/14 ; P.ii/18 ; L.lat. 23 tubes; Sc, 29 ; L.tr. 4/1/13.

Range. — Queensland ; probably a coastal species.

Parma oligolepis is readily distinguished from its congeners by its larger and
fewer scales (29 or less transverse rows between operculum and hypural joint) and
deep body.

SOME FISHES OF OFFER AMPHIPRION IF OFMES.— WHITLEY.

231

Parma viola sp. nov.

(Plate xxviii, fig. 2.)

D.xiii/16 ; A.ii/16 ; P.i/20 ; V.i/5 ; C.13. 22 tubes on L.lat. and about 9
punctured scales. L.tr. 4/1/12.

Head (50 mm.) 3-4 in length to hypural joint (170). Depth of body (94) 1-8,
and depth of caudal peduncle (30) 5-7 in same. Eye (11) 2 in interorbital (22) and
4*5 in head.

Upper profile of head roundly convex. Head higher than long and longer
than broad. Eye moderate. All opercles entire. Preorbital margin sinuous but
not notched and without process. Jaws subequal, lips fleshy. Maxillary not reaching
vertical of eye. A single series of small compressed teeth in each jaw. Tongue
small. Five branchiostegal rays. Gill-membranes united across isthmus. About
eleven short, pointed gill-rakers on the lower limb of the first gill-arch. Head scaly,
except on frons, preorbital, chin, and margins of preoperculum where the scales
are replaced by numerous large pores. Top of head, sides of nape, and an area
behind the preopercular border thickly overlaid with auxiliary scales. Two small
patches of minute scales on the median part of the gill-membranes.

Body elongate ovate, compressed, covered with ciliated scales which are
largest on the anterior portion of the sides and extend on to all the fins except the
ventrals ; they form sheaths for the dorsal and anal fins but only extend a little
over halfw T ay along the rays. The caudal is scaly almost to the tips of the rays and
there are scales on the small membrane between the lobes. Lateral line gently
arched, composed of twenty-two tube-bearing scales followed by eight or nine
punctured scales on side of caudal peduncle. Most of the tube-bearing scales have
irregular outlines, often w ith median lobes. Intestine long and large, the fish evidently
subsisting on seaweeds.

Dorsal originating in advance of pectorals and ventrals, terminating behind
anal. Membranes of the spinous portion produced into pencils. Fourth and fifth
dorsal spines longest ; of the rays, the sixth is longest, reaching to the tip of the
pointed lobe of the soft dorsal fin. Anal somewhat similar to soft dorsal but lower
and with a rounded margin ; eighth and ninth rays longest. Pectorals longer than
head. Ventrals pointed, not reaching vent. Caudal lobes rounded, the upper longer.

Colour, after long preservation in alcohol, fairly uniform chocolate-brown
with traces of violet tinges on the bases of the pectorals and on parts of the head ;
from these the specific name is derived.

Described from the unique holotype, a specimen 170 mm. in length to hypural
joint, or nearly 9 inches in total length. (Aust. Mus. Regd. No. 1.6611.)

Locality. — Tasmania ; received by exchange from the Victoria Museum,
Launceston, in 1904.

This novelty is allied to Parma oligolepis but differs in being more elongate,
having many pores and auxiliary scales on head, longer pectorals and soft dorsal,
shorter ventrals, different fin-formulae, less scaly unpaired fins, notchless preorbital,
larger eye, and in several minor characters mentioned in the description above.
The holotype of Parma viola was labelled “ Glyphisodon victorice ” in the Australian
Museum collection, but this identification was incorrect, as reference to Gunther’s

232

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM .

description 54 and McCulloch & Waite’s figure 55 shows a generically separable fish
now known as Actinochromis victorice. Actinochromis and Parma are evidently
closely related genera, however, and may be segregated from the other Pomacentridse
by being placed in a sub-family to be called the Parminse.

Genus ACTINOCHROMIS Bleeker.

In Jordan’s “ Classification of Fishes,” 1923, p. 218 and footnote no. 442,
there is included in the Pomacentridse the genus “ Actinochromis . Orthotype A.
lividus. (Further details lacking.) ” This name, which has been overlooked by
most ichthyologists and nomenclators, was proposed by Bleeker in his “Memoire
sur les Cbromides Marins ou Pomacentroides de Tlndc Archipelagique ” (Natuurk.
Verhand. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch., 3de Verz. Dec! ii, No. 6 ; Harlem. 1877) which
appears to have been issued after the ninth volume of the Atlas Ichthyologique
and therefore posthumously. On pages 5-6 of that paper, we read : “ Le Heliastes
lividus Steind. scul semble gcneriquemont distinct par les dents uniserialcs et obtuses,
par le museau et les preorbitaires sans ccailles, et par une dorsale a 18 et une anale
a 15 ou 16 rayons. On pourrait indiqucr ce type sous le nom d’Acanthochromis.”
The last word is evidently a lapsus calami , and is not to be confused with the genus
A canthochrom is Gill. Bleeker corrected his error on page 166 of the same treatise
w here, in the ki Corrigenda et Addenda ” is stated “ Pag. 6 Lin. 3 loco : Acanthochromis
lege : Actinochromis.” It is noted on page 39 of the same paper that A ctinoch r amis
belongs to the phalanx Glyphidodontini, and on page 42 it is placed in the sub-
phalanx Chromidi, “ 1’ Actinochromis ctant australasien.”

The orthotype of Actinochromis is Heliastes lividus Klunzinger (not of
Steindachner as stated by Bleeker). This species was described from Port Phillip,
Victoria, in Weigmann’s Archiv. Naturg. xxxviii, 1, 1872, p. 36, but, being nonspecific
wfith the earlier Glyph id odon victories Gunther, 56 must now be known as Actinochromis
victoria? (Gunther). This species, or one very near it, has been described and figured
by McCulloch & Waite 57 from a St. Vincent Gulf specimen. An old skin from
Victoria, identified by Castelnau. is the only representative of this species I have
seen. The Western Australian specimen noted by Klunzinger 58 is probably a second
species of Actinochromis requiring description.

Fowler & Bean 50 have listed Blocker’s name as a synonym of Chromis Cuvier
but this action is not justifiable ; “ Chromis lividus Steindachner ” is given by them
as genotype.

CHECK-LIST OF AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE ORDER

AMPHIPRIONIFORMES.

Family AMPHIPRIONIILE.

Genus AMPHIPRION Bloch & Schneider.

“ Coracinus” Gronovv, Zoophylacium 1763, p. 66. Non-binomial. Part referring to “ Coracinus
f asciis latis obliquis ” &o. only. This species is Coracinus seu Sciama unimaculala Meuschen,
Index Zoophylac. Gronow, 1781.

54 Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xi, Feb. 1, 1863, p. 115. Victoria.

55 McCulloch & Waite, Rec. S. Austr. Mus. i, 11)18, p. 46, pi. 11, fig. 2.

50 Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xi, Feb. 1, 1863, p. 115. Victoria.

57 McCulloch & Waite, Rec. S. Austr. Mus. i, 1918, p. 46, pi. ii, fig. 2.

58 Klunzinger, Sitzh. Akad. Wiss. Wien Ixxx, 1, 1879, p. 398.

59 Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, p. 30.

SOME FISHES OF OEDEE AMPHIPEION IF OEMES.— WHITLEY .

233

Amphiprion Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Ichth. 1801, p. 200. Logotype, A. ephippium (Bloch),
designated by Griffith, Anim. Kingdom (Cuvier), 1834, p. 160. Not Amphiprion Gistel,
Naturg. d. Thierr. 1848, p. 108, which is made equivalent to Anahas Cuvier (i.e.
Amphiprion Bl. & Schn,, pars, seel non sensu stricto).

Amphiprionum Bose, Nouv. Diet. d’Hist. Nat. (nouv. edit.) i, 1816, p. 469. Idem , Bory de St.

Vincent, Diet. Class. d’Hist. Nat. i. 1822, p. 295. Variant of Amphiprion . Logotype,
A. ephippium (Bloch), by present designation.

Prochilus Bleeker, Nat, Tijdschr. Dierk. ii, 1865, p. 360 ; Natuurk. Verb. Holl. Maatseh. Wetenseh.

(3) ii, 6, 1877, p. 20 ; and Atl. Ichth. ix, 1877, on plates. Ex Klein, Neuer Sehauplatz
Natur. i, 1775, p. 1043, non-binomial (fide Jordan, Gen. Fish, i, 1917, p. 39 & ibid, ii,
1919, p. 168). Logotype, Amphiprion ephippium (Bloch), designated by Jordan, 1919.
Preoccupied by Prochilus Cuvier, Regn. Anim. ed. 1, ii, “ 1817 ” = Dec. 1816, p. 294,
another genus of fishes 60 ; not Prochilus Illiger, Syst. Mamin, et- Avium, 1811, pp. 109-
110 (fide Palmer, Index Gen. Mamm., .1904), a genus of mammals. Not Prochilus Brulle
Hist. Nat. Ins. ix, 1835, p. 134), a genus of insects.

Amphiprion polymnus (Linnseus).

Perea polymna LinnEeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 291 ; ed. 12, 1766, p. 484. Habitat in Indiis.
Anthias polymna Bloch, Nat. Ausl. Fische vi, 1792, p. 103, pi. cccxvi, fig. 1. East Indies.

Range . — Queensland ; extralimital.

Amphiprion melanopus Bleeker.

Amphiprion melanopus Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. iii, 1852, p. 561. Amboina.

Amphiprion monofasciatus Thiolliere, Ichth. in Moritrouzier, Ann. Soc. Imp. d’Agric. &c., Lyons,
viii, 1856 ; Faune lie Woodlark, 1857, p. 198. Woodlark Island.

Range . — North Australia 61 ; extralimital.

Amphiprion tricolor Gunther.

Amphiprion tricolor Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. iv, 1862, p. 8. Port Essington. Types in
British Museum.

Amphiprion ruppelii Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. Viet, ii, May 10, 1873, p. 91. Port Darwin.
Type in Paris Museum.

Range . — North Australia ; extraiimital.

Note. — Fowler & Bean (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, p. 10) note this
species from Queensland, a mistake for North Australia.

Amphiprion bicinctus Riippell.

Amphiprion bicinctus Ruppell, Atlas zu Riippell, Reiso (Senokonberg Nat. Ges.), Fische, 1830-
1831, p. 139, pi. xxv, fig. 1. Tor and Massowah, Red Sea.

Range . — Queensland ; North Australia ; extralimital.

Amphiprion unimaculatus (Meuschen).

“ Jourdin ” Renard, Poiss. Moluques, 1718, pi. vii, fig. 49 (fide Gronow). Pre-linnean.

“ C or acinus f asciis latis &c.” Gronow, Zoophylacium 1763, p. 66, No. 227. Amboina and India.
Non-binomial.

60 Cloquet (Diet. Sci. Nat., od. Levrault, xliii, 1 826, p. 342) designates as the type of Prochilus,
Scicena macrolepidota and S. maculata Bloch, plates 298 & 299, allies of Centropomus.

61 The term “ North Australia” is here used for the State hitherto generally known as
the Northern Territory” or “Northern Territory of South Australia,” and does "not include
Nortli Queensland and North-western Australia.

234

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Coracinus seu Scicena umniaculata Meuschen, Index Zoophyl. Gronow, 1781, Pisces, No. 227.
Based on Gronow, 1763.

Anthias bifasciatus Bloch, Nat. Ansi. Fische vi, 1792, p. 108, pi. cccxvi, fig. 2. Amboina.

Lutjanus jourdin Laccpede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv, 1802, pp. 191 & 235. Amboina. Probably derived
from “ Jour din’ 5 Renard.

Coracinus mttatus Gray, Cat. Fish. coll. Gronow Brit. Mus. 1854, p. 57. Ex Gronow MS. Based
on Zoophylacium, No. 227.

Range. — Queensland ; extralimital.

Note. — This species has been generally called Amphiprion bifasciatus (Bloch)
but MeuscheiTs name is earlier. Gronow’s original name for this species was
polynomial but Meuschen gave it the binomial name Coracinus s[eu] Scicena
unimaculata in his Index to Gronow’s Zoophylacium, a work published in 1781 in
accordance with the Linnean system of nomenclature. Meuschen’s names have
been overlooked by many taxonomists owing to the rarity of his Index, a copy of
which is in the Australian Museum library. The molluscan names have been listed
by Dali 62 and I am preparing a collation of the fish names with a view to publication
at a later date.

Amphiprion melanostolus Bichardson.

Amphiprion melanostolus Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, ix, July 1, 1842, p. 390. Depuch
Island, New Holland (Emery).

Range . — North-western Australia .

Amphiprion rubrocinctus Bichardson.

Amphiprion ? rubrocinctus Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, ix, July 1, 1842, p. 391. Near Depuch
Island (Emery).

Range. — North-western Australia.

Amphiprion papuensis Macleay.

Amphiprion papuensis Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales viii, 3, July 1883, p. 271.
D’Entrecasteaux Group. Type in Austr. Mus., Sydney.

Range. — Queensland and New Guinea.

Amphiprion milii (Bory de St. Vincent).

Sparus milii Bory de Saint Vincent, Diet. Classique d’Hist.. Nat. xvii, 1831. p. 130, pi. xciii, fig. 2.

Shark’s Bay (Milius). Not Sparus mylio Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv, 1802, pp. 41
and 131 from Mauritius.

Range. — West Australia.

Genus ACTINICOLA Fowler.

Actinicola Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. (2) xii, 4, 1904, p. 533. Orthotype, Lutjanus
percula Lacepede.

Actinicola percula (Lacepede).

Lutjanus percula Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv, 1802, p. 239. New Britain.

Amphiprion tunicatus Ouv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 399. Vanicolo.

Amphiprion ocellaris Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 399. Sumatra.

Amphiprion melanurus Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 400. Sumatra.

Range. — Queensland ; extralimital.

62 Dali, Nautilus xxxvii, Oct. 1923, pp. 44-52.

SOME FISHES OF OEDEE AMPHIPEIONIFOEMES.— WHITLEY.

235

Actinicola bicolor (Castelnau).

Amphiprion bicolor Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. Viet, ii, May 10, 1873, p. 92. Port Darwin.
Type in Paris Museum.

Range. — North Australia.

Family PREMNIDjE.

Genus PREMNAS Cuvier.

Premnas Cuvier, Regn. Anim. ed. 1, i, “ 1817 **== Dec. 1816, p. 345. Haplotype, Chcetodon
biaculeatus Bloch.

Premnas biaculeatus (Bloch).

Chcetodon biaculeatus Bloch, Nat. Ausl. Fische iv, 1790, p. 11, pi. xxix, fig. 2. East Indies.

Lutianus trifasciatus Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Tchth., 1801, p. 568. Based on Koelreuter, Nov.
Comm. Acad. Petropol. x, 1763, p. 346, pi. viii, fig. 5. Moluccas.

■Scorpcena aculeata Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iii, 1802, p. 268. No locality.

Holocentrus sonnerat Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv, 1802, pp. 344 & 391. Mauritius.

Chcetodon bimaculatus Desmarest, Diet. Sci. Nat. (Levrault ed.), xliii, 1826, p. 279, pi. xlvii, fig. 2.

No loc. Errore pro C. biaculeatus, designated type of Premnas. Not Chcetodon
bimaculatus Bloch 1790.

Premnas leucodesmus Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 409. Ex Kuhl & van Hasselt
MS. Java.

Premnas semicinctus Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 409, pi. cxxxiii, fig. 1. No
locality.

Premnas unicolor Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 410. Based on Scorpcena aculeata
Lacepede 1802.

Sargus ensifer Gray, Cat. Fish. coll. Gronow Brit. Mus. 1854, p. 66. Indian Seas.

Premnas epigrammata Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. (2) xii, 1904, p. 532, pi. xix, lower
figure to right. Padang, Sumatra.

A series collected by the late Charles Hedley at Green Island, off Cairns,
and a specimen from Murray Island found inside a sea-anemone by Mi*. Melbourne
Ward, are in the Australian Museum. New record for Australia. For further
references to this species see Fowler & Bean (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928,
p. 4) ; other recent notes have been given by Ahl (Blat. Aquar. Terr, xxxvii,
1926, p. 15).

Range. — Queensland ; extralimital.

Premnas gibbosus Castelnau.

Premnas gibbosus Castelnau, Viet. Offic. Rec. Philad. Exhib. (Res. Fish. Austr.), 1875, p. 34. Cape
York.

Range . — Queensland.

Family POMACENTRIDiE, s. str.

Genus POMACENTRUS Lacepede.

Pomacentrus Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv, 1802, pp. 505 & 508. Logotype P. pavo Lacepede
( = Chcetodon pavo Gmelin), fixed by Guichenot, Diet, pittoresque d’Hist. Nat. viii, 1838-
1839, p. 502.

Pristotis Ruppell, Neue Wirbelth. Abyssin., Fische, 1838, p. 128. Haplotype, P. cyanostigma
Riippell, called cceruleopunctatus on p. 129.

236

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Pomacentrus taeniurus Bleeker.

Pomacentrus tceniurus Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Neerl. (Verh. Natuurk. Verein. Ned. Ind.), i,
1856, p. 51. Amboina.

Pomacentrus cyanomos Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xi, 1856, p. 89. Batavia.

Glyphisodon amboinensis Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Neerl. ii, 1857, p. 72. Amboina.
Pomacentrus leucosphyrus Fowler, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. (2) xii, 1904, p. 533, pi. xix,
lower fig. to left. Padang, Sumatra.

Range . — Queensland ; extralimital.

Genus DISCHISTODUS Gill.

Dischistodus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. xv, 1863, pp. 214 & 219. Orthotype, Pomacentrus
fasciatus Cuv. & Val.

Dischistodus fasciatus (Cuv. & Val.).

Pomacentrus fasciatus Cuv. & Yah, Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 426, pi. cxxxiv. Java.
Pomacentrus quadrifasciatus Bleeker, Natuurk. Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877,.
p. 87, in synonymy. Ex Kuhl & van Hasselt MS. Java.

Range. — Queensland ; North Australia : extralimital.

Dischistodus prosopo taenia (Bleeker).

Pomacentrus prosopotcenia Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. iii, 1852, p. 67. Singapore.
Pomacentrus interorbitalis Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. iv, 1862, p. 30. East Indian Archipelago.

Range. — Queensland ; extralimital.

Dischistodus frenatus (De Vis).

Pomacentrus frenatus De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ix, 4, March 4, 1885, p. 874. Cardwell.
Type in Queensland Museum.

Range. — Queensland .

Genus PSEUDOPOMACENTRUS Bleeker.

Pseudopomacentrus Bleeker, Natuurk. Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, p. 41.

Logotype, Pomacentrus littoralis Cuv. & Val., designated by Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, p. 65.

Pseudopomacentrus littoralis (Cuv. & Val.).

? Pomacentrus emarginatus Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 422. Waigiou.
Pomacentrus littoralis Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 425. Ex Kuhl & van Hasselt
MS. Java.

? Pristotis fuscus Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Gen. xxii, 1849, Bali, p. 9. Bali, E. Indies.

Pomacentrus hoqolcuensis Hombron & Jacquinot, Voy. Pole Sud. Zool. iii, Poiss., 1853, p. 47,
pi. v, fig. 3. Hogoleu, Caroline Is.

Range . — Queensland ; North Australia ; extralimital.

Pseudopomacentrus macleayi (Whitley).

Pomacentrus obscurus Alleyne & Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales i, 4, 1877, p. 343, pi. xv,
fig. 2. (Torres Strait.) Preoccupied by Potnacenl? us obscurus Thiolliere, Ichth. in
Montrouzier, Ann. Soc. Imp. d’Agric. &c\, Lyons, viii, 1856 (Faune lie Woodlark, 1857),.

p. 200.

SOME FISHES OF OBLEB AMPHIPBION IF OBMES.— WHITLEY.

237

Pomacentrus macleayi Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xvi, 4, March 28, 1928, p. 221. New name for
P. obscurus Alley ne & Macleay, preoccupied.

Range. — Queensland.

Pseudopomacentrus wardi (Whitley).

Pomacentrus wardi Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xv, 5, April 6, 1927, p. 301, fig. 1. Heron I.. Queens-
land. Holotype and paratypes in Austr. Mus., Sydney.

Range. — Queensland ; North Australia ; extralimital.

Note. — Records of Pomacentrus trilineatus from Australia apparently refer
to this species.

Pseudopomacentrus bilineatus (Castelnau).

Pomacentrus bilineatus Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. Viet, ii, May 10, 1873, p. 89. Port
Darwin.

Range. — North Australia.

Pseudopomacentrus modestus (Castelnau).

Pomacentrus modestus Castelnau, Viet. Offic. Rec. Philad. Exhib. (Res. Fish. Austr.), 1875, p. 35.
Gulf of Carpentaria.

Range .—Queensland .

Pseudopomacentrus flavicauda (Whitley).

Pomacentrus flavicaud a Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xvi, 6, June 11, 1928, p. 297, fig. 1. North
west Islet, Queensland. Type in Austr. Mus., Sydney.

Range. — Queensland ; North Australia.

Pseudopomacentrus fasciatus (Macleay).

Dascyllus fasciatus Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ii, 4, June 1878, p. 361, pi. x, fig. 2. Port
Darwin. Type in Macleay Mus., University of Sydney.

Pomacentrus darwiniensis Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xvi, 6, June 11, 1928, p. 297. New name
for Dascyllus fasciatus Macleay, regarded as invalidated bv Pomacentrus fasciatus Cuv.
& Val., 1830.

Range. — North Australia.

Pseudopomacentrus sufflavus (Whitley).

Pomacentrus sufflavus Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xvi, 1, Oct. 7, 1927, p. 18, pi. i, fig. 3. Michaelmas
Cay, N. Queensland. Holotype in Austr. Mus., Sydney.

Range . — Queensland .

Pseudopomacentrus amboinensis (Bleeker).

Pomacentrus amboinensis Bleeker, Versl. Akad. Amsterdam (2) ii, 1868, p. 334. Amboina.

Note.— Specimens in the Australian Museum from Holbourne Island, off
Port Denison, North Queensland, were collected by Mr. E. H. Rainford, and agree
excellently with the original description by Bleeker and with the figure published
later (Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., ix, 1877, pi. ccccvi, fig. 7).

New record for Australia,

Range . — Queensland ; extralimital.

238

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Pseudopomacentrus apicalis (De Vis).

Pomacentrus apicalis De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ix, 4, March 4, 1885, p. 874. Barrier
Reef, Queensland. Type in Queensland Museum.

Range. — Queensland.

Pseudopomacentrus bankanensis (Bleeker).

Pomacentrus bankanensis Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xii, 1856, p. 216. Koba, Banka, East
Indies. New name for Pomacentrus tceniops Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. iii, 1852,
p. 729. Koba. Not P. tceniops Cuv. & Val., 1830.

Range. — North Australia ; extralimital.

Genus BRACHYPOMACENTRUS Bleeker.

Br achy pomacentrus Bleeker, Natunrk, Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, p. 73.
Haplotype, Pomacentrus albifasciatus Schlegel & Muller.

Brachy pomacentrus albifasciatus (Schlegel & Muller).

Pomacentrus albifasciatus Schlegel & Muller, Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. overz. bezitt. (Zool.), Pisces,
1844, p. 21. Celebes.

Range . — Queensland ; extralimital.

Genus EUPOMACENTRUS Bleeker.

Eupomacentrus Bleeker, Arch. Neerl. Sci. Nat. xii, 1877, p. 40 (fide Weber & Beaufort, Fish. Indo-
Austr. Archip. i, 1911, p. 177) ; Natuurk. Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877,
p. 73. Virtual haplotype, Chcetodon lividus Bloch & Schneider.

Eupomacentrus nigricans (Lacepede) var. subniger (De Vis).

? Holocentrus nigricans Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv, 1802, pp. 332 & 367. Ex “ Aspro lotus
attains ” &o. Commerson MS. No locality (probably Mauritius).

? Pomacentrus scolopseus Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. TJraixie Physic., Zool., Jan. -Mar. 1825, p. 398.
Mauritius.

? Pomacentrus tceniops Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 423. Mauritius, &e. Idem ,
Lesson, Voy. Copuille ii, 1830, p. 190, pi. xxviii, fig. 2. Mauritius.

Pomacentrus subniger De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ix, 4, March 4, 1885, p. 873. Cardwell.
Type in Queensland Museum.

Range . — Queensland ; North Australia ; extralimital (as nigricans).

Eupomacentrus lividus (Bloch & Schneider).

Chcetodon lividus Bloch & Schneider, Syst. Tchth. 1801, p. 235. Pacific Ocean. Ex Forster MS.,
which was published later in Deser. Anim. maris Australis Terras (Lichtenstein ed.), 1844,
p. 227. Near St. Christina I. or Waitaho.

Pomacentrus punclatus Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Uranie Physic., Zool., 1824, pp. 395 & 398, pi. Ixiv,
fig. 1. Mauritius.

Pomacentrus prosopoUenioides Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. iii, 1852, p. 286. Amboina.
Pomacentrus vitianus Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philomat. Paris (7), iii, 1879, p. 206 (3 of reprint). Fiji.
Pomacentrus cyanospilos Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. iii, 1852, p. 709. Wahai, East Indies.

Range. — North Australia ; extralimital.

239

SOME FISHES OF OEDEE AMPHIPEIONIFOEMES.— WHITLEY.

Eupomacentrus profundus (De Vis).

Pomacentrus profundus De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ix, 4, March 4, 1885, p. 873. Barrier
Reef, Queensland.

Range. — Queensland .

Note. — I have failed to discover any specimen in the Queensland Museum
which may be regarded as the type of this species with certainty.

Genus DAYA Bleeker.

Daya Bleeker, Natuurk. Yerh. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, p. 71. Orthotype,
Pomacentrus jerdoni Day.

Daya jerdoni (Day).

Pomacentrus jerdoni Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 237. Madras, India.

Pomacentrus dolii Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales vi, 1881, p. 65, pi. i, fig. 1. Port Jackson.

Types in the Macleay Museum, University of Sydney.

Daya jerdoni var. fusca McCulloch, Mem. Qld. Mus. vii, 3, Nov. 4, 1921, p. 171, pi. ix, fig. 2. South
Queensland.

Chromis virescens Ogilby, Mem. Qld. Mus. vii, 4, Dec. 19, 1922, p. 303, pi. xix, fig. 3. Hervey Bay,
S. Queensland. Type in Queensland Museum.

Range . — New South Wales ; Queensland ; extralimital.

Genus PARAPOMACENTRUS Bleeker.

Parapomacentrus Bleeker, Natuurk. Yerh. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, p. 65 Logotype,
Pomacentrus polynema Bleeker, designated by Jordan, Gen. Fish, iii, 1919, p. 387.

Note. — Though Bleeker intimated that his Pomacentrus polynema was
typical of this genus when he stated ££ Le type actuel est fort voisin du genre
Pomacentrus.” he did not make a formal type-designation.

Parapomacentrus bankieri (Richardson).

Qlypliisodon bankieri Richardson, Rept. 15th Meet. Brit. Assn. Adv. Sci., 1845 (publ. late 1846).
p. 253. Hong Kong.

Glyphisodon nemurus Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xiii, 1857, p. 73. Kajeli and Amboina,
East Indies.

Range . — Queensland ; extralimital.

Subfamily GLYPHISODONTDLE.

Genus GLYPHISODON Lacepede.

il Abu-defduf ” Forskal, Descr. Anim. 1775, p. 59. Vernacular. Haplotype, “ Ghoetodon sordidus ”
Forskal. This work is non-binomial.

Glyphisodon Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv, 1802, p. 542. Logotype, Glyphisodon moucharra
Lacepede = Ghoetodon saxatilis Linnaeus, selected by Bleeker, Natuurk. Verh. Holl.
Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, p. 91.

Gliphysodon Dumeril, Zool. Analyt. 1806, p. 336, vernac. on p. 134. Genus ccelebs. Logotype
Chcetodon saxatilis Linnaeus, designated by Froriep, Analyt. Zool. (Dumeril, German
ed.), 1806, p. 135 as Glyphisodon , and p. 336 as Gliphysodon.

Glyphidodon Agassiz, Nomencl. Zool. 1846, Index Uni vers. Emendation for Glyphisodon Lacepede.

Q

240

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Glyphisodon coelestinus Cay. & Val.

Glyphisodon coelestinus Guv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 464, pi. cxxxv. Mauritius.
Name ex Chcetodon cadestinus Solander MS. (Ulietea, Society Islands.)

Range. — Queensland ; North Australia ; extralimital.

Note. — Cuvier & Valenciennes’ account indicates that Mauritius is the type-
locality of this species, which is evidently distinct from G. sexfasciatus (Lacepede).

Glyphisodon palmeri Ogilby.

Glyphisodon palmeri Ogilby, Mem. Qld. Mus. ii, Dec. 10, 1913, p. 87, pi. xxii, fig. 2. Moreton Bay,
Queensland. Types in Queensland Museum.

Range. — Queensland .

Glyphisodon sexfasciatus (Lacepede).

Labrus sexfasciatus Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iii, 1802, pp. 430 & 477, pi. xix, fig. 2. “ Le grand
golfe de I'lnde.”

A specimen in the Queensland Museum (No. I. 2551) from Cape York. New
record for Australia.

Range . — Queensland ; extralimital.

Glyphisodon saxatilis (Linnaeus).

“ Spams j asciis quinque transversis, subfuscis ” Balk, Mus. Adolpho-Fridericianum (Linnseus), May
1746, p. 34. Pre-Linnean polynomial.

Chcetodon saxatilis Linrneus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 276 ; ed. 12, 1766, p. 466. Based on Mus.

Ad. Fr. i, p. 64 ; Amoen. Acad, i, p. 312 ; & Gronow, Mus. 1, No. 89. “ India.”
Glyphisodon vaigiensis Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Uranie Physic., Zool., Jan.-March 1825, p. 391.
“ lies des Papous” — Waigiou.

Glyphisodon waigiensis Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 457. Waigiou.

Range . — New South Wales ; Queensland ; extralimital.

Glyphisodon septemfasciatus Cuv. & Val.

Glyphisodon septemfasciatus Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 463. Mauritius.

Range . — Queensland ; North-western Australia ; extralimital.

Glyphisodon sordidus (Bonnaterre).

“ Chcetodon sordidus ” Forskal, Descr. Anim. 1775, p. 62. Red Sea. Non-binomial work.
Chetodon [sic] sordidus Bonnaterre, Tabl. Encycl. Meth. Ichth., 1788, p. 90. Ex Forskal. Red
Sea.

Range . — Queensland ; extralimital.

Glyphisodon expansus De Vis.

Glyphidodon expansus De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ix, 4, March 4, 1885, p. 875. Barrier
Reef, Queensland.

Range. — Queensland .

Note. — The type of this species appears to have been lost, as I was unable to
find it when examining the Queensland Museum collection.

SOME FISHES OF OBDEE AMPHIPE1 ON IF OBMES.— WHITLEY .

241

Glyphisodon luteocaudatus Saville-Kent.

Glyphidodon luteo-caudala Saville-Kent, Great Barrier Beef of Australia, 1893, p. 308, chromo-pl.
xvi, fig. 11. Queensland.

Range . — Queensland .

Note. — Not recognised since first named.

Genus AMBLYGLYPHIDODON Bleeker.

Ambly glyphidodon Bleeker, Natuurk. Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, p. 92.
Orthotype, Glyphisodon aureus Cuv. & Val.

Amblyglyphidodon curacao (Bloch).

Chcrtodon curacao Bloch, Nat. Ausl. Fisehe iii, 1787, p. 106, pi. ccxii, fig. 1. “ Cura£ao”=East

Indies.

Mr. E. H. Rainford has collected this species for the Australian Museum at
Port Denison and Hook Island, Whitsunday Passage, Queensland. New record
for Australia. He noted the colours as £< Back dark green. Belly silvery. Iris
yellow, smudged with black. Dorsal, anal, and caudal whitish.”

Range.— Queensland ; extralimital.

Genus NEGOSTEGASTES Whitley.

Negostegastes Whitley, gen. nov ., supra, pp. 210 & 225. Orthotype, Glyphisodon leucozona Bleeker.

Negostegastes leucozona (Bleeker).

Glyphisodon leucozona Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xix, 1859, p. 338. Karangbollong, Java.
Range. — -New South Wales ; extralimital.

Note. — Only known from Australian waters from a small specimen in the
Australian Museum. It agrees fairly well with Bleeker’s figure (Atl. Ichth. ix, 1877,
pi. ccccvii, fig. 2). but further specimens are desirable before the identification can
be regarded as satisfactory.

Genus PARAGLYPHIDODON Bleeker.

P araqlyphidodon Bleeker, Versl. Akad. Amsterdam xii, 1876, p. 38. Type, P. oxycephalus Bleeker
(fide Jordan, Gen. Fish, iii, 1919, p. 384). Paper not seen by me.

P araqlyphidodon Bleeker, Natuurk. Verh. Holl. Maatsch. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, p. 116.

Logotype, P. oxycephalus Bleeker, designated by Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.
100, vii, 1928, p. 122.

Paraglyphidodon melas (Cuv. & Val.).

Glyphisodon melas Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 472. Ex Kuhl & van Hasselt MS.
Java.

Glyphisodon ater Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 473. Ex Ehrenberg MS. Massowah,
Red Sea.

Range— Queensland ; extralimital.

Paraglyphidodon melanopus (Bleeker).

Glyphisodon melanopus Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xi, 1856, p. 82. Ora Malang, South-east
Java.

Range . — Queensland ; extralimital.

242 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Genus GLYPHIDODONTOPS Bleeker.

Glyphidodontops Bleeker, Arch. Neerl. Sci. Nat. xii, 1877, p. 41. Orthotype, Glyphisodon antjerius
Cuv. & Val. (fide Jordan, Gen. Fish, iii, 1919, p. 387).

Glyphidodontops amabilis (De Vis).

Glyphidodon amabilis De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales viii, 4, Feb. 21, 1884, p. 452. South
Sea Islands.

Range. — Queensland ; extralimital.

Glyphidodontops unimaculatus (Cuv. & Val.).

Glyphisodon unimaculatus Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 478. Timor.

Range. — Queensland ; extralimital.

Glyphidodontops zonatus (Cuv. & Val.).

Glyphisodon zonatus Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 483. New Guinea.
Glyphisodon rossii Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. vii, 1854, p. 48. Nova Selma, Kokos Is.,
East Indies.

Glyphodon albocinctus Kner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien lvi, 1867, pi. iv, fig. 2. No locality (fide
Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, p. 179).

Glyphisodon cingulatus Kner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien lvi, 1867, p. 725. Samoa (fide Fowler &
Bean, loc. cit.).

Range . — Queensland ; extralimital.

Genus IREDALEICHTHYS Whitley.

Iredaleichthys Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xvi, 6, June 11, 1928, p. 296. New name for Chrysiptera
Swainson, preocc. Orthotype, C. azurea Swainson = Glyphisodon cyaneus Quoy &
Gaimard.

Note. — This genus is discussed in detail in this paper, supra, p. 226.

Iredaleichthys hedleyi (Whitley).

Glyphisodon hedleyi Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xvi, 1, Oct. 7, 1927, p. 20, pi. i, fig. 5. Port Moresby,
Papua. Holotype in Austr. Mus., Sydney.

Range . — Queensland and New Guinea.

Iredaleichthys modestus (Schlegel & Muller).

Glyphisodon modestus Schlegel & Muller, Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. overz. bezitt. Zool. (Pise.) 1844,
p. 23, pi. vi, fig. 2. Java.

Glijphisodon phaiosoma Bleeker, Verh. Bat. Genootsch. xxii, 1849, p. 9. Bali.

Range. — Queensland ; extralimital.

Note. — This species is regarded as a synonym of Glyphisodon glaucus Cuv.
& Val. (Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 47*5, Guam) by Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, p. 169.

Iredaleichthys uniocellatus (Quoy & Gaimard).

Glyphisodon uniocellatus Quoy & Gaimard, Voy. Uranie Physic., Zool., Jan. -March 1825, p. 393,
pi. lxiv, fig. 4. Coupang, Timor and Marianne Is.

Chrysiptera gamardii Swainson, Nat. Hist. Classif. Fish. Amphib. Rept. ii, July 1839, p. 216. Based
on Quoy & Gaimard’s figure of G. uniocellatus.

Range. — New South Wales ; Queensland ; extralimital.

SOME FISHES OF OBDEE AMPHIPEION IF OEMES.— WHITLEY.

243

Subfamily PARMINJE},

Genus ACTINOCHROMIS Bleeker.

Acanthochromis Bleeker, Natuurk. Verh. Hoik Maatseh. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, p. 6. Orthotype,
Heliastes lividus Steindachner (i.e. Klunzinger) = Glyphidodon victorice Giinther. Error
for Actinochromis Bleeker; not Acanthochromis Gill 1863.

Actinochromis Bleeker, Natuurk. Verh. Holl. Maatseh. Wetensch. (3) ii, 6, 1877, pp. 39, 142, & 166.
Emendation for Acanthochromis Bleeker ( non Gill).

Note. — For discussion on this genus, vide supra , p. 232.

Actinochromis Victoria (Gunther).

Glyphidodon victorice Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xi, Feb. 1, 1863, p. 115. Victoria. Type
in British Museum.

Heliastes lividus Klunzinger, Arch. Naturg. (Wiegmann), xxxviii, 1, 1872, p. 36. Port Phillip,
Victoria.

Range. — Victoria, South Australia ; Tasmania ; West Australia ?

Genus PARMA Gunther.

Parma Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. iv, 1862, p. 57. Logotype, P. microlepis Gunther, designated
by Jordan, Gen. Fish, iii, 1919, p. 318.

Parma microlepis Gunther.

Parma microlepis Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. iv, 1862, p. 57. Port Jackson. Type in British
Museum.

Parma squammipinnis Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. iv, 1862, pp. 58 & 505. “ Australia” and

Port Jackson. Type in British Museum.

Glyphidodon (Parma) australis Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien lvi, 1, 1867, p. 328. No
locality = Port Jackson.

Range . — Victoria ; New South Wales : South Australia.

Parma unifasciatus (Steindachner).

Pomacentrus unifasciatus Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien lvi, 1, 1867, p. 326. No locality =
New South Wales. Preoccupies P. unifasciatus Kner 1868 from Fiji, which is a synonym
of Pellochromis xanthosoma (Bleeker).

Range . — New South Wales.

Parma oligolepis Whitley.

Parma oligolepis Whitley, sp. nov., supra, p. 230.

Range. — Queensland.

Parma viola Whitley.

Parma viola Whitley, sp. nov., supra, p. 231.

Range . — Tasman ia .

Parma mccullochi Whitley.

Parma mccullochi Whitley, sp. nov., supra, p. 228.

Range. — West Australia.

244

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Family CHROMIDJE.

Genus MECiENICHTHYS Whitley.

Meccenichthys Whitley, gen. nov supra , p. 218. Orthotype, Heliastes immaculatus Ogilby.

Mecsenichthys immaculatus (Ogilby).

Heliastes immaculatus Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales x, 3, “ 1886 ”= Dec. 21, 1885, p. 446.
Shark Reef, Port Jackson. Type in Austr. Mus., Sydney.

Range. — New South Wales ; Southern Queensland.

Genus CHROMIS Cuvier.

Chromis Cuvier, Bull. Soc. Sci. Philom. Paris, Oct. 1814, p. 88 (fide Sherborn, Index Animalium).

Not Chromis Plumier 1803, non-binomial (fide Sherborn) and not Cromis Browne 1789,
non-binom. Preoccupies Chromis Hubner 1820, a genus of insects, and Chromis Gray,
Cat. Fish. coll. Gronow Brit. Mus., 1854, p. 149, a genus of Pomatornid fishes. Type by
tautonoiny Spams chromis Linn am s.

“ Les Heliases ” Cuvier, Regn, Anirn. ed. 2, ii, April 1829, p. 180. Vernacular.

He liases Cuv. & Vah, Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 494. Logotype, H. msolatus, figd. on pi.

cxxxvii ; designated by Valenciennes, Diet. Univ. d’Hist. Nat. vi, 1845 (reissue, 1861),
p. 503. - Idem , Voigt, Das Tliierreich (Cuvier) ii, 1832. p. 247.

Heliasus Griffith, Anim. Kingd. (Cuvier), x, 1834, p. 161. Ex Cuvier, v.ernac.

Heliastes Lowe, Trans. Zoo]. Soc, Loud., June 1839, p. 177, and Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit, Mus.

iv, 1862, p. 60. Emend, pro . Heliases Cuv. & Val.

Heliazes Valenciennes in Webb & Berthelot Hist. Nat, lies Canaries (Iclith.), 1843, p. 27 ( fide
Sherborn, Index Animalium).

jSTote. I regard as probably distinct from Chromis, the following nominal

genera j Hoplochromis Fowler, Ayresia Cooper, Furcaria Poey = Demoisellea
Whitley, and Onychognathus Troschel = A gripopa Whitley. For references to
literature on these, see Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, p. 30,
and Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xvi, 6, 1928, pp. 295-297.

Chromis nitidus (Whitley).

Tetrad rachnvum nitidnm Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus. xvi, 4, March 28. 1928, p. 219, pi. xvii, fig. 3.
Hayman I., Queensland. Type in Austr. Mus., Sydney.

Range. — Queensland .

Note. — One from Hervey Bay in the Queensland Museum ; Regd. No. /. 3481.

Chromis hypsilepis (Gunther).

Heliastes hypsilepis Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xx, July 1, 1867, p. 66. New South Wales.
Type in British Museum.

Range. — New South Wales.

Note. — Allied to Chrowns dispilus Griffin (Trans. N. Z. Inst., liv, Dec. 14,
1923, p. 254, pi. xxv), in which the males are said to be less deep-bodied than the
females.

Chromis klunzingeri sp. nov.

Heliastes hypsilepis Klunzinger, Sit-zb. Akad. Wiss. Wien lxxx, 1, 1879, p. 398. Not H. hypsilepis
Gunther 1867. King George’s Sound, W. Australia.

Range. — West Australia.

SOME FISHES OF OBDEE AM PHIPBION IE OBMES.— WHITLEY.

245

Chromis scotochilopterus Fowler.

Ohromis scotochilopterus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. lxx, 1, 1918, p. 61, fig. 24. Philippine
Is. Spelt C. xotochilopterus in Zool. Rec.

Range. — Queensland ; extralimital.

Genus HOPLOCHROMIS Fowler.

Hoplochromis Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. lxx, 1, 1918, p. 66. Orthotype, Heliases
cceruleus Cuv. & Val.

Hoplochromis cseruleus (Cuv. & Val.).

Heliases cceruleus Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 497. New Guinea & Ulea.
Heliases lepisurus Cuv. <fe Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 498. New Guinea.

Heliases fremitus Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. v, July 1830, p. 498. Guam.

Heliastes lepidurus Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. iv, 1862, p. 63. Emendation.

Glyphisodon bandanensis Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Jnd. ii, 1851, p. 248. Neira, Banda.

Range. — Queensland ; extralimital.

Genus TETRADRACHMUM Cantor.

Dascyllus Cuvier, Regn. Anim. ed. 2, ii, April 1829, p. 179. Haplotype, Chcetodon aruanns Linnaeus.

Preoccupied by Dascillus Latre.il le, 1796, and Borthold, 1827, a genus of Coleoptera,
emended to Dascylus by Agassiz 1846 {vide S her born. Index Aniuiab'um), Idem , Gerbe,
Diet. univ. d’ 1 1 ist. Nat. iv, 1 844 (reissue, 1861 ), p. 608 : * c Cuvier aurait du 6crire DascillcN
Pirene Gistel, Naturg. d. Thierr. hoi) ere Schulen, J848, p. ix. Now name for Dascyllus Cuv. &
Val., 1830 ( = Cuvier 1829), preocc., but itself preoccupied by Pyrene Bolton, Mus. Bolten.
(2), 1798, p. 134, a genus of molluscs. Type, Ckatfodon aruanns Linn.

Tetradrach/mum Cantor, Jourru Roy. Asiat. Soc. Bengal xviii, 2, 1849, p. 1222 ; Cat. Malay. Fish.

1850, p. 240. Substitute for Dascyllus Cuv., preocc. Virtual haplotype, Chcetodon
aruanns Linnaeus.

Dascillus Gray, Cat. Fish. coll. Gronow Brit. Mus., 1854, p. 171, spelt DasceUus in index, p. 196.

Species not named — Chadodon aruanus Linnaeus, haplotype. Dascilus Gray, a slightly
earlier variant, was given by Fowler & Bean (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, p. 13)
but I have not been able to confirm this.

Tetradrachmum aruanum (Linnaeus).

Chcetodon aruanus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 275: ed. 12, 1766, p. 464. Based on
“ Mus. Ad. Fr. i, p. 63, t. 33, f. 8,” which I have not seen. “ Habitat in Indus” [= Aru
Islands]. Not in Balk, Museum Adolpho-Fridericianum, 1746.

Chcetodon arcuanns Grnelin, Syst. Nat. (Linnaeus), ed. 13, i, 3 (before Nov. 20) 1789, p. 1250.

Revival of a name used by Linnaeus before 1758.

“ Pimelept ere ? simunad, ” Thiol! iore, Ichth. in Montrouzier, Ann. Soc. Imp. d’Agric., Lyons, viii.

1856 (Faune lie Woodlark, 1857), p. 199. Ex Montrouzier MS., vernacular. Woodlark
Island.

Dascyllus blochii CasteJnau, Viet. Offic. Rec. Philad. Exhib. (Res. Fish. Austr.), 1875, p. 34.
Queensland.

Range. — Queensland : extralimital.

Note. — Fowler (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1907 (1908), p. 433) has wrongly
recorded this species from Victoria but his specimen came from Fiji.

246

MEMOIRS OF TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Genus PELLOCHROMIS Fowler & Bean.

Pellochromis Fowler & Bean, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 100, vii, 1928, p. 13. Orthotype, Pomacmtrus
trimaculatus Riippell.

Pellochromis xanthosoma (Bleeker).

Dascyllus xanthosoma Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. ii, 1851, p. 247. Banda.

Range . — Queensland ; extralimital.

Pellochromis trimaculatus (Riippell).

Pomacentrus trimaculatus Riippell, Atlas zu Riippell, Reise (Senckenb. Nat. Ges.), Fische, 1829,
p. 39, pi. viii, fig. 3. Massowah, Red Sea.

Range. — Queensland ; extralimital.

Genus ACANTHOCHROMIS Gill.

Acanthochromis Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat.J Sci. Philad. xv, 1863, p. 214. Orthotype, Dascyllus
polyacanthus Bleeker.

Heptadecanthus Alleyne & Made ay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales i, 4, March 1877, p. 343. Haplo-
type, H, longicaudis Alleyne & Macleay. Mis-spelt Heptadecacanthus in the Zool. Rec.,
and by authors.

Acanthochromis longicaudis (Alleyne & Macleay).

Heptadecanthus longicaudis Alleyne & Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Males, i, 4, March 1877.
p. 343, pi. xv, fig. 3. Cape Grenville.

Range . — Queensland .

Acanthochromis maculosus (De Vis).

Heptadecanthus maculosus De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ix, [4, March 4, 1885, p. 873.
Cardwell. Type in Queensland Museum.

Range. — Queensland.

Acanthochromis brevipinnis (De Vis).

Heptadecanthus brevipinnis De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales ix, 4, March 4, 1885, p. 872.
Queensland coast. Type in Queensland Museum.

Range. — Queensland .

The following new names have been proposed in this paper : — Generic :
Aleccenichtkys , Negostegastes , and Phalerebus. Specific : Amphiprion mccullochi ,
Chromis Jdunzingeri, Eupomacentrus paschalis, Parma mccullochi , Parma oligolepis,
and Parma viola.

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM , Vol. IX, Plate XXVII.

a . P . Whitley , del . Fig. 1. — Amphipuiox papuensis Macleay.

D’Entrecasteaux Is. Ilolotype. Austr. Mus. No. I. 9240 .

a. P. Whitley, del. Fig. 2 . — Actinicola bicolotv (Castelnau).

Port Darwin. Austr. Mus. No. A. 4831. Face page 24(1.

Memoirs of the Queensland museum, vol. tx, plate xxviil

G . P . Whitley , clel . Fig. 1. — Parma oligolepis Whitley.

Holotypc; Qlcl. XTus. No. I.$o36. Cape Moreton, Q.

Joyce K. Allan, del.

Pig. 2 — Parma viola Whitley.
Holotvpe ; A ast r. Mus. No. 1.6611. Tasmania.

Pace page 2 Pi.

PALAEONTOLOGICAL NOTES.

247

PAL/EONTOLOGICAL NOTES.

By Heber A. Longman, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. (Director).

(Plate XXIX.)

SPECIMENS FROM A WELL AT BRIGALOW,

In March, 1929, an interesting collection of fossil fragments was received
from Brigalow, Darling Downs, Queensland, through the kindness of Messrs. Zeller
Brothers. The specimens were obtained during the sinking of a well on their property
at Brigalow. Several beds of sand were found from “16 feet down to 100 feet,” and
each bed yielded fossil bones.

The fragments from this well represent at least seven different vertebrates.
Perhaps the most significant of these are fragments making about half of a cranium
of the extraordinary marsupial for which the writer erected the genus Euryzygoma
in 1921 A The fossils sent by Messrs. Zeller Brothers may be recorded as follows : —

Euryzygoma dunense.

Compared with the original Brigalow cranium previously described (Joe. cit.),
this is a far younger animal. Although the zygomatic arches are distorted and
incomplete, the distinctive features of the genus are well marked. In this marsupial
the inferior lateral processes of the anterior part of the zygomata reach a development
which is without a parallel among other mammals, and this is accompanied by a
distinctive structure of the zygomatic processes of the maxilke. The architecture
of these accessory processes was described in detail in the original paper, and in this
region the differences between Euryzygoma and the species of Nototherium are
obvious at a glance when direct comparison is made.

In view of these and other distinctive features that were set forth in the
detailed description of the first Brigalow skull, it is somewhat surprising that a writer
in “ Nature” (May 19th, 1921, p. 372) should question the generic separation of this
marsupial from Nototherium mitcMIK and N . tasmanicum. Obviously Euryzygoma
is an extremely specialised member of the Nototherium group and is an example of the
evolution of a bizarre type. Probably the remarkable development of the zygomatic
processes reached its maximum in adult males, but the total material received shows
that these special features were present in younger forms. On these structures alone
generic status would be justified. A specimen consisting of a right maxilla with,
three molars, found at Ehlma Siding, near Brigalow, and forwarded by Mr. Thomas
Jack in October, 1923, also exhibits the distinctive features of Euryzygoma. This
specimen (F. 1520), which is higlily polished, was found “ in quick-sand.”

A comparison may appropriately be made between the extreme lateral develop-
ment of the arches in Euryzygoma with the dependent processes in certain Entelodonts
described by E. L. Troxell, 1 2 of which Megachcerus zygomaticus is a remarkable
example.

1 1921, Longman, Mem. Qld. Mus., vol. vii, pp. 65-80,

2 1920, E. L. Troxell, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 1, p. 433.

248

MEMOIRS OF TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

In view of the present writers suggestion (1921, p. 73) that the extraordinary
lateral extensions in Euryzygoma supported “ cheek pouches,” it is of interest to note
that Troxell, following Lull’s remarks regarding similar structures in the Ceratopsia,
notes the possibility of “ check pouches” as an explanation of the dependent processes
in Entelodonts ( Joe . cit.. p. 255).

The full molar series is present in the cranial remains sent by Messrs. Zeller
Brothers, but one of the subtriangular premolars is incomplete. A tract of dentine
is exposed on the hind lobe of the last molar, but the state of wear on the series is
very much less than in the first -described cranium. The premaxillae are missing, and
the fragments of the occipital and parietal regions arc so badly crushed that they
do not lend themselves to useful reconstruction.

Diprotodon australis.

Dorsal vertebra. This specimen was in four pieces, but now forms a fairly
complete vertebra representing a Diprotodon fully as large as the well-known cast
of this marsupial supplied by the Museum of South Australia, Adelaide. Incidentally
it may be mentioned that we have individual bones which far surpass the dimensions
of this cast, and one of them, presented by Mr. Thomas Jack, of Dalby, was recorded
by the writer in 1924. 3 This vertebra from Brigalow is thinly covered with a deposit
of calcareous earth, which is very characteristic of some specimens found near the
Condamine River on or near the surface.

Macropus anak.

Incomplete left incisor of an aged individual. This specimen has the bluish
tint, corresponding to Ridg way’s “ cinereus,” which is frequently seen in the enamel
of fossil macropodes from the Darling Downs. The facet of wear on the inner
surface, caused by the movement of the two rami and made possible by the non-
rigidity of the symphysis, is well marked on this incisor. The significance of this
feature in present-day marsupials has been interestingly dealt with by C. Anderson. 4

Fragments representing an almost complete humerus and a femur are
tentatively placed with this species, whilst a portion of a pelvic girdle with a perfect
acetabulum represents either a younger individual or one of the smaller species.

Chelonian fragments.

Three small pieces of a carapace (F. 2119) are evidently conspecific with the
type material of the extinct Chelonian described by the late C. W. De Vis as Chelymys
uberrima , 5 but which should be more correctly known as Emydura uberrima. The
largest shard is about 50 mm. by 40 mm. These small fragments show that the
sulci or grooves between the horny shields' on the carapace are deep and well
defined, very much more so than in Emydura macquarrii and even more than in some
species of Chdodina . In this respect they resemble the latter genus. There are no
prominent rugosities on the shards, but vermicular impressions are noticeable.

Another specimen from Brigalow (F. 2119) is a fairly complete right ilium of
a Chelonian, which is much more robust in the shaft than the ilium in an exceptionally
large specimen of Chdodina expansa , the carapace of which is 380 mm. in length.

3 1924, Longman, Mem. Qld. Mus., viii, p. 17.

4 1927, C. Anderson, Austr. Zoologist, v, pp. 105-112.

5 1897, De Vis, Ann. Qld. Mus., No. 3, p. 3.

PALAEONTOLOGICAL NOTES.

249

A still larger specimen of an ilium in the Museum collection, for which we have no
precise locality, shows that the freshwater Chelonians of the past w r ere giants
compared with those of to-day.

Some half-a-dozen very fragmentary shards from Messrs. Zeller Brothers 5 series
cannot be satisfactorily identified.

F. Chapman has referred a fossil cast of a tortoise found in a bed of ironstone
at Carapook, Victoria, 6 to the genus E7nydura, and Lydekker has recorded both
Etvydvra and C'helodina from Australia. 7

Pallimnarchus pollens De Vis.

This extinct crocodile is represented by an incomplete tooth and two fragments
of scutes (F. 2118).

Fish Remains.

These consist of two anterior dorsal spines. One of these (F. 2120) has a
serrated anterior edge and appears to be allied to the common “ freshwater catfish 55
or “ dewfish, 55 Tandanus tandanus. In the Museum collection there are two other
spines from Chinchilla (F. 16-1180) which have been registered as Tandanus sp.,
but which are considerably larger than the spines of the present-day species.

The other dorsal spine from Brigalow has been tentatively recorded as
Oligorus sp. (F. 2122). In our old collections we have several fossil specimens from
the Darling Downs which represent a fish allied to or identical with the Murray Cod
of to-day, Oligorus macquariensis.

RHCETOSAURUS BROWNEI.

(Plate XXIX.)

Opportunity is taken to illustrate the remains of the Queensland Jurassic
Dinosaur Rhoetosaurus brownei as now on exhibition in this Museum (Plate XXIX.,
figures 1 and 2). A large painting in oils, showing the probable appearance in life
of these giant herbivorous Dinosaurs and the characteristic vegetation of the period,
has been placed above the fossils. Owing to the incompleteness of our material
this has been largely based on the reconstructions of Ca marasau r us , an allied
American form, by E. S. Christman in the American Museum of Natural History.
The artist. Mr. Douglas 8. Annand, has put some excellent work into our painting.
His Excellency Sir John Goodwin has also given assistance by providing a striking
little sketch showing the relative proportions of a modern horse and the giant
Dinosaur.

In addition to the detailed description of this fossil in our Memoirs, 8 a popular
account of Rhoetosaurus brownei was published in “ The Australian Museum Magazine, 55
vol. iii, July- September, 1927. In this article a photograph by Mr. L. C. Ball,

6 1919. F. Chapman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet., 32 (n.s.), p. 12.

7 1889, R. Lydekker, Cat. Loss. Rept. Brit. Mus., iii, p. 168.

8 1926, Longman, Mem. Qld. Mus., viii., pt. 3, pp. 183-194; and 1927, Longman, Mem.

Qld. Mus., ix, pt. 1, pp. 1-18, plates i-v.

250

MEMOIRS OF TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Deputy Chief Government Geologist, showing the site of the discovery on Durham
Downs, was reproduced. It is hoped that additional remains will be forthcoming
from this locality later.

NEW RECORDS.

Among our records of Queensland vertebrate fossils from new localities are the
following : —

Diprotodon australis Owen.

Mandibular fragment with one incomplete molar from the Flinders River,
Maxwelton, W.Q. Presented by Mr. Rex W. Crane (F. 1791). The Flinders River
region has yielded a rich store of marine Cretaceous fossils, but this specimen, which
was picked up in the bed of the river at Maxwelton, must have come from recent
deposits.

Diprotodon australis.

Mandibular fragment with remains of two molars from Bluff Downs, Mr.
Ernest White’s station, north-west of Charters Towers. Presented by Mr. C. M.
Rogers (F. 1907). The head of a left humerus was also received. Mr. Michael
Rogers, who forwarded these fossils, says that they were found “ under the basalt
outcrop of that country.”

Diprotodon australis.

Maxillary fragment with two molars (F. 2019). Picked up by aboriginal
stockman at the junction of the Dart and Broken Rivers, Urana Run, Collinvale,
Bowen, N.Q. Presented by Mr. A. Garbutt, and received through Mr. J. A. Rheuben
and the Department of Agriculture and Stock, Brisbane. The two molars, which
are well preserved, represent an aged individual.

Diprotodon minor Huxley.

Mandibular fragment with symphysis and two incomplete incisors (F. 1822).
Presented by the Rev. C. H. Massey. This was obtained near Murgon, S.E. Q., but was
handed to donor without precise locality. The writer has shown that there are
distinctive features in the symphyseal region between Diprotodon australis and
D. minor. 9

Nototherium sp.

Mandibular fragment with tW'O molars (F. 2049). Near Logan Downs Station,.
Clermont, Q. Presented by Mr. Gordon A. Fairbairn. This fragment, which is
much abraded, was “ picked up on surface under Telegraph Line, about five miles
from Logan Downs Station towards Grosvenor Downs.”

Palorchestes sp.

Fragments of tw r o molars (F. 1761), which are mainly alveolar, found at a
depth of 40 feet in a well at Castle Creek, Rannes, S.E. Q. These were found by
Mr. R. S. Philp and received through Professor H. C. Richards. These fragments
may represent anew species, but the material is inadequate for precise determination.

9 1926, Longman, Mem. Qld. Mus., vol. viii, p. 18.

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Yol. IX, Plate XXIX.

Painting placed above the remains of Bha’tosaurus brotniei, partly based on E. S. Christman V
models of Ccmarosaurus, an allied American Dinosaur.

Artist: Douglas -S'. Annaud.

Remains of Rlimtosaurus broumci , the Queensland Dinosaur, mounted on stand 25 feet in

length in the Queensland Museum.

Face page 250.

PALAEONTOLOGICAL NOTES.

251

Macropus cf. anak.

Mandibular fragment with three molars (F. 2096), Found whilst sinking
a well, “ 40 feet below the surface,” at Knapp’s Creek, near Beaudesert, S.E. Q.
Presented by Mr. D . Salisbury, and received through Mr. L. Power.

This specimen represents one of the larger extinct species of Macropus , and as
these are somewhat difficult to determine on incomplete series of molars it may be
M. necfms. Pending a revision of our fossil Macropodidse, it may here be noted that
some specimens in the Queensland Museum recorded as M. anak should probably
be placed with allied species. The writer considers that the forms with the very
elongated lower premolar described by Owen as Protemnodon rcechus are specifically
distinct from anak , and that both species are genericallv separable from Macropus .
In these large specimens the lower premolar may attain an antero -posterior length
of 19-5 mm., and one is even reminded of the caruassial of Thylacoleo. Although
there is considerable variability in the size of the premolars in our specimens, the
writer cannot agree with De Vis in <e lumping” all of these under Macropus anak. 10

In December, 1926, some fragments of bones found at a depth of about 30 feet
when sinking a well in the bed of jNogo Creek, near Raw belle, Burnett district,
S.E. Q., were received from Mr. E. J. Shaw, through Dr. Guilford Davidson. These
included a scute (in four pieces) and a tooth of an extinct crocodile, Pallimnarchus
pollens. Other fragments, which could not be specifically determined, represent
a species of Macropus.

Dromaius novse-hollandise .

The proximal end of a tibio-tarsus of an emu, closely comparable with that
of the present-day species but fossilized, was found in the bed of the Condamine,
near Dalby, with the remains of extinct marsupials by the writer in company with
Mr. Thomas Jack (F. 1652).

Some of the above specimens have been recorded as exhibits in the Proceedings
of the Royal Society of Queensland. It is of interest to note that until the last few
years practically all of the fossil marsupials found in Queensland came from the
Darling Downs, chiefly from the Condamine River and its tributaries. It is evident,
however, that we may expect many finds of extinct forms from recent deposits in
other parts of Queensland. W. H. Bryan has suggested that the name “ Diprotodon
Beds ” should be given ec for the older alluvial deposits containing fossil remains
of giant and other marsupials of Pleistocene age.” * 11 The present writer anticipates
that marsupial fossils of undoubted Tertiary age will later be found in Queensland,
and in this connection it is of interest to refer to the discoveries of Tertiary sediments
tabulated in 1926 by 0. A. Jones. 12

10 1894, De Vis, Review Fossil Macropodidse, Pr. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., x, p. 104.

11 1928, W. H. Bryan, “A Glossary of Qld. Stratigraphy,” Qld. University, Brisbane.

12 1926, O. A. Jones, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld., vol. xxxviii, pp. 23-46.

252

MEMOIRS, OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

PYCNOGONIDA FROM THE QUEENSLAND

COAST.

By Professor T. Thomson Flynn, D.Sc., University o f Tasmania.

(Nine Text-figures.)

Including those from Torres Strait, the number of species of Pycnogonicia
known from the coast of Queensland comprises only about eight, as follows: —
Nymphopsis arm at us Haswell, 1884, Port Mode; Bhopalorhynchus kroyeri Wood-
Mason, 1878 ( R . ten mssimus Haswell, 1884), Port Denison; PaUenopsis hoekii
(Miers), 1884. Torres Strait; Endeis (= Phoxichilus) charybdceus . ( ?) (Dohrn),
1880, Port Molle; Parapallene australiensis (Hoek), 1881, Torres Strait;
Parapallene liaddonii Carpenter, 1892, Torres Strait; Ascorhynehus tenuirostris
Carpenter, 1892, Torres Strait,*

Of the above it is certain that the species believed by Professor Haswell to
be identical with Phoxichilus charybdceus is different, as might be expected from
the greatness of the distance between the two localities at which they were
collected. The Queensland specimen is preserved in the Australian Museum as
a microscope slide (05206), and proves to be an immature male with three joints
developed in the ovigers. The proboscis is longer than in Dohrn s species, being
somewhat more than two-thirds of the trunk length. It is impossible to make
out the number of cement tubes present. Until such time as fully grown
specimens are available 1 have deemed it advisable not to give the Queensland
specimen any specific designation.

The collection whose examination forms the basis of the present paper was
obtained from two localities in Queensland by Mr. Melbourne Ward. Though
only four species are represented, two of these are apparently new to science.
These are Ascorhynehus niclwardi from 9-12 fathoms in Albany Passage near
Cape York, and Parapallene famelica from 9 fathoms in Whitsunday Passage.
The other two species are also interesting, one of them being Nymphopsis annatns
Haswell, the other PaUenopsis hoekii (Miers).

I have to thank the authorities of the Australian Museum, and particularly
the Director, Dr. C. Anderson, for accommodation and the use of literature while
examining this collection.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

Genus ASCORIIYNCHUS Sars, 1877.

Ascorhynehus melwardi spec. nov.

Specimens . — ITolotype male, allotype female, registered in the Australian
Museum Collection as P 984=5 and P9344 respectively.

* The opportunity might here be taken to point out that the generic name Pallene
instituted by Johnston (Mag. Zool. Bot., i, (4), Dec. 1836, p, 380) is preoccupied by Pallene
Megerle in Dahl, Col. u. Lep., 1823, p. 56, representing a genus of Coleoptera (fide C. D.
Sherborn). For this reason I propose that the generic name Pallene .Johnston be replaced
by CallipaUene, the genotype being Pallene brevirOstris Johnston.

PYCNOGONIDA FBOM THE QUEENSLAND COAST.

Locality . — Albany Passage, near Cape York, Northern Queensland 9-12
fathoms, coll. Mel. Ward, Sept. 1928.

Description . — The body is generally slender and hirsute, the hairiness
being much more evident in the male than in the female. The trunk is slender
and definitely segmented. The crurigers are long and slender, separated from

TTolotypo male; dorsal view with legs omitted.

one another by spaces equal to or a little more than their own width. The
posterior edge of each trunk segment is produced dorsally into a median more or
less sharply pointed process beset by long spiny hairs. There are four of these
piocesses, the most posterior being much higher and stronger than any of those
m advance of it. The ocular tubercle is situated over the origin of the palps,
only a. short distance from the anterior edge of the eephalon. Just in front of
the first pair of crurigers there is a slight narrowing of the eephalon forming a
somewhat indefinite neck. The length of the eephalon is just about one-half the
remaining trunk length, and is somewhat more than half the width of the trunk
across the first pair of crurigers. The position of the ocular tubercle has been
noted. It is of moderate height, cylindrical in its lower portion; above, it is
conical with a sharply pointed process directed slightly backward. The eyes are
well developed. The anterior pair is larger than the posterior. The proboscis is
iairly long and reaches on the ventral side to the middle of the hindmost trunk

254

MEMOIES OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

segment. It is of typical shape for the genus except that the distal third is more
than usually tubular. The proboscis, at about one-fourth the distance from its
base, is encircled by a shallow groove.

Figure 2. — -Asoorhyn'chus melwardi spec. nov. Holotyp'e female ; lateral view with legs,
ovigers, and part of the palps omitted.

The abdomen is long and slender. It is slightly curved with the convexity
upward. Posteriorly it is directed somewhat downward. The chelophores are
represented by their scapes only, and these are undivided. There is no trace
whatever of the chela joint. Spines and long hairs are present on the scapes.
These are better developed in the case of the male than of the female. The palps
are ten-jointed. The ovigers are ten-jointed. The final joint has a small
chelate extremity.

Legs : — The coxic have the usual arrangement. The first and third are
short, the third being the longer of the two, while the second is about one and
a-half times as long as the first. Of the remaining joints of the legs the first tibia
is the longest, being about four times the length of the first coxa and a little
longer than the femur. The length of the second tibia may vary in the same
individual. In the leg drawn in text-figure 3 this joint is about equal to the
femur, but sometimes it has a length more nearly approaching that of the first
tibia. At the distal extremity of the femur there is a prominent process well
provided with spines. There is a similar process, somewhat smaller, at the end of
the first tibia. These processes are present in both sexes.

In this species the trunk and appendages are extremely spinous, this
condition being much more evident in the male than in the female. The general
arrangement, however, is the same in each. There is, first, a series of short spines
which range themselves laterally along the trunk, even appearing at the sides of
the neck and also springing from the base of the dorsal trunk elevations. From
the trunk they arc continued on to the crurigers, where they have a very regular
arrangement and arc better developed on the anterior surfaces than on the
posterior.

There are also to be found very much longer hairs arranged in groups of
two or three or more. Such a group is present on each of the dorsal trunk
elevations, particularly well developed on the most posterior. They are also to be
found at the extremities of the crurigers, on the dorsal side of the abdomen, and
on the chelophore scapes.

The above description applies to the male holotype. In the female allotype
the arrangement of the spines and of the hairs is about the same, but they are
much- smaller, so that the female seems to be almost smooth.

PYCNOGONIDA FROM THE QUEENSLAND COAST.

Iii the ease of the legs the lateral body spines are continued to the first
coxa, but are poorly represented on the second. The most characteristic feature
of the remaining joints of the legs is the presence of the spinous processes at
the extremities of the femur and of the first tibia. The claw is fairly short and
stout.

Figure 3 . — AscotAiyncInis meiwardi spec. nov. Third right leg of liolotvpe male.

Genital openings: — The female openings are wide apertures situated
ventrally at the distal ends of the second coxie of all the legs. The male openings
are smaller, and are placed on slight elevations on the ventral sides of the second
coxte of the posterior two pairs of legs.

Measurements, in MM.

Male Holotype.

Female Allotype.

Proboscis —

Length

4.00

4.40

Greatest diameter . .

0.90

1.30

Trunk—

Length

4.05

4.40

Width across second crurigers

2*56

2-70

Diameter between first and second crurigers

•55

•65

Cephalon, length

1.45

1.60

Abdomen, length

2-30

2-55

Chelophore. scape length

1-40

1-65

Third right leg —

First coxa

•70

•77

Second coxa

1-08

1*05

Third coxa

•70

•87

Femur

2-20

2-80

First tibia . .

2-80

3-07

Second tibia

2-40

2-97

Tarsus and propodus

1-60

1-90

Claw . .

•52

•45

Affinities . — This species belongs to the group of the species of the genus
which, as well as possessing the claw on each of the anterior pair of legs, has
the tarsus much shorter than the propodus, and the ocular tubercle not so far
removed from the anterior edge of the cephalon. In this group are to be

256

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

included A. crypt opy gins Ortmann 1891, A. latipes (Cole) 1906, A. arenicola
(Do lira) 1881, A. abyssi Sars 1891 (A. tridens Meinert 1899), A. eastelli
(Dohrn) 1881.

The only other representative of the genus so far obtained from Torres
Strait is A. tenuicdllis Carpenter 1892, collected by Dr. ITaddon. This agrees
with A. melwardi in the general slenderness of the body, but differs in the
absence of the high dorsal trunk processes, in the form of the ocular tubercle,
in the form and proportions of the proboscis, in the presence of a rudimentary
chela, and in many other points.

In the absence of any trace of tin 1 chela A. melwardi apparently differs
from all previously described species of the genus.

Genus NYMPIIOPSIS Haswell, 1884.

Nymphopsis armatus Haswell, 1884.

Specimen . — One specimen, female (.juv.), Australian Museum, Reg. No.

Locality .- — Dredged in 9 fathoms near Lindeman Island, Whitsunday

Figure 4 . — Nymphopsis armatus Haswell. Lateral view of trunk with legs and ovigers

omitted.

Remarks . — The holotype of Haswell \s species is preserved in the
Australian Museum as a microscope slide (U 5:201). Loman (1928, p. 41) has
suggested that A. korotnewi Sehimk., 1887, may be synonymous with A. armatus
Haswell.

Comparison of the specimen collected by Mr. Ward with the type shows
that some important features have been overlooked in my previous revision of
the description of the holotype (1919). There are in the holotype between the
ocular tubercle and the abdomen t wo dorsal trunk elevations seen with difficulty
in the holotype slide. They are to be well seen in the specimen from Whitsunday
Passage. Such elevations are to he found now in all species of the genus except
A. korotnewi Sehimk. In A. armatus, however, the elevations are of very
moderate height as compared with other species. Another point is that the
abdomen bears two pairs of pinnate spines instead of one pair as stated in my
former description. The second pair is situated on the same face of the abdomen
somewhat lower down.

PYCNOGONIDA FSOM TEE QUEENSLAND COAST.

In the holotype it is impossible to make out the structure of the o vigors.
In the specimen collected by Mr. Ward these appendages give evidence of
immaturity. Each consists of ten joints. It is surprising to find that the limb
is terminated by a small but distinct claw. This has not so far been recorded
as occurring in any other member of the genus. It is unfortunately impossible
to determine whether such a claw is present on the oviger in the holotype.

Figure o. — Nymphopsis armatus Haswell. Left oviger (x 10).

The chelophores are well developed in the Whitsunday Passage specimen,
and in this as in the holotype the chela shaft consists of one joint.

Affinities . — A full consideration of the structure of the two forms
indicates that it is not possible to regard N. korotneiri as a synonym of
N. armatus.

A . armatus is obviously very closely related to A . anarthrus Loman, 1928,
with which it agrees in the unjointed nature of the chelophore scape and in
the presence of two dorsal trunk elevations. The latter species, recorded by
Loman from the coast of Venezuela (1928), is devoid of auxiliary claws, and in
it, too, the trunk elevations are very high and pointed. Further, N. armatus
differs from all other species of the genus in having but two pairs of large
pinnate spines on the abdomen. In all others there are four pairs.

Genus PALLENOPSIS Wilson, 1881.

Subgenus RIGONA Loman, 1908.

Pallenopsis (Rigona) hoekii (Miers), 1884.

P hoxichi Hdium Jtoelcii Miers, 1884, p. 324, plate xxxv, tig. B.

Pallenopsis lioelcii Carpenter, 1893, plate ii, fig. 11.

Pallenopsis (j Rigona) rigens Loman, 1908, p. 68, taf. ix, figs. 128-133.

Specimen . — One male, Australian Museum Keg. No. P9343.

Locality . — Dredged in 9-12 fathoms, Albany Passage, near Cape York,
Northern Queensland, coll. Mr. Mel. Ward, Sept. 1928.

Remarks . — This male agrees very well in its structure with the description
of the holotype as given by Miers. His statement that the divisions between the
segments appear only on the ventral side is true for this specimen also. The
trunk is somewhat broader than is indicated in Miers ’s figures. Miers ’s drawing
of the oviger leaves much to be desired, especially with regard to the last few
joints. It is correctly depicted by Carpenter (1893, plate ii, fig. 11).

Some of the spines on the legs of this species resemble those found in
F. crosslandi Carpenter, 1910, and in P. alcocki Caiman, 1923. There is no doubt

258

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

that P. hoekii is closely related to these species, but is easily distinguished by
the differences in the proportions of the joints of the legs. In P. alcocbi and
P. crosslandi the second tibia is distinctly longer than the femur, while in
P. hoekii the two joints are subequal.

There does not seem to be any reasonable doubt that P alien apsis ( Rigona )
ripens Loman is identical with this species. As Loman (1908, p. 71) points out,
he had not been able to see the description of P. hoekii. Apparently the only
difference is that the leg's in Loman J s specimen are slightly longer in proportion
to the trunk length than is the case with those which have been put with
certainty into Miers’s species. As, however, agreement in other respects seems
to be quite close, T feel that there is no question as to the validity of the synonymy

suggested.

Measurements, in MM.

Proboscis, length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Trunk —

Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-0

Width across first crurigers . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-0

Width between first and second crurigers . . . . . . . . 1-0

Cephalon, length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1*5

Posterior right leg —

First coxa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0

Seeond coxa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2*2

Third, coxa . . . . . . . • • • . . . . • • . . 1*2

Femur . . . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . 4-9

First tibia . . . . . . . . • • • • • . . • • • 5*4

Second tibia . . . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . 4*2

Tarsus and propodus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Genus PARAPALLENE Carpenter, 1892.

Parapallene famelica spec. nov.

Specimen . — Holotype male, Australian Museum, Reg. No. P9342.

Locality . — Dredged in 9 fathoms near Lindeman Island, Whitsunday
Passage, coll. Mr. Mel. Ward, December 1928.

Description . — The body is quite smooth; the trunk is slender, elongated,
and distinctly segmented. Anteriorly the cephalon is slightly expanded with a
slight median longitudinal groove. The cephalon is equal in length to half the
remainder of the trunk. All trunk segments are long and thin, but the most
posterior is shorter and more slender than the others. The crurigers are very
short and are separated by very wide interspaces equal to about four times
their own diameter. The ocular tubercle is a low rounded cone with a terminal
point. The visual elements are well developed. The proboscis is short and
cylindrical, and is contracted in the midregion. At the anterior end it has
the shape of a very shallow cone. A peculiarity is the presence, on the ventral
side of the proboscis, of two distinct tubercles, one at each antero-lateral angle.
The tubercles are separated by a median groove. The abdomen is very short,

PYCNOGONIDA FROM THE QUEENSLAND COAST.

259

erect, and tubular. The chelophores are short and robust with the chela
placed transversely in front of the mouth. The scape is short and thick, expanded
towards the extremity. The length of the scape is about two and a-half times
its mean width. The hand is slightly longer than the scape. The palm is stout
and rounded, with a wreath of short bristles round the base of the fingers. The
fingers are short, with smooth blades which have a. slight tendency to cross at
the extremities. The moveable blade is external. The ovigers are ten-jointed,
with incomplete separation of the third and fourth joints. A long terminal claw
is present which is finely toothed.

Figure 6 . Parapallene famelica spec. nov. Holotype male; dorsal view omitting legs.

Figure 7. Parapallene famelica spec. nov. Holotype male; ventral view of proboscis,

figure 8. Parapallene famelica spec. nov. Holotype male; terminal joints of the oviger.

Figure 9 .—P arapallene famelica spec. nov. Holotype male; third left leg.

The legs are extremely long and slender. The first and third coxa; are
short, the second is about two and a-half times the length of the first. The

260

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

femur is long and slender, a little shorter than the three; posterior trunk segments
taken together. At the distal end the femur hears a spinous projection. A
similar projection occurs on the first tibia. This latter joint is somewhat shorter
than the femur. The second tibia is extremely long and slender; it is equal in
length to the trunk excluding the last segment. The claw is fairly stout. There
are no auxiliary claws.

Measurements, in MM.

Proboscis —

Holotype male.

Length along ventral surface . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Greatest width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0

Trunk —

Length to base of abdomen . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

Width across first crurigers . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Width between first and second crurigers . . . . . . . . 0*6

Cephalon, length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Third right leg —

First coxa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1*1

Second coxa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Third coxa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0

Femur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

First tibia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Second tibia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9*8

Tarsus and propodus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1*8

Claw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-0

Affinities . — It is obvious that this species is very closely allied to
Parapallene nierstraszi Loman, obtained from somewhat deeper water off the
coast of New Guinea and Timor (1908, p. 44, taf. ix, fig. 122-127). The present
species is, however, much more slender, the segments of the trunk being much
longer and the crurigers much more widely separated.

The crurigers are much shorter in P. famelica than in P. nierstraszi, and
the same remark applies to the length of the legs in the two species.

LITERATURE CITED.

1923. Calm an, W. T. — Pycnogonida, Records of the Indian Mus., vol. xxv, pt. mi.

1892. Carpenter, G. H. — Reports on Zoological Collections made in Torres Str., See.,

Pycnogonida, Sc. Proc. Ro j y. Dub, Soc., vol . mi.

1893. Carpenter, G. TT. — Reports on Zoological Collections made in Torres Str., &c.,

Pycnogonida, Sc. Proc. Roy. Dub. ~8oc. ( Supplement) , vol. vMi.

1910. Carpenter, G. IL — Pycnogonida from the Red Sea, &c., Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol.
xxx i.

1919. Flynn, T. Thomson. — A Re-examination of Prof. HaswelFs Types of Australian

Pycnogonida, Pap. and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 19 7.9.

1884. Haswell, W. A. — The Pycnogonida of the Australian Coast, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
vol. ix {1885).

1908. Loman, J. C. C. — Die Pantopoden dor Siboga Expedition, Siboga Expedition Res.
M onograph xl.

1916. Loman, L C. C. — Pallenopsis and Rigona, Soc., Zool. Med. Hi.

1928. Loman, J. C. C. — Neuer Pantopoden aus Westindien, Tijdsclir . d. Ned. Dierlc. Ver.,
Ser. 3, Dl. i, Afl. 2.

1884. Miers, E. J. — Pycnogonida, Rept. Zool. Coll. H.M.S. “Alert.”

1887. Schimkewitsch, Wl. — Ueber eine . . . anf den Sunda-Inseln gefundene Pantopoden-
Eorm, Zool. Jahrh Bd. tit , Heft :l.

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES No. 1.

2G1

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES, No. 1.

By Tom Iredale.*

(Plates XXX-XXXI.)

Twenty years ago, as his Presidential Address to Section D, Biology, of
the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science, at a meeting held
in Brisbane, my predecessor, the late Charles Hedley, discussed the Marine
Fauna of Queensland, contributing a delightful historical sketch of its investi-
gators, and giving as an appendix a Catalogue of the Marine Mollusea of
Queensland. This catalogue has served its purpose well, and it is now time it
should be replaced by a more comprehensive and down-to-date list. Such a list
I am now compiling, and the present series of notes is explanatory of the
additions and emendations to be made.

Immediately upon publication of Hedley ’s list, Dr. J. Shirley placed on
record a large number of “Additions/ ' but these have to be ignored by scientific
workers, as they were based upon parcels of shells received from children, and
included foreign shells: no discretion was utilised by Shirley, and many marine
shells were recorded from inland localities.

Hedley and McCulloch had made a large collection at Murray Island in
1907, and this has never been reported upon. Later, McCulloch collected on
the outer portion of the Great Bander Reef, and Hedley secured many species
in his later short trips on the Barrier.

The Rev. Percy Hubbard has been vigorously collecting mostly on the
mainland coast near Innisfail, and has brought to light many interesting species.
It is noteworthy that the mainland littoral fauna is at present not so well known
as that of the reef.

Mr. Melbourne Ward, interested in the study of Crustacea, has never
neglected to make good collections of shells from the Capricorn Group, the Torres
Straits Islands, and the islands of the Whitsunday Passage. Notes on his
collections are here included.

My colleague Mr. G. P. Whitley and 1 collected vigorously at Michaelmas
Cay, off Cairns, in 1926; and calling at Caloundra, South Queensland, on our
way back, met with an enthusiastic collector, Mr. C. Nicholson, and made such
interesting finds that a note was written on the Caloundra shells. Last spring
(1928) I was on Low Island, off Port Douglas, North Queensland, and a separate'
report is being prepared on tin 1 collection there made, but the experience and
material has been utilised in this essay.

The Marine Mollusea n Fauna of Queensland is composed of three diverse
faunulas, the coastal and the reef faunas, tin* former being divisible into a
northern and southern portion. The southern area, which includes Moreton
Bay, exposes a faunula very like that of the Sydney district, New South Wales,
but with a larger element of tropical forms. The northern area is characterised
by mud-living species which range round Cape York and the Gulf of
Carpentaria, and as a whole is very distinct from that of the coral reefs lying

By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.

262

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

ojjly a small distance from the shore. The coral reef fatmula is that of the Indo-
Paeific region generally, the species being commonly regarded as identical with
those of the Red Sea, Indian Ocean, Philippine Islands, and Polynesia, but
more research and more material generally shows slight distinctive features of
those of our Coral Sea. However, at present, in most eases identity of species
is accepted until the differences are seen to be well marked and constant. It
may be placed on record that the marine mollusca of the reefs of the Outer
Barrier are providing a large proportion of new records, commonly of shells
well known from New Caledonia and other groups to the east. Consequently,
numerically the Queensland list is not by any means representative of the fauna
living on the coast and reefs. In this essay over one hundred species are added,
and fully as many have not been determined exactly yet, mainly from the
Michaelmas Cay collection, while the minute faunula is yet untouched.

The beautiful illustrations (Plates NXX-NXXI) have been prepared by
Miss J. K. Allan, of the Australian Museum, to whom my sincere thanks are
here tendered.

Solemya terraereginse sp. nov.

(Plate XXX, fig. 13.)

Small specimens of this genus not hitherto recorded from Queensland
were dredged in 10-12 fathoms off Michaelmas Cay, North Queensland, and in
the Australian Museum collection similar small shells were found, which had
been collected by Hedlev at Goode Island, Torres Strait, Annum River, Starcke
River, Green Island, and Masthead Island in 17-20 fathoms, but had always
been put aside on account of their small size. In order to record the genus,
which also adds a family (and even a super-family according to DalPs classifica-
tion) to the Queensland list, this small shell is regarded and described as new.
Shell small, equi valve, very inequilateral, gaping at both ends. Colour white,
covered with a thick shining periostracum which extends a long way past
the margins; colour of periostracum pale yellow with darker radials. Both
ends rounded, the ventral margin parallel with the umbonal margin, the
umbones at: about the posterior fourth; riblets obscure, about fifteen in number,
ten anteriorly and five posterior. Hinge normal; interior dirty-white. Length
11 mm.; height 4 rum. Periostracum extending 1 • b mm. past the margin
of the shell.

Nuculana caloundra sp. nov.

(Plate XXX, fig. 17.)

A not uncommon shell on the beach at Caloundra, South Queensland,
was recognised as having the shape of dohrni Hanley, and it was a surprise
to find it had the sculpture of crassa Hinds, under which name it appears in
Iledley’s list.

Shell elongate, beaked, umbones submedian, solid. Colour translucent
dirty-white. Sculpture consists of spaced ridges, flattened and rather widely
spaced, forty or fifty in number; lunnle narrow, radially threaded, and limited
by a fine ridge, the rostrum marked by a strong keel and bisected by a similar
one, transversely crossed by similar ridges to those of the body of the shell ;
anteriorly an indistinct angulation occurs. Teeth long, triangular, about sixteen
on each side. Length 13*5 mm.; height 7 mm.

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES, No. 1.

2G3

Family ARCIDiE.

This family continues to offer novelties whenever any series is collected.
The Rev. Percy Hubbard sent some shells from Innisfail, and two were not
easily located. Then one was found to agree with Area crebricostata Reeve
(Conch. Icon., vol. ii, Area, pi. ix, sp. and f. 61, March 1844: the original locality
being unknown), an unexpected addition to the Australian list. This species
had not been seen since his description, and is referable to Atmdam Gray. The
other provided an interesting case, as one valve was found to differ in shape and
sculpture from the other, and the record of Area dafhrata Reeve in the Queens-
land list was made on one valve. Reeve's species was described from the
Philippines, was equivalve, the valves similarly sculptured, and the name is
preoccupied and therefore invalid. Consequently, the shell from Innisfail is
here described as a new species, and, as it does not seem to fall into any well-
known group, the new generic name fntparilarca is introduced, I. hubbardi being
named as type.

Imparilarca hubbardi gen. & sp. nov.

(Plate XXX, figs. 1, 2.)

Shell elongate oval, convex, inequivalve, subeq trilateral, umbones distant,
ligament area very large, strongly angulate posteriorly. Colour of dead shells
brownish, white. Left valve with twenty to twenty-two ribs, which are elevated
with dee]) narrow interstices less than the width of ribs; these are strongly
corrugated inarginad (that is, towards the margin), nodulous umbonad (that
is, towards the umbo), interstices notably concentrically striate, anterior ribs not
differing, posterior ones more distant and less corrugated. Right valve with
twenty-two to twenty-four ribs, narrow elevated with deep broad interstices
more than width of ribs which are smooth, anterior ones showing modified
corrugation, strong keel posteriorly, posterior ribbing not crenate. Length
50 mm.; height 35 mm.; depth of conjoined valves 32 mm.

hirst sent by the Rev. Percy Hubbard, after whom I have great pleasure
in naming it, from Innisfail, this species has been found to extend along the
v hole coast of Queensland from (. aloiindra. to (’ape York. It had. been deter-
mined as A rca clciihrata Reeve, but the description does not altogether agree,
and the name is invalid. Reeve's cMlmidhvni ( Conch . Icon., vol. ii, pi. vii, sp.
and f. 43, Pel). 1844) from the Philippines belongs to this series, but is decidedly
not eonspoeific, Rung quite a different shape. Our species is more like Reeve’s
rotundicoslota (id. ib., pi. vii, f. 46) from unknown locality, but that species
is described as equivalve, and the right valve is figured with nodose sculpture.

A specimen in the Australian Museum from North-west Australia,
measuring 65 by 40 by 45 mm., is apparently referable to this species, and
shows a blackish brown periostracum between the ribs inarginad. This specimen
had been compared by the late E. A. Smith with Reeve’s types in the British
Museum, and it was returned as a. new unnamed species.

Rochefortia exeellens Bed ley.

This species was well figured by Hedley (Kec. Aust. Mus., viii, p. 134,
pi. xl, figs. 5, 6, 7, 8, May 6. 1912) from Green Island, and it is obviously out of
its generic location. Later he identified his species with Pythiva cumingii A
Adams (Proc. Zook Soc. (Bond.) 1856, p. 47: Philippine Islands) and placed
it in the genus Lepton. Jt was very common as valves on Michaelmas Cav, and
1 here propose the new generic name Bar rimy sia , naming it. excellent I led ley

264

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

ms type. It is just as incongruous in Lepton as in Rochefortia , and I have
shown that My sella An gas has precedence over Rochefortia Velain, and no
Australian conchologist could class the present species under My sella. Another
species which needs separation even more is tied ley's Rochefortia viastellata
(Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxxiv, p. 429, pi. xxxvi, figs. 11, 12, 1909), for
which I introduce the new genus Fasti my sia , as the sculpture is very distinctive,
and no one would regard it as congeneric with the southern My sella.

Family CARDllDiE.

Many more species than are listed occur in Queensland, and in the genus
Frag urn alone the small specimens collect ed at Michaelmas Cay provided much
study, and, while many more may need description, one only is here offered.
For the prickly species of Frag urn, H. and A. Adams introduced Ctenocardia
(Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. ii, p. 459, 1857), and the type is here named as hystrix
Reeve (Conch. Icon., vol. ii, pi. viii, sp. 40, Nov. 1844), as that species was given
by Fischer as of Rroderip, but the authority is Reeve as above cited. The name
is preoccupied by Solander (Cat. Mus. Port!., p. 116, 1786), so I rename the
beautiful Reeve an species Fra gum {Ctenocardia) symbolic inn nov. Included in
the Queensland list is Cardium imbricatum Sowerby (Proc. Zool. Soc. (Loud.)
1840, p. 110, 1841 : Swan River), which is also a species of this group. Sowerby ’s
choice was anticipated by Born (Index Test. Mus. Y indob., “1778,” p. 29,
1780), so that the West Australian shell is here renamed Cray urn (Ctenocardia)
pcrornaimn nov.

Fragum whitleyi sp. nov.

(Plate XXX, fig. 14.)

Shell small, solid, very inequilateral, obese, submediallv angulate. Colour
creamy white. Sculpture consists of about twenty-six radials, elevated with
narrow interstices; the anterior series number sixteen and bear closely set, some-
what flattened, elongate scales which degenerate into circular nodules anteriorly;
posterior area a steep slope and carrying ten short ribs on which the nodules are
circular; interstices finely latticed; margin sharply toothed by ribs; interior
pure white. Hinge-teeth and muscle scars normal. Height 12*5 mm.; breadth
10*5 mm. Not uncommon at Michaelmas Cay. Apparently does not grow much
la rger.

This delightful little species is named for my colleague, Mr. G. P. Whitley,
who has always been of great assistance to me in collecting, especially at
Michaelmas Cay, and at Low Island, North Queensland.

Pardosinia colorata gen. & sp. nov.

(Plato XXX, figs. 9, 10.)

A beautiful painted “ Dosinia’’ attracted me at Michaelmas Cav, and
it was astonishing to find it undescribed.

Shell small, circular, thin, rather compressed, lunule small, narrow,
escutcheon obsolete. Colour distinctive, purple-brown zigzag lines radiating
from the umbones, breaking into angulate markings which tend to disappear
when shell is half grown, when four or five radial rows of broken brown lines,
four or five lines in a row, persist ; young shells completely coloured. Sculpture
consists of fine lamella 1 , very closely set at umbones, widening and puckering

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES, No. 1.

265

laterally, but never becoming much elevated, so that about one hundred may be
counted without taking* in the umbonal stria;. Hinge broad, shallow, adductor
muscle scars small. Pallial sinus very long, reaching nearly across and above the
scar. Height 28 mm.; length 30 mm.; depth of single valve 7-5 mm.

Pardosinia alma sp. nov.

( Plate* XXX, tigs. 15, 16.)

Another Dosinia found at Michaelmas Cay also showed peculiar coloura-
tion resembling that of the well-known Venerids, tornima and embrittles, classed
under Cytherea in Hedley’s Queensland list.

Shell small, circular, solid, little compressed, lunule small, much impressed,
escutcheon ill-defined. Colour distinctive, red-brown blotches arranged radially
in four rows, overridden towards the margin by continuous angulate lining,
lunule brown. Sculpture consists of regular elevated lamellae, fifty to sixty
being counted before the umbonal smaller, more crowded, ones are reached ; these
lrill a. little towards the edges. Hinge fairly broad and deep, adductor muscle
scars small. Pallial sinus long and narrow, extending more than halfway
across. Height 25 mm.; length 26 mm.; depth of single valve 9 mm.

Bonartemis stabilis gen. & sp. nov.

(Plate XXX, tigs. 3, 4.)

Apparently the Dosinids have been neglected, as at Caloundra still another
undescribed species was collected by Whitley and myself.

Shell small, subcircular, very solid, beaks much incurved, lunule very
deeply impressed, heart-shaped, broad, escutcheon long, well defined and
bordered. Colour cream with brown, broad, radial splashes four in number.
Sculpture consists of coarse but closely set lamelke, forty in number, till the
umbones are reached, where they still exist as coarse and distant lamella; on
each side the lamellae show a strong tendency to becoming frilled. Hinge rather
narrow, very deep and crass, adductor scars large. Pallial sinus very short and
angulately narrow, reaching less than halfway across. Height 29 mm. ; length
29 mm. ; depth of single valve 10 mm.

Heteroglypta hedleyi sp. nov.

The name is proposed for the shell from the Nambueca River, Northern
New South Wales, described and figured by I-Iedley under the name Asaphis
eontraria (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1900, p. 731, pi. xlviii, figs. 4-8, May 20,
1901), wdiich differs from Psammobia eontraria Deshayes (Cat. Moll. He Reunion
p. 11, pi. 1,'f. 20-21. 1863) from the Isle of Reunion (Bourbon) in shape and
sculpture. It does not seem to have much relationship with Asaphis . as when
Dali so placed it (Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Science, iii, pt. v, p. 981. 1900)
lie was autoptically unfamiliar with it. Moreover Martens had introduced the
name Heteroglypta (Beitr. z. Meeresf. Maurit. u. Seyeh., p. 331, 1880) for it
alone.

At Michaelmas Cay valves of a similar shell were found, and these upon
autoptical comparison with the southern types were seen to be also slightly
different in sculpture and shape; the northern shell is white, more elongate,
more inequilateral, the posterior end shortened, ventral edge less rounded,'

266

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

anterior end slopingly truncate, the sculpture a little finer; the muscle scars
are more regular than shown by Hedley, the sinus being normal: measuring
12x8 mm., a larger one 14 x 9 mm. This may be named II. avecta sp. now

From New Caledonia a small cream shell measuring 9x7x5 mm. is
shorter, more obese, posterior end a little attenuate, the posterior angle more
acute, sculpture a little coarser, gaping anteriorly and with the ventral edge
sinuate, and is here named II. pansa sp. nov.

An odd shell is here figured (Plate A, figs. 5, 6) and named II. saltatrix
sp. nov. It is from Michaelmas Cay, and differs in shape, as otherwise it might
be regarded as an aberration. The posterior end is somewhat acutely attenuate,
the ventral edge well rounded, anterior edge nearly straight, abruptly truncate;
the valve measures 18 x 12-5 mm. The sculpture is erratic; the figure will
explain this better than any description. Hedley gave a good description of the
species T have named II. hedlcyi, and divided the shell surface into four panels,
and in this shell the anterior panel is subdivided into three. It may be noted
that the umbonal sculpture is normal concentric ridging, the peculiarities
developing later.

Family TELLINIDHC.

This family demands study, as there are scores of unnamed species now
accumulated in the Australian Museum and every collection adds to the number.
The working out of the genera is a prime necessity, and it will be a difficult task,
as so many different types have become associated. Thus I cannot find a place
for such a well-known shell as Tellina rugose# Born, and this may be due to pure
carelessness, as 1 find that although Born pointed out, when he introduced his
species, that his name was preoccupied no correction has yet been made.
Fortunately there is an excellent figure given in Martyn s Univ. Conch., pi. 138,
1787, with the name Cochlea pal at am from China, so that a general name is
readily available. The Queensland shells have more pronounced sculpture, are
more elongate, and have narrower beaks, and may be. later separable. As the
species cannot be classed in Tellina (s. str.), a different generic name Quidnipagus
is here proposed, naming Martyn’s C ochlea pul at am as type.

Many smaller species with names may be here added to the Queensland
fauna. Two small Tellinids with wavy-line sculpture may be classed together
with the new name Jactellina > naming Tellina obi iguana Deshayes as type; these
are Tellina ohliguaria Deshayes ( P.Z.S., 1854, 35b; habitat unknown: Sowerby,
Conch. Icon., xvii, pi. Jiv, sp. 321, Oct. 1868), and Tellina balansm Berlin (Nouv.
Arch. Mus. Paris., ser. 2, vol. i, 1878, p. 275. pi. ix, f. 10 a, 1): New Caledonia).
A species a little different may be here placed temporarily: Tellina hung erf or di
Sowerby (Proc. Mai. Soe. (Loud.) i, 159, pi. xii, f. 22, 1894: Hong Kong).

Two other small species may be included in a new genus Ob tellina, the
first-named being selected as type, viz: Tellina bougei Sowerby (Proc. Mai. Soe.
(Bond.) viii, p. 200, fig. in text, Apl. 1909; I. of Monac, New Caledonia) ; and
Tellina ohfusalis Deshayes (P.Z.S., 1854, 355: Sowerby, Conch. Icon, xvii, pi.
xlvii, sp. 281, Oct. 1868).

In the Queensland list appears Tellina, rhamboides Quoy and Gaimard,
and as that name was preoccupied a substitute was necessary, and there was a
series of synonyms apparently to select from. An unquoted one, however, in
Tellina dlathrata Deshayes (Hist. Anim. s. Vert. (Lam.) vi, p. 208, 1835, intro-
duced for Quoy and Gaimard s figures, pi. 81, figs. 4, 5, 6, 7) effectually stifled
all opposition, as it had appeared before Q. & G.'s letterpress.

267

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES , No. 1.

Salmacoma vappa gen. & sp. nov.

(Plate XXX, figs. 7, 8.)

A Tellinid of the “ Macoma ” style. Macoma was founded on the
Palaearctic Tellina balthica Linne, with which the Australian so-called species
have nothing in common save lack of lateral teeth.

Shell of medium size for the family, thin, inequivalve, valves nearly
equilateral but strongly twisted, edge of valves markedly sinuous, valves convex,
left more tumid than right, beaks subcentral. Colour salmon-cream shading
into salmon-pink on umbones and margins. Sculpture consists of fine concentric
growth lines more pronounced towards the margins. Hinge with two small teeth
in left valve, one bifid, other scarcely so ; in right valve, one not bifid. Pallia!
line advancing across from base of muscle scar towards the other, which in the
left valve it does not reach by about 4 mm., but in the right rising higher up and
becoming subangulate below the umbo becomes confluent with the opposite
muscle scar. Length 33 mm. ; height 24 mm. ; depth of conjoined valves 16 mm. ■
right 6, left 10.

Collected by the Rev. P. Hubbard, at Innisfail.

Family MACTRIDJE.

Since Hedley 's list appeared Smith published A List of the Australian
Mactridae (Proc. Mai. Soc. (Lond.) xi, pp. 137-151, June 1914), and that essay
may be here commented upon.

^ Smith has regarded Mactra abbreviate Lamarck (Hist. Anim. s. Vert., v,
p. 477, 1818: “Port Jackson”) as equivalent and anterior to obesa Deshayes!
It may be noted that throughout the paper Smith preferred Deshayes' names to
those of Reeve, but the latter were published first as accepted by Hedley in his
list. In this instance obesa was published by Reeve (Conch. Icon., viii, f. 19,
March 1854) from Torres Straits, and that would be the correct name for the
North Queensland shell. Smith would regard as a variety only the form
meretriciformis , also introduced by Reeve (loc. eit., f. 18, March 1854) from
Pori Essington. It would be nearer the truth if Lamarck's species abbreviata
were regarded as coming from Shark's Bay, Western Australia, as while
Lamarck had plenty of shells from that locality he had very few if any from
North Queensland. Hedley has included M. abbreviata in his Western Australian
list, without comment or synonymy.

Under the name Mactra luzonica Deshayes, Smith gives localities “Luzon
Middle Harbour and Botany Bay, Sydney (Angas), Queensland (Hedley for
apmna ),”

Reeve s apicina (loc. cit., pi. xix, sp. Ill, May 1854) appears to be based
on an immature specimen from unknown locality, and may be identical with
Reeve’s luzonica (loc. cit., pi. xvi, sp. 81, May 1854) from the I. of Luzon but
the Queensland shells agree better in shape with Reeve's M. decora (loc. cit.,
pl xvi, sp. 80, May 1854), again from unknown locality, but my specimens lack
the coloured rays. From Caloundra, South Queensland, large specimens are
commonly seen, and these rather mimic the northern form of rufescens in shape
but not m sculpture, and is probably the species mentioned by Smith from
Queensland under that name.

268

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

The hinge-teetli of these shells differ appreciably from those of M. obesa
Reeve above mentioned, and therefore I introduce the genus Telemartra , naming
M. obesa Reeve as type.

Smith described a new species, Mactra queenslandica (id. ib., p. 1 48, fig.
in text), from Sandgate, S.Q., and for this I propose a new generic name
Colorimactra , and describe an allied .species as —

Colorimactra florens sp. nov.

(Plate XXXI, fig. 16.)

Shell small, ovately trigonal, a little inequilateral, somewhat compressed.
Colour greyish purple, shining, colour zoned through growth lines; deeper
near the umbones and then at the ventral margin; inside dark reddish purple,
darker and duller internally, shining towards the edges. Anteriorly rounded,
the lunule is not well defined save by radial lira? ; posteriorly, a strong sharp keel
is prominent, the escutcheon in the keeled area being boldly radially lirate ; the
line stopping before the keel is reached but not bounded by any raised line ;
otherwise the shell is smooth and shining, the almost imperceptible growth lines
showing a little strength near the margins. The pallial sinus is short and rounded ;
hinge-teeth as in M. queenslandica Smith.

Length 23 mm. ; height 19 nun. ; depth of conjoined valves 9 mm.

Collected by the Rev. Percy Hubbard at Innisfail, North Queensland.

Differs from ill. queenslandica Smith, of which it may be the northern
representative, in its stronger posterior angulation and the convex, not concave,
Junular anterior side.

When Dali provided a SynopPR of the Genera of Recent and Tertiary
Mactridse (Proe, Malac. Soc. (Lond.) i, pp. 203-213, March 1895) he allowed a
subfamily Lutrariina? with genera Lutraria (three sections, Lutraria , Gonio-
mactra, and Lutrophora), Tresus, Standella (with subgenus Eastonia) , and
Heterocar dia. Goniomactra had been introduced for the Australian Lutraria
impar Deshayes (Reeve, Conch. Icon., ii, pi. iii, sp. 10, 1854), which is decidedly
a distinct form.

lied ley’s Queensland list allowed Lutraria arcuata, clongata , impar,
oblonga , and philip'pinarum with Standdla mcobarica . The list was a compila-
tion, so that the three names arcuata, oblonga, and philippinarum are found to
refer to the same species, and the best name for that appears to be australis,
given by Deshayes and first published by Reeve (Conch. Icon., ii, pi. iii, sp. 8,
1854: Moluccas). Gray's Lutraria elongata (Mag. Nat. Hist. (Jard.) i, 374,
1837) was anticipated by Muenster (N. Jahrb. f. Min. 435, 1835), and may be
here renamed Lutraria (Lutromactra nov.) imp edit a nom. nov.

Standella hubbardi sp. nov.

(Plate XXX, figs. 11, 12.)

The species Stan della nicobarica of Iledlev's Queensland list must bear
the new name Meropesta mcridiana, as, although it has a close resemblance to
the Indian shell, when compared it is seen to differ in shape, being higher with
the posterior end more rounded, not attenuate, the wrinkled area much less in

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSC AN NOTES, No. 1.

269

extent. The type locality of XL meridian a is Lake Macquarie, N.S.W., but the
species ranges north to Torres Straits. The genus name MerOpesta is introduced
with that species as type:* as it does not appear to be closely related to Eastonia
(type, rugosa Gmelin, from Portugal), and the name Merope proposed for the
Indian species by IT. and A. Adams in 1857 had been used previously by Newman.

The new species now described is a true Standc/lu, differing from the
type of the genus in form, the anterior side being more produced and the posterior
more alternate. It was first collected by the Rev. Percy Hubbard, but I have since
collected it at Townsville and the Daintroe River.

Shell elongately oblong, thin, posteriorly attenuated, anteriorly rounded,
inequilateral, umbones approximate, gaping at both ends. Colour white, covered
with a very line periostracum only noticeable at the posterior end where it is
thicker and wrinkled. Superficially the shell is smooth but under a strong lens
it is seen to be finely wrinkled. Hinge-teeth exactly as in the type of St a ndella;
somewhat delicate and apt to be broken in beach-worn specimens. Pallial sinus
very long, rounded, reaching more than halfway across the shell ; adductor muscle
scars small. Length 4;> mm. ; height 28 mm.; depth of conjoined valves 16 mm.

Pharella wardi sp. nov.

( Plate XXXI, figs. 5, 6, 7.)

A tine bivalve dredged by Mr. Melbourne Ward in the Albany Passage,
North Queensland, introduces a new germs into the Australian list as Pharella ’
was proposed by Gray (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. xiv, p. 24, July 1884)'
for javanica , and 1 name this as type.

Shell large, elongate, equivalve, inequilateral, gaping at each end. Colour
white, covered with a pale yellowish periostracum which extends a great deal
at the edge. A white zone contrasts with a yellowish one, the periostracum much
thicker and wrinkled at the posterior end. Shell smooth save for fine growth lines,
the anterior end rounded, the posterior end short, obliquely rounded, the ventral
margin a little convex, nearly parallel with the umbonal margin. Ligament large,
external. Hinge and muscle sears normal. Inside white Length 72 mm ’
height 22 mm.

Montfortia excentrica sp. nov.

(Plate XXXI, %'s. 14, 15.)

This name will replace that of Subemarginula elathrala of Tied ley’s list
who explained his preference for it (Proe. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., xxxiv, 436,' 1909)’
excusing his rejection of paiihi Quoy and Gaimard on the grounds of purism’
There was no need of .excuse as panhi Q. and G. is quite different in shape from
the Australian shell, and the choice of elathrala Ad. & Rve. was unfortunate,
as not only did it refer to a distinct species hut the name was invalid. Thiele
(Syst. Conch. Cab. 578te, lief. (Bd. vii. heft xxxvii) 19.17, p. 116, pi. 13 f 12-13)
used pmhiensis Reeve and placed it in Hemitonia, but Swainson’s description
reads, Patelliform : the fissure not cut through the shell, but merely forming
an internal groove,” and this does not apply while the sole species, 1 L tricost at a
i/ W ’Lp aS( ^ k° w - Cen., f. 6, is a West Indian form, so that we can use
Montfortia Reel us, of which genus I designated 'Em. australis Q. and G as type
( i fans. New Zeal. Inst., xlvii, 1914, p. 435, July 12, 1915). These tropical forms
ii a y . e Y en Je congeneric;, but as the shell shows distinction I here propose
Mont] ortis.ta as a new subgenus, with XL excentrica as type.

270

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Shell large for genus, very elevated, laterally compressed, apex excentric.
Colour greenish white, interior green with darker lines, spatula whitish.
Sculpture consists of strong radials crossed by weaker concentric ridges, forming
deep pits; anterior slope steep, posterior a little less. The fasciole is filled in
forming an elevated ridge roughened with growth stages and showing a short
deep slit at edge; on each side of the fasciole lies a stout radial, and behind this
some sixteen radials with a few minor intercalating ones can be seen, the whole
crossed by about ten ridges; a faint striation can be seen with a glass of fresh
specimens, somewhat more pronounced on the radial ribs. Length 21 mm. ;
breadth 14 nun. ; height 16 mm.

Habitat: North Queensland (type, Michaelmas Cay).

Family IIALIOTIDiE.

This family still gives concern as it proves to be more numerous in species
and groups than has been accepted up to the last few years, and as there is
confusion regarding the exact usage of the genus name ffaliotis I here provide
some more names to be used for Australian species. The type of Haliotis Linne
has been commonly regarded as the pahearctic fubercvlata , and, if so, our
different forms need distinctive names. Montfort designated FF. asinina L. as
type, and this needs consideration.

The commonest species on the coral reefs is that known as varia Linne,
a name which has been applied to a series of forms. Linne described his species
without reference or locality, and the Philippine Island form has been
accepted as typical. T here designate that locality as the type locality to provide
a basis for work. T)r. Eland Shaw collected a series at Bangaan L, and these
do not agree with Australian specimens, being larger, rounded, with less
pronounced sculpture, &c. Associated with the small shell is a much larger
one which is tentatively determined as jMstulifera Pilsbry (Man. Conch., xvi,
1890, p. 96, pi. 23, f. 52). The smaller Australian shell may be subspecifieally
named Sanhaliotis varia aliena , the genus Sanhaliotis being introduced for these
small species, FF. varia being designated as type. A much smaller shell from
Lord Howe Island has also been called varia , but it is very distinct and may
be called howensis. It differs from Haliotis hanleyi Ancey in lacking the smooth
space which is so characteristic of Ancey ’s species. This was described (Le
Naturaliste, May 1881, p. 414) from the T. Non, New Caledonia, and as it was
not figured lias been neglected. The type, now in the Australian Museum, is
here figured (Plate NXXI, fig. 1) and agrees with New Caledonian shells collected
by Mr. A. F. Basset Hull, and also with specimens from Lifu recorded as
if. jacnensis Reeve, and also as FF. dringii Reeve, neither of which species occurs
in New Caledonian waters. A valid New Caledonian species was described by
Sowerby as FF. crebrisculpta (Ann Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. viii, vol. xiv, p. 478,
pi. xix, f. 2, Dee. 1914), and this T recognised at Michaelmas Cay, North
Queensland.

A well-marked little species is here described as Sanhaliotis dissona sp. nov.
(Plate XXXI, fig. 2). Shell small, elongate, spine depressed. Colour brownish
yellow. Sculpture consists of five principal cords separated by intervals of about
the same width, the ribs rounded, not scaly, but irregularly nodulose; smaller
cords intercalate, and on the last whorl there are half-a-dozen subsidiary ones
between the suture and the primary ones. Orifices depressed, oval, fairly close

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES , No. 1.

271

together; between the orifices and the basal rim four strong cords can be counted.
Columella plate flattened, broad, hiding all the previous whorls. Interior
yellowish pearl, shining. Length 28 mm.; breadth 18-5 mm. This was also
collected at Michaelmas Cay.

Family TROCHID/E.

The species of this family, be they large or small, are always attractive,
and much of interest was found at Michaelmas Cay as many species grouped
around T. maculatus Linne were collected. Of the six species Iledley allotted to
Troehus— calcar atus, fenestratus , hexagon its, maculatus , nil otic us , and ob discus
— one, lie sag onus, must be rejected as it is based on a misinterpretation only.
Tr or Juts niloticus must be called Roehia nilotica, or, perhaps better, Roehia
pagodas , while T. fenestratus and T. ob cliscus are transferred to Teclus. In
addition to T. macula las and T. calcaral us, some other species were determined
as true Troehus, thus T. obesus Reeve ( Conch. Icon, xiii, pi. xjii, sp. and f. 75,
Dee. 1861; loc. ?) and T. erebrigranatus Reeve (loc, cit. ph xv, sp. and f. 89,
1861; loc. ?), and a third certainly appeared to agree with T. fastigiatus A.
Adams (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, 150; Reeve, loc. cit. pi. xv, sp. and f. 87, 1861 ;
loc. ?) .

Genus CALL I OSTO M A .

I have already pointed out that the southern shells so classed have little
relation with the true Pakearetic Calliostoma, and this conclusion has been con-
firmed by study of the raduke by Thiele. I suggested they seemed nearer to
Thalotia and this appears to be correct According to a label in the Australian
Museum, Medley’s C. trepidum is stated to be identical with the earlier deception
of Smith. There are more species of this little group which may be distinguished
by the new generic name of Ltd if auto r. Medley ’s shell being type. Further, the
species known as C. arm ease Watson seems to represent the southern Thalotia
very closely, and may be separated with the new generic name of CalthaJotia,
Watson’s species being type. Another new generic name. Talchrasiclc, is here
proposed for, A stele septemrium Melvill & Btanden, and Medley’s Calliostoma
specAosum, which may not be that of A. Adams, appears congeneric. These
species will be elucidated with figures later, as there are some very beautiful
species to be described, and all the species are localised in distribution.

To the species of (dan cuius must be added C. gatliffi Tomlin (Proc. Malac.
Soc. (Loud.) vol. xvi, p. 24, fig. in text, April 1924: West Australia, Coral Sea).
Gibbula townsendi Sowerby must be expunged, as Mr. Medley told me it was
included purely in error.

The species allotted to Monilea need redistribution, as that generic name
needs rejection. Under Talopia can be placed colli fern, le/ntiginosa, and belcher i
(since added by Medley); nuclea belongs to Rossiteria; lifuann to Talopena ,
while glaphyrella might be placed there, though not quite typical; pud ib an da
should be omitted at present as the specimens here so named do not belong to the
species; for henniana I introduce the new name Conotalopia, and tropicalis may
be included here temporarily.

At Michaelmas Gay many specimens were collected of the shell known as
Minolia agapeta Melvill & Standen, but whose correct name 1 have shown to be
Monilea apicina Gould, and for which 1 introduce the new generic name
Parminolia, naming this species as type. Probably more than one species is
known under that name. There are shells which occurred numerously and had
s

272

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM .

been collected previously by Iledley, but which do not appear to have been
recorded. These are — Trochus smnhtstus Fischer (Journ. de Conchyl., 1879,
]>. 23; id., 1886, pi. 1, f. 6: New Caledonia), placed by Pilsbry under M'molia ,
but Conotrochiis suggested, and Solar Mia I rag cm a Melvill & Standen (Journ.
Conch., 1896, p. 313, ph xi, f. 78: Lifu, New Caledonia), under the subgenus
Conotrochiis and generic value proposed. While the latter was placed in
Conot radius, the former was obviously congeneric, and, as the name Conotrochiis
is invalid through having been used by Schroeter in 1863 for a Ccelenterate
before Pilsbry \s introduction, it is necessary to introduce a new generic name.
The new name Vanitrochus is proposed, Melvill & Standen ? s species tragema
being named as type.

The species under Euchclus need redistribution as Brazier's Clanculus
gran os ns should be transferred back to Clanculus, while Tallorhis is now
recognised for roseola Nevill, and foveolatus A Adams is more probably a
Herpetopoma; a new genus Vaceiichelus is introduced for Euchclus angulatus
Pease (Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. iii, p. 283, pi. 23, f. 27, 1867) which is repre-
sentative of a large series of Euchelus-like molluscs which lack the basal tooth to
the columella, and more than one species occurs in Queensland as well as Pease’s
shell.

Family TURBINIDiE.

The Queensland species of Turbo ( s . /.) are difficult to name, while the
genera are as puzzling to delimit. Some genera such as those represented by
argyrostomus , porphyrites , marmoratus, and the N.SAV. sir am, mens seem easily
recognisable, but the names to be used are not so easily determined. The type of
Turbo is now regarded as petholatus, and with it may be classed militaris
(= imperial) s of TIedley’s list) and marmoratns , though the last-named appears
at first to differ.

Senectus can be used for the argyrostomus series, including coucinnus,
chrysostomus , folia reus, gem mains, nivosus , spceiosus , sparverius, and tv midulus.
Lunella will then come into use for the porphyrites series, which may be easily
divided into three — porphyrites from New Caledonia, mespilus Gmelin (Syst.
Nat., pi. vi, p. 3601, 1791 : Southern Ocean) from East Queensland, and porcatus
Reeve (Conch. Icon., vol. iv., pi. xi, sp. & f. 52, March 1848) from West Australia
and Western Queensland.

The members of the Senectus series are. difficult to segregate and the names
need rectification. Thus I have shown (Proc. Zool. Soc. (Bond.) 1914, p. 669)
that Turbo foUaceus Philippi, 1846, was invalid, and must be replaced by Turbo
squamosus Gray ( Narr. Surv. Voy. “Fly,” vol. ii, p. 359, pi. ii, fig. 8, 1847)
described from Port Essington, Northern Territory.

Turbo concinrms Philippi (Conch. Cab., ed. 2, p. 44, pi. 2, f. 6, 1847) is
unavailable, and Sene etas permundus norm now is proposed to replace Philippi’s
name. Turbo nivosus Reeve (Conch. Icon., vol. iv, pi. x, sp. 43, f. 43-44, March
1848) from the Philippine Islands is invalidated by Montagu (Test, Brit., vol. ii,
p. 326, 1803), and Reeve’s species is here renamed Senectus necnicosus nom, nov.
Turbo speciosus was described by Reeve (id. ib., pi. viii, sp. 35, March 1848)
from New Holland, sent by Bring, but the name has been used by Megerle (Verb.
Cesell. Nat. Freunde Berlin, 214, 1824) so I name Reeve’s shell Senectus
perspeciosus nom. nov.

QUEENSLAND MO LEV SCAN NOTES, No. 1 .

Another name given by Reeve, Turbo pulcher (Proc, Zool. Soc. (Loud.)
184.2, p. 185), to another shell collected by Dring, this time from Turtle Island,
North Coast, must bear Menke’sname intercostalis (Moll. Nov. Holl, spec. p. 13,
1843), while Philippi’s Turbo inter cos tails (Conch. Cab., 1846, p. 42), must be
renamed Senectus trossulus nom. nov.

Delphi)! ula turbinopsis Lamarck (Ilist. Anini. s. Vert., vol. vi, pt. 2,
p. 231, 1822), figured by Delessert (Recueil Coq. Lam., pi. 34, figs. 1, la, 1841),
is obviously the shell from Shark’s Bay, West Australia, above determined as
T. squamosus Gray, an identity not previously recognised.

In Hedley's list Astralhim was used with four species, petrosum , no bile,
aureum (typ. error for aureolum ) , and tentoriif ornie. Since then Astrcea has
been utilised to displace Astral i urn in the broad sense, but more recently
Astralium has been revived for the longispina series, Astrcea belonging strictly
to the New Zealand heliotr opium.

Bellastraa has been introduced for the “ fimbriatus” series, with which
teutoriiformis Jonas was associated, but the name of the South Queensland shell,
the same as that at Sydney, is sinus Gould, the “fimbriatus'’ type not being yet
recognised.

When Hedley described his A. aureolum he contrasted it with the
Neozelanic sulcatum as a second member of the subgenus Coohia. It appears,
however, to be a gigantic relation of the Bellmtraa group, probably derived
from the Calcar series, which is represented in Queensland by two or three
species.

At Michaelmas Cay I secured two species not previously listed: Calcar
pileolum Reeve and Calcar stellar e Gmelin. Reeve’s species was first described
as Troclius pileolum in the Couch. Syst., pi. 217, f. 5, 1842, and the name has
been used for other forms such as rotatoria Lamarck. The true Troclius rotularius
Lamarck (Hist. Anim. s. Vert., vol. vii, p. 12, 1822)-, described from unknown
locality, is a West Australian shell, and also occurs in North Queensland. There
should be no confusion as the beautiful figure given by Delessert (Recueil Coq.
Lam., pi. 34, fig. 9 a, b, 1841) is sufficient to recognise the species by. The
primary reference to Turbo stellaris Gmelin reads “Syst. Nat. pt. vi, p. 3600,
1791.”'

Commoner than these at Michaelmas Cay was Calcar petrosum Martyn
(Ilniv. Conch., pi. 124, 1787), said to be from “China,” but agreeing in detail
with our shell, was probably collected by Cook’s party in North Queensland or
New Caledonia. Pilsbry (Man. Conch. (Tryon), vol. x, p. 234, 1888) associated
with this species other shells which are certainly not conspecifie.

Another common little shell at Michaelmas Cay was Leptothyra lata
Souverbie and Montrouzier (Journ. de Conch., vol. xi, p. 277, pi. xii, f. 2, 1863:
New Caledonia). 1 have shown that Leptothyra could not be used, and proposed
Collonista for these shells, and as Montrouzier ’s specific choice had been anti-
cipated by Philippi (Zeit. f. Ma)., 1848, p. 100, 1849), the New Caledonian shell
must be called Collonista costulosa Sowerby (Thes. Conch., vol. v, p. 213, pi. xiii,
f. 161, 1886) introduced to replace Montrouzier ’s name.

LEU C ORH YN CHI A Crosse.

This genus was introduced by Crosse (Journ. de Conch., xv, p. 320, pi. xi,
f. 4, July 1867) for a New Caledonian shell which he named L. caledonica.

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

274

Twenty years later Tryon (Man. Conch., x, p. 106, pi. 35, tigs. 86, a , b) added a
second species, crossei, reducing Leu corky nchui to subgeneric rank under
Teiiiostoma. This was from Singapore, and from the same locality three years
later Pilsbry added L. tryoni (Nautilus, v, p. 91, Dec. 1891). Then Melvill and
Standen increased the number to four with a Lifu species, L. tricarinata (Journ.
Conch. (Leeds viii, p. 311, pi. xi, f. 75, a, b, Nov. 12, 1896). Some years ago,
I recognised Tryon ’s species from shell-sand from Shark’s Bay, West Australia,
and now I report the two New Caledonian species from Michaelmas Cay, thus
adding a genus as well as two species to the Queensland list, the genus being
also first reported from Australia in this note. Four new species have been
recently described by Thiele, 1925.

Genus LIOTTNA.

Under this genus name discordant species are arranged, and this oppor-
tunity is taken to provide some better names, both generic and specific. Thus the
species crenata Kiener typifies a peculiar series which may be called Dentareue .
while, as it was proposed as a species of Delpliinula, the specific name is invalid
through the prior I). crenata Sowerby (Genera Shells, pt. 39, 1833), and it is
hero renamed Dentareue sarcim . nom. nov. Another species which may be
classed with it is muricata Reeve, which also needs renaming as there Avas a
/>. muricata Calcara (Mem. Conch. Altavilla, 1841, p. 75) before Reeve used it,
so I rename Reeve’s species Dentareue man it us nom. nov. A not uncommon shell
at Michaelmas Cay agreed with Delphi nula ci darts Reeve (Conch. Icon., vol. i,
pi. v, sp. & f. 27, Oct. 1843: 1. Mindoro, Philippines) save that our shell is more
rounded still, the longitudinal ribs not so pronounced, and may be given a
subspecific name, lenullus nov., the genus name Globarene being introduced for
it as it lias a very small umbilicus and outer lip only thickened, not variced,
though the operculum is of the “Liotinid” style.

Family PIIENACOLEPADIDiE.

One of the most attractive shells on the beach of Michaelmas Cay was a
species of Phenacolepas , and continuous searching found many specimens repre-
senting more than one species. Three species were admitted by Iledley in his
list, and I had found a broken piece of a fourth at Caloundra; later Sowerby
described P. mirabilis (Proc. Malac. Soc. (Land.) ix, p. 66, fig. in text, March
1910) which was the last-named. Simultaneously Thiele monographed the family
in the Conch. Cabinet (Mart, and Chem.) 539e lief., Bd. ii, heft xxxiii, 1909),
and added P. reticulata from Moreton Bay. Medley had synonymised Melvill &
Standen ’s P. linyuamverra from Torres Straits with his P. senta from Funafuti,
but Thiele has allowed these two as distinct, I agree with this, and moreover
find that Medley's species had been described earlier by Gould as Copulas
sagittifer (United States Expl. Exped., vol. xii, Moll., p. 383, pi. 32, fig. 486, a, b,
1852: loc. unknown).

When Iledley introduced his P. senta he pointed out that the species
did not seem congeneric, and Thiele has also agreed that division was necessary,
but did not perform the task. The species on the Australian ltfet were undoubtedly
of different origin, and allowing Pkenacolepas for the species around crenulata
Broderip, the form cinnamomea Gould is here made the type of a new genus
Cinnalepeta . This species is a mud-dweller, and the animal has been described
by Iledley (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xli, 1916, p. 707. pi. xlviii, f. 17-19, April 4,

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES, No. 1.

1917) and its range is given as Northern Queensland and New Caledonia as well
as New South Wales. Upon comparison the New Caledonian shells are found
to be larger and proportionately narrower, and with more numerous ribs with
much more pronounced prickles, ll may be called Ciunalcpeta vagans n. sp.
The shells from tropical Queensland have closer ribs than the Sydney shells,
while their shape is different, the apex more posterior. This form will be later
figured, but may here be named ( 1 1 nnalepeta csG&naa n* sp., the type being from
the Ann am River, North Queensland.

The sculpture, form, and texture of the senta— ling uaviv err ce group is
characteristic, and the new generic name Zacalantica is here introduced, the
species Imgnmnverne being named as type. There appears to be more than
one species in Queensland. The most curious find at Michaelmas Cay was a shell
with a much stronger texture and an apex nearly median and not recurved. It
was obviously a distinct type and is here named Amapileus, the new species
here described being named as type.

Amapileus immeritus sp. nov.

(Plate XXXI, tig. 8.)

Shell small, conical, apex submedian, thin, translucent, white. The
nuclear whorls are about one and a- half* coiled helicoid and flattened, the
succeeding sculpture radials begin, faintly at first, strengthening rapidly, about
thirty increasing by intercalation to about sixty at the margin; the ribs are
sharp, elevated, narrow with wide interspaces which are very finely concentrically
striate, only seen with a good lens; margin smooth, thick, not crenulated by
the ribs. Length 10 mm.; breadth 8*5 mm.; height 5 mm.

Is apparently related to P. lavicosialis Thiele (op. cit., p. 31, pi. 5, figs.
7, 8), described from unknown locality, but is closer ribbed and ribs narrower.

Collisellina bellatula sp. nov.

(Plate XXXI, fig. 13.)

A small Patelboida was found among the shell-drift at Michaelmas Cay,
North Queensland, and later found alive on dead clamshells. In the Australian
Museum I find the same species (unnamed) from Kawieng, New Ireland, but the
species seems hitherto to have been overlooked.

Shell elliptical, depressed, apex anterior, regularly ribbed, ribs twelve
in number, rarely additional ones are developed, edge of shell uneven, strongly
crenulate. Colour white, radially lined with brown, obscured in life by coralline
growth, inside white, spatula marked with pale brown. Ribs smooth save for
growth-lines. Length 14 mm. ; breadth 9-5 mm. ; height 4 mm. (type) : largest
specimen 19 x 14 x 6 mm.

Habitat: North Queensland (on the Great Barrier Reef).

1 do not know any species that needs comparison. On the reef the form
of Collisellina I discussed in the Proe. Zool. Soc. (Loud.) 1914, p. 670, was
rarely met with but many specimens have been seen, and it must now be named.
On account of further knowledge it is here specifically named as Collisellina
paropsis sp. nov., the type being selected from Michaelmas Cay, a dead shell
measuring 30 mm. in length, 23 mm. in breadth, and 9 mm. high. Much larger

276 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM .

specimens occur up to 40 x 35 x 18 mm. The primary ribs number nine,
secondary ones intercalating but never numbering many ; anteriorly the species
is narrowed with three prominent ribs, posteriorly broadening with tour stronger
ribs, one on each side between these two series being; slightly weaker; the ribs
are elevated, sharply angular, white; the interspaces marked with black angulate
patches; the margin is strongly cut by these ribs. Inside the shell is white, the
edge darker, the spatula pale brown speckled with dark-brown spots, a blue
tinge often present. The same species appears to occur on New Caledonia, but
the Philippine Island saccharin a is easily separated by its shape, being seven-
ribbed, the sides almost parallel. Quoy and Gaijnard s stellans is nearer, but
it lacks the narrowing of the Australian shell. I am now using Dali’s name
Collisellina (Amer. Journ. Conch., vol. vi, p. 254, 1871) introduced for this
group alone as tending to more exactitude in differentiating these difficult
species.

Penepatella inquisitor gen. & sp. nov.

(Plate XXXI, figs. 37, IS.)

When I proposed Patellmax (Prom Linn. Soe. N.S.W., vol. xlix, pp. 183,
239, Oct. 24, 1924) with P. srjuamifera Reeve as type, 1 had in view the series
of tropical shells now to be treated. 1 mentioned the series in the British
Museum of cretacea Reeve, P. pentagona (Born) Reeve, P. strike) or mis Reeve,
and P. pica Reeve. The specimens mentioned came from Tahiti, Society Group
(giga-ntea Lesson), Elizabeth 1, and Palmerston I. Representing these localities
there are in this Museum many specimens from the Paumotu Islands, widen are
of course paumotensis Gould (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 150, 1846) and
agree well with his figure. Specimens from Samoa agree better with Reeve’s
pica but lack the colouring. Unfortunately there are not shells from Vanik or o
to confirm flexuom Quoy and Gaimard, but the figure is sufficient to establish
it as a member of this series. A very fine species comes from New Caledonia,
very flattened, with nine very pronounced broad ribs and a rich orange spatula,
which may he called infra area sp. nov.

The Queensland shell may be now described thus; — Shell star-shaped,
flattened, apex submediaii, seven primary ribs, three anterior and four posterior.
The primary ribs have many intercalating ones, rarely one becoming as important
as the primary seven, the edge being coarsely denticulate in agreement with the
ribs. Colour greenish white, sometimes with a few scattered black spots; inside
shining greenish white, spatula indistinct. Length 33 mm.; breadth 30 mm.;
height 8 mm.

A smaller elevated form, which may be called arrccia (Plate XXXI, figs.
21, 22) is easily separated ; in this the primary ribs have become obsolete at a very
early age and the edges less crenulatc, the ribs much finer. Length 16 mm.;
breadth 15 mm.; height 11 min.; largest 24 x 21 x 12 mm.

This species was found living on clamshells at Michaelmas Cav, North
Queensland, the depressed larger form on the outside, usually obscured b>
coralline growth, the taller smaller form inside the shells. ^ The genus is
geographically separated from Patel fanax, which ranges from New South Wales
southward to Tasmania, while the genus Penepatella lives on the coral reefs
of Queensland and the South Pacific Ocean.

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES, No. 1.

277

It is even possible that there are two series represented in the mid-Pacitio,
as while the present species, the New Caledonian, the Vanikoro, and the
Elizabeth Island shells, are all small and superficially similar, there is the pica
series, cretacea-gigantea , paumotcnsis, and apparently kcrrnadcceusis, which are
more agreeable with eaeli other in their larger size and anterior narrowing; and
in support of this 1 find Powell describe Scutellastra tucopiana (Proc, Malae.
Soc. (Lond.) vol. xvi, p. 169, fig. in text, 1925) from the island of Tucopia, a
large shell measuring 92 x 75 x 25 mm.

In Iledley ’s Queensland list there appears Acmaa cost at a Sowerby ; this
must be expunged as 1 find the record is based upon the shell here above
described. The southern Patel laid a alt i costal a Angas probably occurs in South
Queensland, as other Sydney forms in this genus range that far north. I have
recorded Patelloida petterdi Ten. -Woods from Caloundra, and now add Patelloida
submarmorata Pilsbry, while I have collected other species belonging to this
family at Port Douglas, North Queensland, &c., which appear to be undescribed.
There is also another limpet living on the coastal littoral of North Queensland
which needs study.

Tenpetasus liberatus Pease.

Iledley recorded Capulus ini art us Lamarck from Funafuti, Paumotus,
Lifu, Norfolk Island, New Hebrides, and Goraldton, West Australia, and
later in the West Australian list (Journ. Hoy. Soc. W.A., vol. i, 1915, p. 189)
is included the same name citing Pease, Am. Journ. Conch., iii, 284, 1867, in
confirmation. Years ago I received the species catalogued from Norfolk Island,
and investigated its nomenclature. It was a difficult task, ms many of these
limpet-like molluscs are superficially similar though their relationship may be
distant. However, I found that Lamarck's species was West Indian, it probably
had two or three earlier specific names, a generic name Krebsia Morch, and that
it was certainly neither eonspecific nor congeneric, with the Pacific form. At
the reference to Pease above noted, Cap-ulus liberatus was described and figured
(pi. 24, f. 2) from the Paumotus, the date of publication being April 2, 1868.
This name can be used at present for the shell common at Norfolk Island, and
which I collected at Michaelmas Cay, North Queensland, the first record for
this State. The type of Caput us is hungaricus L., whose nepionic stage consists
of a regularly coiled smooth helicoid of one and a-half whorls succeeded by a
varix, quite unlike the Rissoid nucleus of the Pacific liberatus , for which I
propose the new generic name Tenpetasus.

Iledley had listed in the Queensland catalogue two species as Capulus ,
calyptra Martyn and tricarinata L. The latter has a generic name, Amathina
Gray (Proc. Zool, Soc. (Lond.) 1847, p. 157 ; ex Synops. Contents Brit. Mus.,
ed. 44, 63, 1842; cf. Hedale, Proc. Malae. Soc. (Lond.) vol. x, p. 302, 1913),
and this should be used. The former has again little to do with the true Capulus,
and it would be best to use a new genus name Capulonix for it at once.

The .species listed as Hippo nix by Iledley need similar treatment; the
species regarded as cornea may need description, but there is a genus Sab ia
Gray available for conic a - ; the curious species called bar bat a Sowerby 1835
appears to have an older name Pileopsis pilosus Deshayes (Mag. de Zool., 2 Jr.,
Class \, Moll., pi. 9, Dee. 1831), and as it is obviously not congeneric either
with Sabia or Hipponix I here introduce a new genus Pilosabia for the Australian
form of P. pilosus Deshayes.

278

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Family CERITHIIDiE.

Here again difficulty is apparent in every direction, generic values being
still undefined and specific identities masked in synonymic lumping. It will be
a somewhat difficult task to unravel even the major groups, as there is no
unanimous conclusion as to the type of ( 1 cri thiu.m. At the present time it should
he noted that there appears in Medley’s Queensland list many specific names
which have no legal status. Thus CeritMum contraction Sowerby 1855 is
included, but Bayle (Journ. de Conch., xxviii, p. 24:1, 1880) had provided
( ' crumena as Sowerby ’s name was invalid; at the same time Bayle (p. 246)
added C. proditum for Cerithium fusifornw Sowerby 1855, also invalid. Through
Sherborn’s Index Animalium, pt. ii, I find many more, and here propose
substitutes until revision can be thoroughly undertaken. < 'critkmm duffieldi
non:, nov. for Cerithium. granosum Kiener 1842, not <’. grmosum ltorson (Mem.

R Acc Sci. Torino, xxvi, 327, 1822). The well-known name Cerithium leinnis-
calurn Quov & Gaimard 1834 was anticipated by Brogniart (Mem. terr.
Vicentin, p* 71, 1823), and I here propose Cerithium prohteema norm nov. for
Ouov and Gaimard’s species. Cerithium morns Lamarck 1822 is not the species
so called by Bruguiere in 1701, and the typical form of Lamarck’s species is here
renamed (Jlijpeomorus pentkmarus nom. nov.; there are many synonyms often
cited but these appear to refer to different valid species, (i rithiuin mitm forme
Sowerby 1855 is invalid if the genus name is broadly used, as Wood's Murex
mitriforrms 1828 was allotted to CeritMum. by Wood himself in the same work.
The species must be renamed if generic values be revised, but at present the
names do not clash, Wood’s Murex mitriformis being a ('lava. Cerithium
variegation Quoy & Gaimard 1834 is invalidated, and differs from jancllei
llombr. and Jacquinot 1853, and 1 rename Quoy and Gaimard s species
Cerithium sejunelum nom. nov. Again many names have been synonymised. but
without much justification, from the series examined. Cerithidca Icieneri Hombr.
& Jacq. 1853,' described as Cerithium, is here renamed Ceritliidea anticipate i
nom. nov., as there is a prior C. kiencri ( antraine (Bull. Ac. Roy. Brux. ii, p. 3.12,

I was going to add Cerithium lac.tcum Kiener (Spec. Coquilles
(Cerithium), p°58, pi. vii, f. 3-3a, 1842), but 1 find there is a prior C. lacteum
Philippi (Enum. Moll. Siciliae, vol. i, p. 195, 1836), so instead will add Cerithium
collacteum nom. nov. for Kiener ’s species.

Two other names must be amended, viz., Cerithium laniatum Sowerby
(Conch. Icon., vol. xv, sp. 119, 1865), which is invalid through Ihe usage of the
same name by Quoy and Gaimard in 1834, and 1 propose Cerithium complexion
nom. nov. for Sowerby ’s species. I note it has been synonymised, but ha\e
found that the species are much more distinct m nature than they appear m
literature, and have seen half a dozen distinct species grouped under one name.

A better alteration 1 make in proposing C rrithiuni , pkylarchus non), nov.
for Cerithium sowerbyi Kiener (Spec. Coquilles \ iv., (danal, p. 18, pi. vn, i. ,
1841 ) , which is not C. sowerbyi Deshayos 1834. This is a very fine species, quite
distinct from C. cummyi A. Adams, with which it has been confused. 1 have not
yet solved the problems surrounding the usage of the genus name ( erithnim.

Family JANTHINIDiE.

In Hedley’s list only lanthina iantJiina Linne appeared. Some years ago
I prepared a monographic account of these shells which still remains in manu-

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSC AN NOTES , No. 1.

279

script. I found, unfortunately, that many of tbe Australian forms needed
discrimination and nomination, but here use the conventional terms only.
Mr. C. Nicholson looked out for these molluscs for me at Oaloundra, and l am
able to add two species to the Queensland list, viz., Jodina nilida A. Adams (Proc.
Zool. Soc. (Bond.) 1868, p. 620, 1869: from 23 deg. N. 152 deg*. W. to off Tahiti,
Pacific Ocean) and Violetta glob osa Swainson (Zool. Illus., vol. ii, pi. 85, 1826).
The new genus name Violetta is introduced with globose as type, as this kind of
Violet Snail differs very considerably from both Javihiua and lodina.

For the Recluzia Medley used the specific name jolmii Chemnitz; this has
been demurred to, and it will be undoubtedly better to use R. liar gravest Cox
(Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond,)', p. 172, pi. 16, f. 8, 1870) given to a New South Wales
form. In the N.S.W. list Medley preferred hi tea Bennett, a name given to a
tropical mid-Pacific form.

Family NATICIDZE.

The variety of species in this family, and the difficulty in separating them
without series, compelled their intensive collecting whenever met with, delightful
results thereby accruing. While more species will be added to the Queensland
list when all the material is worked out, three may here be introduced: — (1)
Natica gaidei Souverbie ( Journ. de Conch., vol. xxii, p. 196, pi. vii, fig. 7, April
1, 1874: Lifu), which is a synonym of Natica line atom Jousseaume (Rev. Mag.
Zool., ser. 3, vol. ii, p. 22. pi. ii, f. 5-4, 1874 (before April) : hah. unknown) and
Natica notata Sowerby (Thes. Conch., vol. v, p. 83, sp. 44, pi. 462, f. 168, 1883:
New Caledonia). The operculum is sulcate and thus it falls into Natica s. str.
(2) Natica arachnoidea Gindin (Syst. Nat., pt. vi, p. 3674, 1791, for Chemn. 5,
p. 271, pi. 188, f. 1915, 1916: locality unknown) was found alive with a notable
brown velvety periostracum suggesting a distinct genus.

When Iledley wrote upon “Some Natieoids from Queensland ” (Ree.
Austr. Mus., xiv, pp. 154-162, 1924) he utilised fiber for the mammilla series
with horny operculum, but indicated that groups could be utilised, observing:
“Those species associated with fh pes-clcpltavtis, being large massive shells
with a wide umbilicus containing a stout spiral funiele, may be grouped under
Mammillaria Swainson.” Mamillarid was written by Swainson (Treat. Malac.,
p. 345, 1840), and M. lactca Sw. for Mart. 189, f. 1922, 1923, and this name was
equal to Natica alba Gray 1827, and V. pes-ek pliant is Desha, yes 1838, the last-
named being preferred by Medley, who included the species in the Queensland
fauna on Schmeltz ’& record of a shell from Port Denison. It is pleasing, then, to
report that Mr. Melbourne Ward collected a specimen on the beach at Friday
Island, Torres Straits. Apparently the correct name to be used will be
.1/ a miliaria alba Gray, as the superficies is very different from that of the true
mammilla series. In the case of Mammilla Schumacher, the species show a very
large animal not retractile into the shell as is the animal of pgriformis Recluz
and flemingianum Recluz, two typical white “Eggshell Nerites” of the ancient
writers.

Gennaeosinum peleum gen. & sp. nov.

( Pin te XXXI, fig. 12.)

This very distinct form can be shortly described as a finely sculptured
Natica or a Natieoid style of “ Siga retus.”

280

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Shell globose, spire short, somewhat flattened, whorls rather rapidly
increasing and descending, umbilicated, mouth lunate, edge sharp. Colour pure
white, rather glossy, with three concentric rows ol‘ yellow markings sometimes
spots, sometimes lines, and sometimes broad Y-like markings along the periphery.
Sculpture consists of close-set. flattened line with narrow interstices, on the last
whorl, twelve above and about twenty below the rounded periphery, mostly
broad lira? above and mostly narrow below; on the antepenultimate and preceding
whorls nine lira? are counted. Umbilicus large, open, perspective, funicle
running up. Columella straight, a little flattened and recurved anteriorly,
medially flattened forming a tooth-like projection from which a funicular rib
runs into the umbilicus; above spreading as a glaze on the body whorl and
crossing to posterior angle of mouth which is half-moon shaped. Height 14 mm. ;
width 17 mm.

Habitat: Michaelmas Cay, North Queensland.

Septa rubecula Linne.

While adding a species and genus to the Queensland and Australian
fauna, this species is of more than ordinary interest. The genus Septa was intro-
duced by Perry (Arcana, pi. ii., Jan. 1, 1810) with the sole species Septa
scarlatina, which is the same as Mur ex rubecula Linne (Svst. Nat., xth ed.,
p. 749, 1758).

The name Sepia , as used in Medley's Queensland list, has been shown to
need replacement by Dharonia Gistel (1 redale. Nautilus, 1913, p. 55), so that
this reintroduction is pleasing to me. 1 found the species at Michaelmas Gay,
and Mr. Melbourne Ward at the Capricorn Croup. The names in the family
CymatiidsB need much rearrangement, as many generic types are grouped under
the name Cymatium. C ymatium labiosinn Wood needs elimination as it refers to
the same thing as strung ei A. Adams and Angas, and, though T once advocated
the identity of these two, the latter name should be used for the Australian
shell.

Distorsio anus Linne.

This well-known species has not hitherto been recorded from Australia,
as Shirley’s report from ‘*3Biirketown” is valueless. A series of shells received
by Shirley from Burketown, an inland locality, comprised such Pacific species
as flarpa nobilis Martvn, Cyprim onyx' L., C onus bull a I us L., ('onus luteus L.,
&c., and were obviously never collected there, nor in Queensland. At the same
time Shirley added ct Distortnx cancellatus lies'll., Yeppoon, but there was no
such species named by Deshayes. and 4 * caite< j Ilhius ’ was probably intended, but
the author of that name was not even Deshayes. Furthermore, Medley had
included Distortrix decipiens Reeve, which would refer to the same species
Shir lev had in view. The correct name for this seems to be Distorsio reticulata
Bolton (Mils. Bolton, ii, p. 133, 1798, based on Mart. 2, t. 41. f. 405, 406) from the
Island of Hitoe in the Moluccas.

Family CONTILE.

Many more species of Cones exist in the Queensland seas than are listed
at present, and T can add eleven, while T have another half dozen which have not
yet been satisfactorily located.

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES, No. 1.

281

Conus pulicarius Bruguiere, Ency. Meth., Vers.,, vol. i, 1792, p. 622: Isles de
l'Ocean Pacifique.

Conus catus Bruguiere, Ency. Metli., Vers., vol. i, 1792, p. 707 : I. St. Domingo,
Martinique, and even Isle de France.

Conus eburneus Bruguiere, Ency. Meth., Vers., vol. i, 1792, p. 640: Mers des
Indes orientates.

Conus rattus Bruguiere, Ency. Meth., Vers., vol. i, 1792, p. 700: Mers
d'Amerique.

Conus miles Linne, Syst. Nat., xth ed., p. 713, 1758: in India: only reference
is Rumph. mus. t. 33, t W. = Amboina.

Conus omaria Bruguiere, Ency. Meth., Vers., vol. i, 1792, p. 743; l’Ocean
Asiatique, Madagascar, Manille.

Conus tulipa Linne, Syst. Nat., xth ed., p. 717, 1758: no locality given: 1st
reference is Rurnph* mus. t. 34, f. K, L = Amboina.

Conus vexillum Gmelin, Syst. Nat., pt. vi, p. 3397, 1791: habitat not given:
1st reference is Eumph. mus. t. 31, f. 3 = Amboina.

Conus virgo Linne, Syst. Nat., xth ed., p. 713, 1758: no locality given: 1st
reference to Rumph. mus. t. 31, f . E = Amboina.

Included in Hed ley's list are two species whose names need emendation:
Conus cinctus Swainson (Zool. Ulus., ser. i, pi. 110, July 1822) is invalid,
through prior usage by Base 1801 (Buff on, ed. Deterville, Moll, v, p. 140) and
Borson 1820 (Mem. R, Ace. Sei. Torino, xxv, p. 192), and is here renamed
Conus circurnactus Horn. nov. The other one is Conus deshay esti Reeve (Prow
Zool. Sow (Lond.) 1843, p. 168, June 1844), which is later than the proposition of
the same name by Bellardi and Miehelotti (Mem. R. Ace. Sei, Torino, ser. 2,
vol. iii, p. 153, 1841), and has been corrected to Conus cuvieri by Crosse in a
tract “Obs. genre Conus 12, ” which was issued in the Rev. Zool. 1858, but thus
appears in Tryon (Man. Conch., vol. vi, pp. 87, 103, 1884).

Conus planorbis Born.

This well-known species has not hitherto been recorded from Queensland
and Australia, and the original reference reads C onus planorbis Born, Index
Mus., Vindob., p. 147, 1778, but this needs rectification. Though this index has
a title-page dated 1778, this appears to have been prepared and never altered
when the work was not concluded in time. The folio work known as the Mus,
Cues. Vindob.” is entitled 1780, and is usually quoted as later than the index.
Examination shows that they were simultaneously prepared as each quotes
the other; and in the “Explicatio eitationum abbreviatum” given in the index
appears 4 'Mus. Caes. Vindob. . . . Wien 1779, fol.” Throughout the

index the fourth volume of Martini’s "Konch. Kab.” is correctly cited, but
that volume was not published until 1780, which proves conclusively that the
index did not appear before that year. In view of this it would be best to 'quote
the folio work, as in that place illustrations accompany the descriptions.

Conus litteratus L. v. millepunctatus Lamk.

Thus Hedley wrote in the Queensland list, but many workers have allowed
the species as distinct. When Lamarck (Hist. Anim. s. Vert., vii, 461, 1822)

282

MEMOIRS OF TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

introduced his species Conus mtilepuMtatus, he cited as illustrative “Martini,.
Conch. 2 , t. 60, t*. 666” and “Martini, Conch. 2, t. 60, f. 667,” the former being*
his “var. b,” the latter “var. e.” These are apparently conspecific, and had
been given systematic names by Bolten (Mus. Bolten, ii, p. 41, 1798) long before.
Bolten had also (p. 47) introduced Cucullus mill epu net at us for a different
species of Cone, so it is doubly necessary to make use of Bolten ’s earlier name
for the accepted millcpu uctatus Lam. The name to be used is par d us, as Cucullus
pardus takes precedence over Cucullus leopardus > the former given to Martini’s
f. 667, the latter to f. 666.

Conus vermiculatus Lam.

This well-known species does not appear in Iledley’s list, as it was
regarded as merely a variety of ebrnus Linne. T found it at the Kermadecs,
but 1 did not receive it from Lord Howe Island, where ebroeus was very common,
until recently, when it came as a rare shell and was easily distinguishable.

1 found it at Michaelmas Cay along with ebraus , when it was easily seen to be
a distinct species, the shape, size, and markings differing. The oldest name
for the species is ckaldccus, as Bolten had introduced Cucullus chaldmts (p. 42.
1798) for Martini, 2, t. 63, f. 699-700, the same figures as were later quoted by
Lamarck for his species. It may be pointed out that this correction was made
as long ago as 1852 (Moreh, Cat. Conch., Yoldi, p. 66) but has been ignored.

Terebra pygmaea Hinds.

A curious little shell was described by Hinds under this name (Proc.
Zool. Soc. (Loud.) 1843, p. 158, 1844: from Straits of Malacca 17 F.), and
though it was figured twice (Thes. Conch., i, p. 184, pi. xiv, f. 112, 1844; Reeve,
Conch. Icon., vol. xii, pi. xxvii, sp. and f. 149, June I860) the generic location
was so peculiar that it was no wonder that it was redescribed as TurbonUla ?
prince ps Preston (Journ. Malar., vol. xii, p. 7, pi. ii, f. 33, April 7, 1905) from
Ceylon. The recognition of this species from Michaelmas Cay provides the
opportunity to give it a genus name, Terenolla.

This genus does not appear to belong even to the family Terebridiv, to
which must be added some more species for Queensland, but it is difficult to
determine t lie generic names to be used, A specific case is worthy of note, as
Terebra tigrina (tmelin lias been used for a shell which I collected at Michaelmas
Cay, and was not on the list. Upon referring back l found that Gmelin (Syst.
Nat., pt. vi, pp. 3475 and 3502, 1791) had used the name Buccinum tig r mum
twice, and the reference to the Terebra was the second one, which was of course
unavailable. The error had been corrected by Dillwyn (De.scr. Cat., p. 644, 1817)
more than a century ago, who had provided />. felinum, yet no worker had taken
cognisance of the correction. The species would apparently fall into Dali’s
genus Oxymens , but a careful study is necessary to fix the genera in this family,
previous attempts having used mechanical features only for this purpose with
somewhat disastrous results.

Another species to be added under Orgmcris is Terebra mbulosa Sowerbv
(Tankerville Cat. App., p. xxv, 1824: no locality).

Under the genus Per crime Dali there can be added two species: Terebra
cingulif era Lamarck, Hist. Anim. s. Vert., vol. vii, p. 289, August 1822, habitat
unknown; Terebra :• monile Quov & Guimard, Voy. de l’Astrol., Zool., vol. ii.
p. 467, 1833, locality unknown but probably Marianes or Carolines.

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES, No. 1 .

283

Under the genus Hastula H. & A. Adams two more species must be
included: Terebra cerithina Lamarck, Ilist. Anim. s. Vert., vol. vii, p. 288, August
1822, Timor ; Buccinum hastatum Gmelin, Syst. Nat., pt. vi, p. 3502, 1791, no
locality.

1 1 A RP A II u i n p h rev.

This is the first authentic record, as though Shirley recorded no less than
four species — viz., II. conoidalis Lam., Torres Straits; II. minor Martyn, Torres
Straits; H. nobilis Martyn, Burketown; and II. crassa Morch, Normanton — both
his nomenclature and localities are valueless, two of the latter being inland
localities and two of the names being incorrect.

Iledley (Nautilus, vol. xxv, pp. 65-66, 1911) gave some notes on the
nomination, pointing out that Harpa harpa Linne = nobilis Lamarck (Martyn
did not use it) ; Harpa davidis Bolten was earlier than H. conoidalis Lam.,
while Ilarpa amouretta Bolten was earlier than II. minor Lam. (again not
Martyn).

The specimen I collected was juvenile and is regarded as belonging to
II. bar pa L. It may be recorded that when Melvill (Journ. Conch, xv, p. 25,
1916) wrote upon the subject of Harpa he carelessly allotted two species to the
North of Australia without citing any evidence.

Voluta wisemani Brazier.

This species was described as Voluta ( Aulica ) wisemani by Brazier
(Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1870, p. 108: Journ. de Conch, vol. xix, p. 78, pi. v, f. 1,
Jan. 1, 1871) from the north-east coast of Australia. The figure was copied by
Sowerby (Thes. Conch., vol. v, pi. 513 (Voluta pi. xiv), f. 139, 1887), who
accepted the species. No further specimens coming to hand the species was later
degraded, and does not appear in Medley’s Queensland list, though the type is
preserved in the Australian Museum. 11 was therefore pleasing to find it living
on Michaelmas Cay, and establishing its specific distinction, and consequent
addition to the Queensland list. According to Medley’s conclusions it would
belong to Cijmbiola , but that decision needs reconsideration.

Another addition to be made is a true Cijmbiola named by Gray Voluta
sop km (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xviii, p. 431, Dec. 1846: Endeavour Sound,
North Australia), and figured in Jukes’ Voy. “Fly,” vol. ii, p. 355, pi. 1, figs. 1, 2,
1847, where the corrected locality “Endeavour River” is given. This species
does not occur in the Queensland list, and simultaneously Smith published a
note on the allied species (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. i, p. 96, 1909),
where he gave as localities “Endeavour Straits and Port Essington, North
Australia: Warrior Reef and Darnley Island (Petterd),” At the same time
he showed that piperita was exactly the same as norrissii Gray, and regarded
C. macgillivra yi Cox as a light form, and C. rnderi Crosse as a highly
coloured form of norrissii, of extralimital distribution only, and that nivosa
Lamarck was confined to West Australia. Medley’s record of nivosa Lamarck
from Queensland probably referred to sophia , and nivosa must be expunged
from list, but the record of ruder i Crosse appears to be good.

The irresponsible Shirley suggested the following additions: — “Scaphella
norrissi Sow., Cape York, and var. sophiw Brazier, Cape York, and piperita

284

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM .

Sow., Cardwell.'’ If these were not inisi dent ideations of the same species they
might refer to alien specimens, but Mr. Mel. Ward brought in from Friday
Island a typical specimen of sophia , and it may be recorded that the figure
given by Try on (Man. Conch., vol. iv., p. 87, pi. 25, f. 57, 1882) as sophice is
not the real species.

Family CYPR^EIMS.

Many more species exist in Queensland waters than were listed by
Hedley, and a dozen are here added. In this case no attempt to determine the
generic divisions has been made, as to a great extent these will depend upon
animal characters : —

Cypraea becki Gaskoin, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1835, p. 205; Reeve, Conch.
Icon., vol. iii, pi. xxii, sp. 125, 1846.

Cypraea caurica var. oblongata Melville, Mem. Proc. Manch, Lit. Soc. ser ix
vol. i, p. 217, pi. 1, f. 8, 1888.

Cypraea cicercula Linne, Syst. Nat., xth ed., p. 725, 1758: “M. Mediterraneo.”

Cypraea cribraria Linne, Syst, Nat. xth ed., p. 723, 1758: no locality cited.

Cypraea contaminata Sowerby, Conch. Illus., f. 21, p. 10, 1832: no loc. Ex
Gray MS.

Cypraea gaskoini Reeve, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1846, p. 23: Conch. Icon.,
vol. iii, pi. xxii, sp. 122, Feb. 1846.

Cypraea globulus Linne, Syst. Nat., xth ed., p. 725, 1758: “Asia,” ex Rumph.

Cypraea irrorata Gray, Zool. Journ., vol. iv, p. 80, 1828: Reeve, Conch. Icon.,
vol. iii, sp. 126, Feb. 1846.

Cypraea mappa Linne, Syst. Nat., xth ed., p. 718, 1758 : “0. Africa.”

Cypraea microdon Gray, Zool. Journ., vol. iv, p. 71, 1828: Reeve, Conch. Icon.,
vol. iii, sp. 139, Feb. 1846.

Cypraea nucleus Linne, Syst. Nat., xth ed., p. 724, 1758: “0. Indue or" ex
Rumph.

Cypraea subcylindrica Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. iv, p. 9, pi. xxvii, f. 269, 1870 :
Indian Ocean, &c.

Cypraea talpa Linne, Syst. Nat,, xth ed., p. 720, 1758: “Asia,” ex Rumph.

Cypraea pyriformis Gray, Zool. Journ,, vol. i, p. 371, 1824: Sowerby, Conch.
Illus., f. 23, p. 7, 1832: Ceylon. Albany Passage, Mel. Wardi, Michaelmas
Cay.

Some of these have already been recorded by Shirley, but his records are
valueless, as extradimitai species from inland localities were included.

Cypraea staphylaea and limacina.

There has been much discussion as to the status of these two. Mr. Mel.
Ward collected a series on the Capricorn Group and there prove to be two

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES, No. 1.

285

distinct entities known under these two names in Queensland, whatever else
may be the ease. The larger form ( limacina ) is smooth with large spotting and
pustules evanescent on the back, the median line being more or less ill- defined ;
the smaller shell (staphyhm) has strong pustulation, the groove on the back
deep and very notable; the face, however, separates the shells easily, as in the
small species the teeth extend right across the base, whereas the large shell has
the teeth confined to the edges of the. aperture, a white callus developing laterally
on both sides; the teeth appear to number one or two more in the smaller species
with more intercalating ruga*; the base, moreover, is entirely brownish red, while
on the large species it is white, the teeth brown, the intervals between the teeth
cream. I found the small species on Michaelmas Cay and Low Island only, the
animal being black, dotted with white. Garrett says the animal of limacina is
vermilion.

Xenuroturris legitima gen. & sp. nov.

(Plate XXXI, figs. 3, 4.)

When Hedley published his Revision of the Australian Turridse (Ree.
Austr. Mus., vol. xiii, pp. 213-359, 1922) lie commented (p. 217) : “T. spectabilu
and T. garnonsi Reeve form a pair differing in the length of the canal. Similar
pairs are T. tigrina Lamk. and T. abbrcvtata Reeve; T . warm oral a Lamk. and
T. cingulifera Lamk.” The former series have a long canal, the latter a short
one, and by a peculiar coincidence none of the latter series had been reported
from Australia when Hedley wrote. I was therefore delighted to meet with the
present species washed up alive on the beach at Michaelmas Cay. It agrees with
shells called T. cinguhferah am., but does not agree with Lamarck’s description,
which was from unknown locality, and specimens so determined prove very
different from Mauritius and Polynesia.

Shell large, awl-shaped, mouth small, canal short and broad, fasciole deep,
distant from the suture, and followed by a strong ridge which is composed of
three line. Colour creamy white thickly dotted with pale red-brown spots, the
raised ridge being ornamented by darker regularly spaced blotches. Sculpture
consists of fine concentric lira? ; on the antepenultimate whorl half a dozen can
be counted above the ridge and a dozen below, four being more prominent; the
last whorl shows the same sculpture throughout, seven line predominating;
longitudinal sculpture scarcely observable save with a good lens. Columella
nearly straight; inner lip with a very thin glaze extending across the body
whorl ; outer lip rather straight from tin* suture to the fasciole then from below
the fasciole sweeping forward, then recurring to short open canal. Length
57 mm.; breadth 18 mm. Much larger specimen measures 72 x 23 mm. The
operculum is leaf-shaped, thick, horny, apex terminal; differing considerably
from that of Asthcnotoma as figured by Hedley (Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. xiii,
pi. xiii, f. 4, 1922) and from that of Turris, described as unguiculate. The short
canal obviously differentiates the group generically.

Family MITRLChE.

The most troublesome groups of mollusca to-day are those of the best
known shells such as Cones, Cowries, Mitres, and "Tritons.” Field observation
indicates differences in species that recent cabinet lumpers have depreciated,
though the earlier splitting conchologists had keenly separated them. It is now'

286 MEMOIES OF TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

an arduous task to dig out of synonymy the correct name for the species observed.
Thus members of different families are lumped under Mitra, as was shown long
ago by Troschel and more recently confirmed by Cooke from study of the radulce,
and it is a nerve-wracking prospect to disentangle the species. I found local
variation as well as individual and probably sexual, yet nevertheless specific
values seem easy to establish. The generic groups are somewhat more difficult,
as probably many more names are necessary, but here I simply attempt to locate
the species found at Michaelmas Cay, as these amounted to some twenty-five
species.

The genus name Mitra was long used for the red-spotted Mitres as dating
from Lamarck, but it was first validly introduced by Martyn (Univ. Conch.,
vol. i, pi. 19, 1784), and the species t esse (lata is taken as type, a different form
from the conventional Mitra which must now be called M it r aria Rafmesque
(Anal. Nat., p. 262, 1815: cf. 1 redale. Pro. Mai. Soc. (Loud.) ix, p. 262, 1911).
This name was overlooked by Dali (U.S. Nat. Mus. Buil. 90, p. 60, 1915) when he
introduced Papal-aria for the same group.

Callit hea Swainson (Treat. Malae., pp. 130-320, 1840) was anticipated by
Boisduval (Mag. do Zool., v, pi. 122, 1835), and the stigmataria group is easily
recognised, so for this I propose Vulcliritiina gen. now The small sand-living
Mitres grouped under ** exasperaia-torulosa” form a little compact series for
which I propose the name Aremmitra , naming arenosa, Lamarck as type. The
species generally lumped ! found to be distinct entities in life, so have to add
four to our list. The common species Mitra scutulata “Lamarck” must be called
Strigatella discolor Bolten (Mus. Bolten, ji, 137, 1798, for Chemn. 10, t. 151,
f. 1428, 1429), as there is a prior .1/. scutulata Martyn (Lniv. Conch., iv, f. 129,
1786-7) earlier than Gmelin’s V. scutulata (Syst. Nat., pt. vi, p. 3452, 1791).

In the same way the species known as Mitra digitalis Chemnitz or Dillwyn
must bear the name Chtysame imperial is Bolten (Mus. Bolten, ii, 135, 1798, for
Chemn. 10, t. 151, f. 1432, 1433) on the same basis, while Lamarck had named
the species Mitra millepora (Ann. Mus. Paris, vol. xvii, p. 198, 1811) before
Dillwyn (Cat. Descr. Shells, p. 559, 1817) legitimatised Chemnitz’s non-binomial
name.

A beautiful addition to the Queensland list is Martyn *s Mitra sphcerulata
(Univ. Conch., vol. i, f. 21, 1784), which must be placed in the genus Scabricola
Swainson (Treat. Malae., pp. 130-319, 1840). Under Costellaria Swainson
(Treat. Malae. pp. 130-320, 1840) to he added are; Mitra intertaniala Sowerby
(Thes. Conch., vol. iv, p. 35, pk 361 (Mitra, pi. x), f. 154, 1874) ; Mitra
concentrica Reeve (Conch. Icon., vol. ii (Mitra, pi. xvii), f. P2S, Oct 1844:
I. Annaa) ; and Mitra armiger Reeve (id. ib., pk xxxv, f. 288, March 1845).

In the genus Aremmitra, in addition to arenosa Lain, must be added:
Mitra cipproximata Pease, Proc. Zook Soc. (Loud.) 1860, p. 146; Mitra
cadaver osa Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. ii, pk xxi, f. 160, Nov. 1844; Mitra lorulosa
Lamarck, Ann. Mus. Paris, vol. xvii, p. 216, 217, 1811 : Aremmitra mi chad is nom.
nov., for M. exasperata Reeve Conch. Icon., vol. ii, pk xxi, f. 162, 1844.

Another species of (Airy same II. &. A. Adams (Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. i,
p. 171, 1853) to be added is Mitra tiarella A. Adams (Proc. Zook Soc. (Lond.)
1851, p. 133), as determined by British authorities dealing with Lifu shells. It is
unfortunate that no reliance can be placed upon these identifications, the only
ones many Austral students have, as the types were available to the London

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES, No. 1. 287

workers, and it would have been very helpful had only necessary care been taken
in comparisons.

Two more species have to be added under Strigatella, viz. : Mitra litterata
Lamarck, Ann. Mus. Paris, vol. xvii, p. 220, 1811 ; Mitra auriculoides Reeve,
Conch. Icon., vol. ii, pi. 28, f. 228, Jan. 1845. Another addition to be made is
Mitra -puncticulata Lamarck, Ann. Mus. Paris, vol. xvii, p. 198, 1811, a species
which Tryon placed under Mitra restricted, that is Mitraria to-day, but it
certainly is not a true “ red-spotted Mitre. 7 ’

There are some other small Mitres to be yet determined from Michaelmas
Cay, but mention must be here made that an addition has been made by Melvill,
who has described Mitra ( Costcllaria ) qucesita (Proe. Mai. Soc. (Loud.) 'vol. xvi,
p. 219, pi. x, f. 4, July 1925) from North Queensland.

A curious kind of Mitroid shell, appears in Hedley’s list under the name
Cylindra crenulata Gmelin. The species was not uncommon at Michaelmas Cay,
but with it there was a slenderer species which appears to be unnamed. The
genus Cylindra was introduced by Schumacher (Essai. nouv. Syst. test, pp. 71-
236, 1817), and has been rejected on account of the prior Cylinder Montfort
(Conch. Syst. ii, 390, 1810) ; this has been questioned, so it is delightful to record
that Sherborn has indexed (Index Animalium ii, p. 1744) a prior Cylindra
111 iger (Mag. f. Insekt. (Illiger) i, p. 303, 1802) which effectually settles all
argument.

Fischer (Manuel de Conch., pt. vii, p. 614, June 30, 1884) provided
Gylindromitm as a substitute, giving crenulata as the example. This can be
used, as although there is an earlier Dactyius Humphrey (Mus. Calonn., p. 9,
1797) whose tautonymic type is Voluta dactyius Linn., the present form may not
be congeneric.

Cylindromitra fastidiosa sp. nov.

( Plate xxxr, fig. 20.)

Shell elongate, mouth narrow, colour white. It can be best described by
comparison with the well-known crenulata , but the Queensland form of that shell
differs and may be named C. crenulata toleranda subsp. nov. (Plate XXXI, fig.
19). The new species is smaller, narrower, and more delicately formed with eight
or nine plaits on the columella instead of six or seven; there are forty to fifty
spirals instead of thirty, and on the antepenultimate whorl four rows can be
counted instead of two; the subsutural row is finely crenulate instead of coarsely
reticulate; the colouration seems to be constantly white, whereas C. c. toleranda
is girdled with pale brownish-yellow blotches with a more open mouth. The type
of C. fastidiosa is 13*5 mm. long by 5*25 mm. wide, while the immature specimen
of C. c. toleranda figured measured 15*5 mm. by 6*5 mm., an adult of the latter
species measuring 22*5 mm. by 11 mm.

Another species, Mitra undidosa Reeve (Conch. Icon., ii, sp. 193, 1844),
described from the Philippines, was synonymised by Tryon with crenulata, but
it is very distinct and lias been sent from Broome, North-west Australia.

Shirley recorded “ Cylindra n ace a Meuschen from Bowen, 77 and the
species which should be called Amiticylindra nucea Gronow (Zoopliyl. Gronov.
Icon. Explic., pi. xviii, f. 11, 1781 : no locality) can be admitted, as it occurs on
the Capricorn Group, and differs so remarkably from crenulata and dactyius
that I provide the new genus name Acuticylindra for it alone.

T

2 SS

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Ecmanis igneus Gmelin.

A strange sliell was determined as Buccinum igneum Gmelin (Syst. Nat.,
pt. vi, p. 3494, 1791, based on Martini 4, t. 127, f. 1217 : no loc.) ; on the same
basis Bolten founded his Triton buccinutum (p. 125), while Reeve introduced
Buccinum pictum (Conch. Icon., iii, pL x, sp. & f. 74. Dec. 1846) for a Philippine
shell, which he regarded as the same. It was obviously referable to a genus
not hitherto represented in the Australian fauna, and it was found to have a
name given to it alone. Thus M oiler in the Isis 1832, col. 131, printed a list of
mollusca prepared by Schmidt, and therein included a new genus Probosciclca
for Buccinum igneum Lin. Gmelin', s edition of Limie's Sy, sterna Naturae was
commonly simply cited as “Lin.” As Schmidt 7s name was preoccupied, having
been used by Bruguiere (Ency. Meth., Vers. Int., p. 96, 1791) as long before as
1791, the substitute Ecmanis was provided by Gistel (Nat, Thierr. Schulen, p. x,
1848).

.V smaller relation is the shell listed by Hedley as Pisania crcnilarum
A. Adams, which belongs to the genus Jcannea Iredale.

Family FITSIDJE.

This name was recently introduced to replace the Colubrariidas, and in
the Queensland list two species of Colubraria were included — viz., antiquata
Hinds and tessdlata Reeve. Two more of this style of shell have to be added,
so that the names may be corrected as follows: —

Colubraria strepta Cossmann.

Triton distortum Scliubert atid Wagner, Conch. Cab. (Martini & Chemnitz), vol. xii, p. 138,
pi. 231, ff. 4074, 4075: no locality.

Not Triton distortum Lamarck, Liste Expl. Ency. Meth., p. 4, 1816.

Triton tortuosus Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. ii, pi. xvii, f. 74, June 1844: I. of Burias, Philippines.

Not Triton tortuosus Brocchi.

Tritomum streptum Cossmann, Essai Paleoconch. comp., 5th livr., p. 93, footnote Dec. 1903 :
new name for above.

This is the only species of Colubrnrw on the Queensland list, as tessellata
Reeve above cited has already been corrected by Hedley to Cadudfcr decapitatus
Reeve, and I here propose A 'ivitriton gen. nov. for Triton antiquatus Hinds.
When Dali (Smithson MiscelL Coll. (qtly. issue), vol. 47, 1904) dealt with this
group he allowed the last-named to belong to P levy giomu rex , proposed at the
same time for Triton sculpt ills Reeve, but I cannot see any close relationship.
This genus and species must be added to the Queensland list.

Family NASSARII ILE.

The species included in this family need subdivision so that the species
can be quickly located. The family has been accurst since Marrat “worked” at
it, and came to the fatuous conclusion that probably all the forms of the world
represented £( one species.” This result is characteristic of the folly of lumping,
as in nature the species are very well defined, and very easy to distinguish,
while probably the groups will be as easily circumscribed, when thoroughly
studied.

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES , No. 1.

289

The species name .Y. coronatus , based on Buccinum coronation Bruguiere
(Eiicy. Meth. Vers., i, 1792, p. 270) is untenable, as Martyn (Univ. Conch. iii ?
1786-7, f. 83) had previously used it. Names of synonyms appear in monographs,
but generally these show well-marked differences. There is, however, an even
earlier name, Buccinum fasciolatwm Gronow (Zorophyl. Gronov. 1781, Icon*
Expl., p. v, for pi. xix, tigs. 7-8), wliich appears to be an (excellent illustration
of the species I know.

The species name crenulatum must be corrected, as Linne had used this
in the genus Buccinum before Bruguiere introduced it for a species of Nassarius.
A beautiful little shell from the New Hebrides was called Nassa eximia by
II. Adams (Proe. Zool. Soe. (Loud.) 1872, p. 1-1, pi. 3 ? T\ 28), and when 1 saw
it from New Caledonia it seemed a very atypical Xassa, so when I collected it
at Michaelmas Cay 1 determined to provide a new generic name, Allanassa ,
for it.

Two other species have to be added : — Xassa callospira A. Adams, Proe.
Zool. Soc. (Loud.) 1857, p. 102, 1852: I. Burias; Reeve, Conch. Icon., viii, Nassa,
pL x, sp. & f. 66, 1853; X lot ha comtessei I redale, Austr. Zoologist, vol. v;
p. 347, pi. xxxviii, f. 13, 1929.

“COLUMBELLID” SHELLS.

The genus name Columbella has been used for a heterogeneous series of
shells, and restriction would have lessened its usage so much that its disappearance
will not cause much heartburning. Bolten’s name Pyrene has come into use
for Australian species, while Columbella was left to the American species about
me rent or in L,, its monotype. However, Pterygia Bolten had not been scientifically
eliminated, so, in order to preserve Marginalia, Dali, by" a. curious method of
working, fixed on P. micella as type, and thus would have made Pterygia equal
to and older than C yl rndrormtra Fischer. However, the third species in Bolton's
list was P. vulgaris , and this species must be regarded as the type of Bolten’s
genus. Unfortunately this species is Linne ’s V. nirrcatoria , and consequently
Pterygia would finally crush the claims of Ool urn hell a to recognition. This does
not greatly concern us as the only species resembling the "West Indian mercaioria
have already been separated as Eu plica by Dali. In the Queensland list already
there are varmns Sowerby and versicolor Sowerby as members of Euplica, and
now 1 add two more: Columbella deshayesii Crosse, Journ. de Conch., vol. vii,
[>. 382, pi. xiv, f. 4, June 1859: Oceania?; Columbella an ceps Ilervier, Journ.
de Conch., vol. xxxix, p. 309, 1899: Lifu.

A beautiful shell has been identified as Colombella lignin Duelos (Illustr.
Conch. (Chenu), Mon. Cob, ph 11, f. 11-16, 1840), and for this species I
propose the new genus Graphic ommm. Other species in the Queensland list
will group with this.

Another handsome little shell appears in the Queensland list as Pyrene
ciuningii Reeve; since, ITedley transferred it to Aesopus and named a var.
qucenslandica. As a synonym of Reeve ’s species, Tryon (Man. Conch., vol. v,
p. 151. 1883), among other names which do not seem pertinent, cited Colombella
spicula Duelos (Illustr. Conch. (Chenu) Mon. Cob, pb 16, f. 9-10, 1847), which
seems to be the same species and has many years’ priority. For this species
I introduce the new generic name Lavesopus, designating the Queensland form
as type; this may he a distinct species, but at present there is not sufficient
material to decide.

290

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Transtrafer longmani gen. & sp. nov.

(Plate XXXI, figs. 10, 11.)

Shell broadly fusiform, spire short, less than aperture, canal short, surface
malleated. Colour' white, mouth edged with faded wine colour. Apical whorls
one and a-half, elevated, brown, adult whorls live. Sculpture consists of
longitudinal varicose ribs crossed by distant encircling beams which form
square deep hollows; the shell is very thin in these hollows and translucent,
whereas the beams are stout ; the varices are delicately edged while forming
but do not persist save at the aperture where a series develop fine frills.
Columella smooth, the inner lip reflected leaving an umbilical chink. Aperture
thickened, varicose, frill-edged, internally ten teeth. Canal short, narrow, open.
Operculum purpuroid. Length 27 mm.; breadth 18 mm.

Collected on dead coral blocks at Michaelmas Cay. Since, Mr. Melbourne
Ward has collected a line series in the Albany Passage, some much larger
measuring 37 x 25 min. and having a reddish orange colour, the edges of aperture
a deeper shade, interior white. This beautiful shell was first collected in North
Queensland many years ago by Brazier, and then lately Iledley had found it,
but it had not been recorded. It bears a striking resemblance to the American
Mur ex vitulinus Lamarck, the type of Vitularia Swainson, and was placed in
that genus in the Australian Museum collection. It is closely related to Mu, rex
crcnifer Souverbie (Jonrn. de Conch., vol. ix, p. 279, pi. xi, figs. 9-10, July 1,
1861), described from Balade, New Caledonia, but in the Australian shell the
lamella are more developed, and therefore the window-like depressions much
more pronounced. The genus should be placed next to CcraUiopkila.

I have named the species for my friend Mr. Heber A. Longman, Director of
the Queensland Museum, as a reminder of many favours.

Drupina grossularia Bolten.

Better known under the name Hist-rum digitcitu-m Lamarck, this curious
and handsome coral-living form has not previously been recorded from Queens-
land and Australia. Previous to the one 'secured at Michaelmas Cay, Hedlev
had picked a. dead shell up at Bramble Cay, at the end of 1924, one of the last
additions he made to his beloved reef mollusean fauna.

Dali gave some Notes on Drupa and Morula (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil.,
vol. 75, pp. 303-306, 1923) , and introduced Drupina. with type Ricimdu digitata
Lam., and Morulma, with type R. mutim Lam., using Drupa Bolten for the type
R. horrida Lam., and Morula Schumacher for the series R. morns Lam. Dali
overlooked Dudley's notes in the Nautilus (vol. xxvii, p. 79, 1913) and mine
in the Proc. Mai. Soc. (Loud), vol. xiii, p. 38, 1918. Thus he determined
s path ulif era Blainvillc as the earliest name for the shell called hystrix by Kiener,
and Tryon, but Iledley had already recorded rubusccesius Bolten for that species;
he considered reeveana Crosse as only a purple-iuouthed variety of spathuUfera ,
hut Iledley had shown it was a distinct species that had been named rubusideeus
by Bolten. He proposed the new name Morula rhifssa for R. fiscellum Reeve
(Conch. Icon. Rieinula, pi. 4, fig. 28, 1846), but Iledley had already named that
species Thais crassuinata ( Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxxix, 1914, p. 749, pL lxxxv,
f. 90, Feb. 26, 1915). Dali concluded that nodus Bory St Vincent 1816 was
prior to morus Lamarck 1822 and papillosa Schumacher 1817. The author of
nodus 1816 was Lamarck, not Bory St. Vincent, and I had shown that uva Bolten

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES, No. 1.

291

referred to the same species and should be used. Pilsbry had demurred as lie said
the figure was a poor one, bat overlooked the excellent description which defied
any criticism. At tin? same time I drew attention to Marten’s Semiricinula
introduced for the murieina group, and I proposed Muricodrupa naming fenes-
trata as type. Neither of these was noted by Dali and he included fenestrata
in his new group Morulina , and apparently would regard murieina as a member
of Morula. As rnuiica may represent a different group from that of fenestrata ,
Morulina may be preserved. Dali’s Morulina ceylonica “resembling M. nodus
on a minute scale” recalls ozenneana, which would be better classed in Morula
with nodus ( =uva), the type of the latter group.

Many years ago Cooke (Cambridge Natural History, vol. iii, p. 222,
fig. 124) figures the curious radula of spectrum Reeve, and when he dealt with
the radulae of this group (Proc, Mai. Soe. (Loud.), xiii, p. 106, 1919) he allowed
the species in Morula without comment. Thiele (Wissen. Deutsche Tief — See
Expd. “Valdivia,” Bd. 17, heft 2, teil 2, p. 137 (171), figs. 3, 4, text, 1925),
finding a similar radula in siderea Reeve, has proposed for these the new genus
Drupella. Hedlev regarded spectrum Reeve as the same as data Blainville and
determined both as mancmella Linne, under which name in the genus Drupa it
appears in the Queensland list. Cooke recorded a normal radula of Morula under
the name data Blainville, which indicates confusion.

Coralliophila dorbignyana Petit.

Trichotropis dorhignyonum Petit, Journ. de Conch., ii, p. 261, pi. 7, f. 2, Nov. 15, 1851: Pacific

Ocean.

Purpura orbignyana Petit, ib. v, p. 37, July 1856.

Purpura triclwtropoides Souverbie, lb. ix, p. 284, July 1861: ex Montrouzier M.S. : New

Caledonia.

This beautiful and distinct species was found at Michaelmas Cay, and it is
amusing to read Tryon’s conclusions: “is the latter form not yet adult,” the
latter form being P. gibbosa Reeve, which was classed as “a form with the
scabrous revolving striae well developed” of C. n c pit o idea Lam. = violacea
Kienor. I should say that gibbosa ■ was quite unlike Petit ’s shell, and the latter is
nothing like violacea ,, which was also collected. Ileclley has included Reeve’s
squamulosa in preference to violacea , but the specimens seem to agree better with
the latter.

Family OBELISCID/E.

Under 1 PyramideUa Dudley ranged a series of shells very easily divisible
into two major groups. The genus name Ob discus was introduced in 1797 by
Humphrey (Mus. Calonn., p. 24) for Linne Vi Trochus dotabratus . Two years
later Lamarck introduced PyramideUa for the same species, so that it cannot be
preserved iii any sense. A. Adams utilised the two for the different series now
under notice, but Fischer (Man. Conch., 787, 1885) emended this, proposing
Ot opleura with auris-cati ( ’hem. alone. Iledley’s series can then be allotted
thus: — Ot opleura to cover auris-cati, gracilis , and milralis ; and ObeUscus for the
rest — acus concinnus , pulchellus , terebelloides , tessellafus , and turritus.

Many specimens were collected at Michaelmas Cay and it was found that
many species were represented, so that seven may now be added : nitida , variegala ,

292

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

and propmqua to Otopleura , and fastigium , sulcatns , feres, and monilis to
Obeliscus. All these were described by A. Adams in the Tlies. Conch., vol. ii, as
follows: —

Pyramidella nitida A. Adams, Thes. Conch., ii, p. 815, pi. clxxii, f. 11: Philippines.
Pgramidella variegata id. ib., p. 814, pi. clxxii, f. 10: I. Masbate, Philippines.
Pyramidella propinqua id. ib., p. 814, pi. clxxii, f. 8: Keeton, Society Islands.
Obeliscus fastigium id. ib., p. 809, pi. cdxxi, f. 8: I. Bohol, Philippines.

Obeliscus sulcatus id. ib., p. 807, pi. elxxi, f. 34: Tahiti.

Obeliscus teres id. ib., p. 807, pi. elxxi, f. 31-32: 1. Panay, Philippines.

Obeliscus monilis id. ib., p. 806, pi. elxxi, f. 12: 1. Negros, Philippines.

These determinations may need amendment when series are available, but
the names represent different entities and there are still more.

Dolabella auricularia Solander.

A well-known tropical slug has a curious degenerate shell and this was
named Patella auricularia by Solander (Cat. Portland Mus., p. 154, 1786),
RumplPs pi. 40, f. N, being cited as representative, the locality being given as
Amboyna. A year or more later Martyn (Univ. Conch., vol. iii, fig. 99, 1787)
gave an excellent figure, the name selected being Patella scapula , also from
Amboyna. Under the name Dolabella scapula it appears in both the Queensland
and New South Wales lists, and, while the former should be now called Dolabella
auricularia Solander, the New South Wales species is very distinct in life though
the shell shows little differentiation. In the southern form, which grows to a
larger size, the posterior is not so abruptly cut off, nor is the rim edged with
branching papilla 1 , nor are these so numerous or so long on the rest of the body.
It will be fully described and figured at a later opportunity, but in order to save
confusion it is here named Dolabella andersoni sp. nov., the type from Gunna-
matta, Port Hacking.

QUEENSLAND LAND SHELLS.

I am preparing a Synonymic List of the Land Shells of Australia, and find
that the large Queensland shells have generally local distribution, and that
probably more forms will be recognised than have been recently listed. It is
important, however, to have the exact locality before deciding as to the value of
any difference, while series are absolutely essential. The present opportunity is
taken to introduce a fine new species which 1 name —

Hadra mortenseni sp. nov.

(Plate XXXI, fig. 9.)

Shell helicoid, globose elevated, narrowly umbilieat.e. Colour of early
whorls pale orange brown, broad bands of reddish brown developing and becoming
deeper in colour, almost black-red just behind the aperture. On the antepenulti-
mate whorl a subsutural line of greenish yellow is well defined, followed by a
broad bank of dark red-brown, a narrow line of orange-red, another broader band
of dark red-brown, a narrow line of orange-red, and then a broad presutural band
of dark red-brown again. The last whorl shows the same colouring above the
periphery, which is well rounded, but on the base three narrow lines of dark
red-brown alternate with similar lines of orange, and these are succeeded by a

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES, No. 1

293

broad band of dark red-brown, then some more lines and round the umbilicus a
broad dark band again ; the colour is all massed into dark brown behind the outer
lip which is well reflected but thin; inside of aperture deep shining lilac. There
is superficially no sculpture, but under the microscope a very delicate longitudinal
scratching can be discerned. The aperture is a little oblique, columella broad
reflected over the umbilicus but leaving a chink. Height 48 mm. * greater diameter
46 mm.; less diameter 36 mm.

The figure of Helix moresbyi Angas (Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1876, pi. xx.
f. 8-9) from Port Denison is recalled at once, but our species has not the peculiarly
flattened base of moresbyi, and belongs to a different series. It may be near
johnstonei Brazier (Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.) 1875, p. 32, pi. 4, f. 2), which is not
a synonym of incei as given by Fulton (Journ. Malae., vol. xi, p. 2, 1904) when
he reviewed the group NpJiarospira.

Mr. A. Musgrave, of the Australian Museum, brought back a single dead
shell of this fine species and was then instrumental in getting Mr. B. M. Mortensen,
after whom this species is named, to collect a series and prove its validity.

For quick reference the new names proposed in this essay are here
listed : —

Solemya terrceregince n. sp.

Nuculana cal o wn dr a n. sp.

Imparilarca n. gen. with type I. hub bar di n. sp.

Barrimysia n. gen. with type Iiochefortia excell ens Hedley.

Fastimysia n. gen. with type Rochefort Ut viasteUatdk Hedley.

Frag um symboliewm nom nov. for Cardium hystrix Reeve.

Frag um perornat mu nom. nov. for Ca/rdhiM imbricatum Sowerby.
Fragum whitleyi n. sp.

Pardosinia n. gen. with type P. colorata n. sp.

Pardosinia alma n. sp.

Bonartemis n. gen. with type B. stdbilis n. sp.

Heteroglypta hedley i n. sp.

Heteroglypta avecta n. sp.

Heteroglypta pansa n. sp.

Heteroglypta saltatrix n. sp.

Quidnipagus n. gen. with type Cochlea pal a tarn Martyn.

Jactellina n. gen. with type Telhina bougei Sowerby.

Salmacoma n. gen. with type S. vappa n. sp.

Telemactra n. gen. with type Mactra obesa Reeve.

Colorinuictra n, gen. with type Mactra queenslandica Smith.
Colorimactra florens n. sp.

Lutraria imped it a nom. nov. for Lutraria elongata Gray.

Lutromactra n. subgen. with type Lutraria impedita Iredale.

Slandella hubbardi n. sp.

Meropesta n. gen. with type M. meridiana n. sp.

Pharella wardi n. sp.

Montfortia excentrica n. sp.

Montf ortista n. subgen. with type Montfortia excentrica Iredale.
Sanhaliotis n. gen. with type Haliotis varia Linne.

294

MEMOIES OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Sanhaliotis varia alien a n. subsp.

Sanhaliotis Jwwensis n. sp.

SwnhaUotis dissona n. sp.

Lt&tifmior n. gen. with type Calliostoma trepidum Hedley.

Calthalotia n. gen. with type Calliostoma arruense Watson.

Pulchrastele n. gen. with type Astele septenarium Melvill & Standen.

(' onotalopia n. gen. with type Minolia henniana Melvill & Standen.
Parminolia n. gen. with type Minolia agapeta Melvill & Standen.
Vanitrochus n. gen. with type SolarieUa tragema Melvill & Standen.

V ace-itch el/us n. gen. with type Mi ichelus angiilatus Pease.

Scnectus permundus nom. nov. for Turbo covcinnus Philippi.

Snrectns necnivosus nom. nov. for Turbo mvosm Reeve.

Scnectus perspeciosus nom. nov. for Turbo spenosus Reeve.

He u eel us trossnZus nom nov. for Turbo mtercostalis Philippi.

Denlarene n. gen. with type D. sareina Iredale.

Den tar cue sareina nom. nov. for Delphinvla ere nut a Kiener.

Dentarene m unities nom. nov. for Delphinula muricata Reeve.

(rlobarene n. gen. with type Del ph inula- cidaris Reeve.

Glolxirene cidaris lenullus n. subsp.

Civnalepeta • n. gen. with type Patella cinnamomea Gould.

Cinnalepeta vagans n. sp.

(Tnnalepeta escensa n. sp.

Zacalantica n. gen. with type Phenacolepas linguaviverrce Melvill
& Standen.

Amapile.us n. gen. with type A. immeritus n. sp.

Collisellina bellatula n. sp.

Collisellina paropsis n. sp.

J'enepatello n. gen. with type P. inquisitor n. sp.

Penepatella intraurea n. sp.

Pcnepatella arreeta n. sp.

Tenpetasus n. gen. with type ('a pul us I tinnitus Pease.

Capulonix n. gen. with type Patella, calyptra Martyn.

Pilosabia n. gen. with type Pileopsis pilosus Deshayes.

Cerithium. duffieldi nom. nov. for Cerithium granosum Kiener.
Cerithium probleema nom. nov. for Cerithium lemniscatum Quoy
& Gaimard.

(Typeomorus penthusa/rus nom. nov. for Cerithium morns Lamarck.
Cerithium sejuvetuni nom. nov. for Cerithium variegatum Quoy
& Gaimard.

Cerithidea antic i pat a nom. nov. for Cerithium la even Hombron
& Jaequinot.

('crithium collacteuin nom. nov. for Cerithium lacteum Kiener.
Cerithium complexion nom. nov. for Cerithium ta iuatum Sowerby.
Cerithium phyla rehus nom. nov. for Cerithium sowerbyi Kiener.
Violetta n. gen. for Jc^ftthina globosa. Swninson.

Geniuvosinum. n. gen. with type G. peleum n. sp.

Conus circumactus nom. nov. for Conus civet us Swainson.

Terenolla n. gen. for Terebra pygmeea Hinds.

X enuroturris n. gen. with type X. legit ima n. sp.

Pulchritima n. gen. with type Mitra stigmata via Gmelin.

Arenimitra n. gen. with type Mitra arenas a Lamarck.

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES, No. 1.

295

Arenimitra niiehaelis nom. nov. for Mitra exasperata Reeve.

Cyliiidromitra fastidiosa : n. sp.

Cylindroniitra crenulata tola and a n. subsp.

Acuticylindra n, gen. with type Valuta nucea Gronow.

'NivitrUon n. gen. with type Triton anti quotas Hinds.

Allanassa n. gen. with type N asset eximia II. Adams.

Graphicornassa n. gen. with type Colombdla ligula Duelos.

Lavesopus gen. with type ( 'olombella spicula queens! andica Hedley.

Transtrajf r n. gen. with type T . longmani n. sp.

Dolabella andersoni n. sp.

Ha dr a mo rtensen i n. sp.

The species to be added to the Queensland list in addition to the novelties
may be here listed : — Area crebricostata Reeve, Jacfcllina obliquaria Desk ayes,
Jactellina balanscc Berth 1 , JacteUina hung erf or di Sowerby, Obtellina bougei
Sowerby, Obtellina obtusalis Deshayes, Sanhaliotis pustulifera Pilsbry, Sanhaliotis
crebrisculpta Sowerby, Trochus obesus Reeve, Trochus crebrigranatus Reeve,
Trochus fastigiatus A. Adams, (7 anbulus gatliffi, Tomlin, Parminolia apicina
Gould, Vanitrochus semiustus Fischer, V unity och its frag ana Melvill &
Standen, Vaceuchelus angulatus Pease, Limella par eat a Reeve, Calcar pileolum
Reeve, Calcar stellar c Gmel i n , Calcar rotularia Lamarck, Lc ucorhynchia
cal cdonica Crosse, Le ucorhynchia tricarinata Melvill & Standen, Phenacolepas
reticulata Thiele, Patelloida sub marmorat a Pilsbrv, Ten petasus lib era tits Pease,
/ odina nitida A. Adams, Violetta globosa Swainson, Xaiica lineozona Jonas.,
X ulica aractmoidea Gmelin, Septa rubecula Linne, Distorsio anus Linne, Conus
pulicarius Bruguiere, Conus cat us Bruguiere, Conus eburneus Bruguiere, C onus
ratios Bruguiere, (Anus miles Linne, Conus omaria Bruguiere, Conus tulipa
Linne, Conus ve.nl l urn Gmelin, Conus v Argo Linne, C onus planorbis Born, Conus
clial dams Bolton, Ory metis f el in a- Dilhvyn, Terenolla pygnum Hinds, Oxymeris
nebulosa Sowerby, Perirhoe eingitl if era Lamarck. Perirhoe mo nil is Quoy &
Gaimard, Ilastula cent hm a Lamarck, Ilasfula hastata Gmelin, liar pa har pa
Linn 6,Cytyibwla wis&rnani Brazier, Cymbiola sophia Gray, C yprrea bccki Gaskoin,
Cypreea caurica var. oblongata Melvill, Cypraa eicercula Linne, Cypraa eribraria
Linne, Cyprcm cent animat a Sowerby, Cypraa gaskoini Reeve, Cypraa globulus
Linne, Cypraa irroratu Gray, Cypraa mappa Linne, Cypraa microdon Gray,
(Cypraa nucleus Linne, ('ypraa subcylindrico Sowerby, Cypraa talpa Linne,
Cypraa pyriformis Gray, S cabrt cola sphie r u lai a. Marty n, ( Astellaria ; intent tenia t a
Sowerby, C ost ell aria concentric a Reeve, Cost- ell aria armiger Reeve, Arenimitra
approximat a Pease, Arenimitra cadaver om Reeve, Arenimitra torulosa Lamarck,
(Airy same tiardla A. Adams, S frigate! fa litter&ta * Lamarck, Strigatclla aitricu-
Imdes Reeve, M dr aria pit net iculrifa Lamarck, ( 1 ostellaria quasi ta Melvill, Acuti-
cylindra nucea Gronow, kJcmanis tgneus Gmelin, Colubraria strepta. Cossmann,
Phrygiomurex seal y til is Reeve, Allanassa eximia II. Adams, Xassarius caUospira
A. Adams, A iotlia comtesse/ I redale, Euplica desJiaycsii Crosse, Euplica an ceps
Hervier, Graphic om asset ligula Dnelos. Drupina grossu la ria Bolten, Coralliophila
dorbignyaria Petit, Otopleura nitida A. Adams, Otopleura variegata A. Adams,
Otopleura propinqua A. Adams , Ob discus fastigium A. Adams, Obeliscus
side at us A. Adams, Obeliscus teres A. Adams, Obeliscus monilis A. Adams.

296

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX.
Figs. 1, 2 . — Imparilama hubbardi Tredale.

Figs. 3, 4 . — Bonartemis stabUis Iredale.

Figs. 5, 6 . — Ilcteroglypta saltatrix Iredale.

Figs. 7, S . — Salmacoma vap pa I rod ale.

Figs. 9, 10 . — Purdosinui colorata Tredale.

Figs. 11, 12 . — StandeUa hubbardi Iredale.

Fig. 13 . — Solcmya ierreeregince Jvedale.

Fig. 14 . — Eragum whUlcyi iredale.

Figs. 15, 16 . — Pardosinia alma Iredale.

Fig. 17 . — Nuculana caloundra Iredale.

MEMOIRS OF TILE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM, Vol, IX, Plate XXX.

Queensland Mollusca. — Iredale.

Face page 296.

cC

/ ,: . - . 7 >/

/ ' / / V- V

memoirs of the Queensland museum, yol. :ix, Plate xxxi.

Face page 297.

Queensland Mollusca. — Tredale.

QUEENSLAND MOLLUSCAN NOTES, No. 1.

297

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI.
Fig. 1. — Ualiotis hanleyi Ancey, Type.

Fig. 2. — SanJvalio l i? disso net 1 red a le.

Figs. 3, 4. — Xmwoturris legUima Irednle.

Figs. 5, 6, 7. — Pli-arella wardi Iredale.

Fig. 8. — Ama pilous immeritus Irednle.

Fig. 9. — Ha dm mortenseni Iredale.

Figs. 10, 11. — Transtrafer longmani Iredale.

Fig. 12. — Gennmomvum peleum Iredale.

Fig. 13. — P-atelloida bcllatula Iredale.

Figs. 14, 15.' — Montfortia exwntrica Iredale.

Fig. 16. — Colorimactra florens Iredale.

Figs. 17, 18. — Pone pate' la inquisitor Iredale.

Fig. 19. — Ci/Iindr omit m orenulata tolcranda Iredale.

Fig. 20. — Cylindromifra fastidiosa Iredale.

Figs. 21, 22. — Done patella arrecta Iredale.

298

MEMOIRS OF TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

By T. D. A. Cockerell.

Euryglossa aurescens obscura n. subsp.

Female. Length about 7-5 mm., with mesothorax, seutellum, and axillae
red, abdomen dark green. The postscutellnm is black and densely punctured.
It differs from typical E. aurescens Ckll. in the darker (not at all orange) red of
mesothorax* and seutellum ; the more strongly and closely punctured clypeus,
mesothorax, and seutellum ; and the dusky wings, with green and rosy iridescence,
and black stigma. The flagellum is entirely dark, not red beneath as in typical
E. aurescens. The subspecies is modified in the direction of E. ephi'p'piata Smith.

Gosford, N.S.W., Nov. 20, 1927 (,4. J. Turner ).

Euryglossa subsericea Cockerell.

Female : Tooloom, N.S.W., Jan. 1926 (H. Hacker).

Euryglossa flavopicta ornatula Cockerell.

Female : Lugano, N.S.W. ( H . P. Schrader). This is the form reported in
1916 from Queensland.

Pachyprosopis barbata Cockerell.

Twelve males : Tooloom, N.S.W. , Jan. 1926 (H. Hacker).

Pachyprosopis kelly? Cockerell.

Twelve females : National Park, Q., Dec. 1923 (H. Hacker).

Pachyprosopis angulifera n. sp.

Male. Length about 4*6 mm. ; head shining bright lemon yellow (including
mandibles), with the occiput, vertex, and upper part of front, except in middle,
black ; in the middle of front the yellow is continued upward, narrowing, to middle
ocellus ; scape yellow ; flagellum dark above, pale yellow beneath except apically ;
thorax and legs bright yellow, but mesothorax black except broadly at sides, and
a large mark anteriorly which is deeply emarginate behind, and takes the form of
two broad yellow triangles joined at their apices ; seutellum and axillae yellow,
but postscutellum and all of metathorax that can be seen from above, black ;
tegulae pellucid ; wings clear, with large dark-brown stigma and pale-brown nervines ;
second cubital cell narrow and produced above ; abdomen dark brown, with yellow
bands at bases of segments 2 to 5, often largely concealed bv the segment before :
extreme apex fulvous ; venter yellow.

Six males : National Park, Q., Dec. 1923 (H. Hacker). Very distinct by the
character of the yellow markings.

BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.— COCKE HELL.

299

Pachyprosopis georgica n sp.

Female. Length about 6-3 mm. ; head very large, wider than thorax, vertex
and cheeks very large, eyes diverging below ; clypeus very broad and short, the centre
with a great deep basin about twice as broad as long, the whole polished, impunctate ;
mandibles very broad, bidentate, with a long apical tooth, and the base so placed
that it is not at all parallel with the lower end of the eye, which touches the upper
comer ; cheeks beneath with a very large curved red tooth ; surface of head
polished and shining, reddish black, with the clypeus, mandibles (except apex),
and cheeks posteriorly red, the red gradually shading into the darker colour of the
other parts : antennae pale red, scape very slender : prothorax, mesothorax, and
scutellum shining terra-cotta red, other parts of thorax reddish black ; teguke dark ;
wings hyaline, with dark stigma and nervures, second cubital cell long and narrow
as usual in the genus, its form approximately lanceolate ; basal nervure arched,
falling a long way short of nervulus ; first recurrent joining first cubital cell near
end ; legs bright ferruginous : abdomen with first segment and sides and base of
second terra-cotta red, the rest black.

King George’s Sound, W.A. (no other particulars known), A very distinct
species, easily known by the large head, toothed below, the red mesothorax and
scutellum, and the abdomen red basally and black apically.

PSEUDHYLiKUS new genus.

With the broad face and general build of Euryglossa, to which the species
have been referred, but face markings more as in Hylceus. Mandibles pointed,
moderately acute, simple in female, with an inner tooth in male ; a small malar space,
Caudal end of female very bristly, with no pygidial plate. Basal nervure
moderately arched, not reaching nervulus ; second cubital cell large and broad,
receiving recurrent nervures near base and apex. Type P. albocuneatus ( Euryglossa
albocuneata Ckll.), and also including P. hypoleucus (Euryglossa hypoleuca Ckll.).
These insects have had no satisfactory resting place, and it seems best to separate
them as a distinct genus.

Pseudhylseus albocuneatus (Cockerell).

Two females, one male : Charleville, Queensland, Sept. 9-12, 1920

(A. J . Turner). The male is new. It is very like the male of P. hypoleucus, but larger
and more robust, with the lateral face -marks more gradually attenuate above ; scape
thick, all black, flagellum very short, reddened beneath apically ; mandibles with
a fight stripe, but lower side black ; tegulae dusky hyaline, with a large cream-
coloured spot ; third abdominal sternite with a very large outstanding black broadly
truncate lamina. The labrum is sparsely covered with erect golden hairs. The
anterior tibiae are very broad, pale yellowish flushed with ferruginous, with a black
stripe behind. The hind margins of the abdominal segments are broadly dull
whitish, the first somewhat reddened. Stigma dark reddish brown.

Trigona cassise Cockerell.

Mr. Harold Hockings sends numerous examples, with the following interesting
notes : — “ Kootchar (native name) is from Brisbane district and exists in a wide
area, many hundreds of miles north, south, and west, occupying tree hollows.
Entrance to hive is through a tube of resinous mixture, which projects about an
inch outwards from original opening; its diameter is from half to three-quarters inch;
this tube is continued on the inner wall of the hive, into the food store. At night,
outer opening is closed by a sheet of minute globules of sticky gum. Pollen and

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

300

Trigona wybenica n. sp.

Worker (type). Length about 3*75 mm. ; head and thorax shining black..
except that the scutellum, metathorax, and sides of thorax posteriorly vary from
dull honey colour to black (perhaps a question of maturity) ; mandibles light
yellowish ferruginous, darker and rounded at apex ; malar space very short : labrum
light yellow ; face and front thinly beset with plumose white hairs ; scape entirely
clear orange-ferruginous ; flagellum black or very dark above, reddened beneath,
especially apically ; sides of thorax with white pruinose pubescence ; hair of
scutellum pale and very short : teguke piceous ; wings clear, stigma and nervures
pale brownish ; legs mainly black, but knees reddened and tarsi with small joints
ferruginous, or (probably due to immaturity) the basitarsi may be reddish, and the
hind tibiae shining honey colour on inner side, with a large oval dark spot. The
abdomen is short and in alcohol appears honey colour, but on drying it becomes
very pale yellowish.

Male. Flagellum longer ; abdomen dorsally dark brown, with the sutures
pallid, beneath very pale yellowish, certainly very near to T. Iceviceps Smith, but
differing by the very pale abdomen, and I think certainly distinct. Singapore must
be considered the type locality of T. Iceviceps ; for Aru I. specimen see Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., Aug. 1923, p. 241. The specific name is derived from Wyben, which
Mr. Hockings states is the native name of Thursday Island, where he collected the
specimens.

Mr. Hockings sends the following notes : — i£ Is the smallest and has a yellowish
abdomen : resembles Kootchar in some respects. Wax is dark chocolate ; constructs
a tubular protruding entrance as in Kootchar. Brood nest is a pile of pilular cells,
also honey and pollen pots are constructed in separate positions ; the brood nest
sometimes is extended into any temporarily vacant adjacent space.”

Megachile chrysopyga Smith.

Female: Perth, W.A. (6. H. Hardy). Male: Bunva Mts., Q., 3 000 ft
Jan. 4, 1926.

Megachile quinquelineata Cockerell.
Brisbane, March 18 ( H . Hacker).

Megachile macleayi Cockerell.

Two females : Hughenden (H. H. Batchelor)

Megachile henrici Cockerell.

Female. Scopa with more black than usual. Lugano, N.S.W. ( H . P. Schrader).

Megachile lucidiventris Smith.

Females: Lugano, N.S.W. (H. P. Schrader ); Gordonvale (IF. C. Dormer).

Megachile latipes Smith.

Males : Gordonvale (IF. C. Dormer) ; Kiata, Victoria, Dec. 27 (F. E. Wilson ).
Is this the male of M. lucidiventris ?

Megachile semiluctuosa Smith.
Male : Linga, Viet., Oct. 1922 (F. E. Wilson ).

BEES IN TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.— COCKERELL. 301

honey pots are placed in separate positions, and are up to half an inch in diameter.
Wax is very dark cream colour, but produces best of clear wax on being melted.
Brood nest is a globular pile of pillular cells, somewhat less than an eighth of an
inch in diameter, between which the bees can pass, opening being at top or inclined
slightly in direction in which extension may be proceeding. All building proceeds
upwards from ' base,’ and as the young emerge at the bottom of the brood nest the
old cells are cast out and a new brood nest starts and replaces the old one as it matures
and is cast out. Diameter of nest varies with strength of colony. Period from deposit
of egg to emergence is 65 days, extending to 70 days in cold weather. These cells
are filled with food ; the queen at once deposits egg on surface of food and cell is
quickly closed by one worker ; this filling to closing applies to all four varieties
sent.”

With the bees, Mr. Hookings sends some flies, larvae, pupse, and adults,
collected (where ?) Jan. 1888, and labelled as parasites of Trigona (what species ?).
They are a species of Cerioides , rather related to the Indian G. ornatifrons (Brunotti),
but considerably larger. They are not really parasites

Trigona carbonaria Smith.

Mi'. Hockings sends many specimens from Moreton, with these notes : —
44 Karbi (native name). Is known from same district as Kootchar, and is at least
as widely distributed. Entrance to hive is surrounded by an area of sticky resinous
substance ; honey and pollen pots are jumbled together indiscriminately, and are
distinguishable only by breaking. Wax is dark chocolate. Brood nest see No. 3.”

The pale hair on the dorsum of thorax has sparse black bristles intermixed.
The flagellum is dark beneath, with at most a little red at base and more at apex.

On re-examining the type of T. angophorw Cockerell 1 find no very substantial
difference. The face at level of antennae is of practically the same width, and the
thoracic hah is essentially the same. The wings are unusually dusky, and the
flagellum is ferruginous beneath. I think we must write T. carbonaria angophorce >
at least until the form is better known.

Trigona carbonaria hockingsi n. subsp.

Cape York Peninsula, a series sent by Mr. Hockings under his No. 3. It is
distinctly larger than T. carbonaria (thus much too large for T. birsi Friesc), and
has the flagellum clear red beneath. The scutellum has much coarse black hair.
Mr. Hockings wTites : 44 It resembles No. 2 ( T . carbonaria) in all respects, except

that it is larger, and it builds a large cellular excrescence over the hive entrance
and approaches ; it is composed of resinous substance and dirt. The bees pass through
its passages into the entrance. Wax dark choloeate. Brood nest is a one-sided
comb in Nos. 2 and 3 ; it is constructed upwards, held in position by a framework
of wax rods ; it is in the form of a spiral staircase compressed, the middle region
usually having the greatest diameter. The individual cells are larger than those
of No. 2. As emergence ensues the brood nest is replaced as in all other varieties.”

The T. carbonaria which I collected at Port Darwin have the flagellum rather
obscurely reddened beneath, and coarse black hair on the scutellum, so they must
really be referred to hockingsi , rather than to carbonaria proper. Perhaps hockingsi
should Stand as a distinct species ; it is more distinct from carbonaria than is
angophorce.

302

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Megachile gilbertiella Cockerell.

Female : Gordonvale, Oct. 1, 1922 (W. C. Dormer).

Megachile ciliatipes Cockerell.

I cannot separate this from the male of Androgynella detersa Ckll. Search
should be made in Brisbane for Androgynella females.

Megachile cetera Cockerell.

I find no satisfactory character to separate the female of the Hawaiian
M. timberlakei Ckll. from M. cetera. I have no Australian male closely resembling
M. timberlakei.

Megachile alani n. sp*

Female. Length 11*5 mm., varying to 9*5; rather robust, but of parallel-
sided type : black, including legs, mandibles, and antennae, but tegument of sixth
abdominal segment (above and below) and narrow apical margin of penultimate
tergite, clear ferruginous : head large and broad, orbits slightly diverging below ;
mandibles very robust, strongly grooved, parallel -sided, the apical margin with
three very short rounded teeth : clvpeus broad and short, the anterior margin
strongly concave, forming a broad arch, in the middle with two very large shining
pits, separated by a small ridge, the elypeus otherwise very densely piuictured ;
upper edge of elypeus shining but supraclypeal area densely and finely punctured ;
sides of face, on each side of supraclypeal area, dull and minutely granular, and front
the same ; vertex broad, closely but irregularly punctured ; cheeks broad, the
surface finely grooved or striate : a tuft of white hair at each side of face ; front
with thin white hair : vertex with very thin short brownish hair ; mesothorax and
scutellum dull and very densely punctured ; conspicuous dense white hair-spots
at posterior angles of mesothorax, at sides of prothorax, fringing tubercles, and
(very small) between scutellum and mesothorax ; mesopleura densely rugoso-
punctate ; thorax with very little hair, the pleura and metathorax showing loose
white hair ; tegulse very dark reddish brown ; wings hyaline, nervures and stigma
dark ; second cubital cell long, receiving first recurrent nervure at a distance from
base about equal to half first intercubitus ; legs with pate hair, conspicuous and
silvery on outer side of tarsi, especially middle tarsi ; hind tarsi not broadened ;
spurs whitish ; abdomen convex, closely punctured, the hair- bands very inconspicuous,
fulvescent, except pure white tufts on each side of first segment : apical segments
with short appressed fulvous hair ; ventral scopa. white, fulvous at extreme tip.

Two from Moree, N.S.W., March 1923 (Alan P. Dodd). It is very like
M. rhodura Ckll., but easily separated by the structure of the elypeus. In some
tables it runs to M. modesta Sm., but that has the tegument of the apex of the
abdomen black.

Megachile chrysopygopsis n. sp.

Female. Length about 12*5 mm. ; broad and robust, with broad abdomen ;
black, including legs, but flagellum chestnut-red beneath, and apical tooth of mandibles
red ; mandibles broad, quadridentate counting the inner corner ; elypeus ordinary,
shining but closely and coarsely punctured, lower margin simple, nearly straight :
supraclypeal area in middle of disc highly polished and shining ; front and sides of
face with long rather dull white hair ; vertex with dark fuscous hair ; cheeks with
long white hair ; mesothorax and scutellum shining but closely and very distinctly
puncurted ; pleura and metathorax with long dull white hair ; sides of mesothorax

BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.— COCKERELL.

30.3

and scutellum with short fuscous hair ; white hair-spots at sides of prothorax
posterior corners of mesothorax, tubercles (large), and a rather inconspicuous inter-
rupted band in scutello-mesothoracie suture ; there is a tuft of dark-fuscous or sooty
hair on each side behind the tegulse ; tegulse black with a dark-red spot ; wings
dusky hyaline, dark in upper part of marginal cell ; legs with pale hair, dark purplish
brown on inner side of hind tarsi ; hind basi tarsi broad ; spurs dark ; abdomen
finely punctured ; hind margins of first three segments reddish, with narrow white
(or slightly yellowish) hair-bands ; fourth and fifth segments with fulvous bands,
on fourth white at extreme sides ; fifth segment (except at base and sides) and sixth
(except the broad apex) clothed with reddish fulvous tomentum ; ventral scopa
white, black on last segment and sides of penultimate.

Perth, W. Australia (G. H. Hardy , 142). Looks like M. chrysopyga Smith,
but hair of face not orange.

Megachile dinognatha n. sp.

Female. Length about 18*5 mm. ; very robust with very large, broad, and
rounded head ; black, including mandibles, antennae, tegulse, and legs : hair of head
and thorax very scanty, black on clypeus, white at sides of face, brownish white on
front, dense and pure white at sides of metathorax, sooty on prothorax but white
on tubercles : eyes purplish brown, strongly diverging below ; mandibles extremely
massive, strongly punctured, with two large teeth and a long cutting edge ; clypeus
very short and broad, very densely rugoso-punctate, the margin gently arched,
shining and minutely crenulate ; supraclypeal area densely rugose like clypeus ;
front with a pair of oblique obtuse ridges, which are polished and rather sparsely
punctured ; vertex shining, with irregular punctures of different sizes ; cheeks
very broad and rounded, polished, with scattered punctures ; mesothorax and
scutellum densely rugose, base of metathorax shining ; wings dark fuscous, with
violaceous tints ; legs with prevailingly brown hair, bright ferruginous on inner
side of hind tarsi ; spurs dark : hind basitarsi not broadened ; abdomen finely
punctured, shining on third segment but dull on fourth ; no hair-bands, but fifth
and sixth segments covered with appressed copper -red hair ; the punctures at sides
of third segment are large and sparse, while those on fourth are small and close ;
ventral scopa pale yellow, becoming dark fuscous at apex.

Hughenden (H . H. Batchelor ). I find no close relative of this species ; in the
tables it runs nearest to the quite different M.ferox Sm. It must be associated with
the species referred to the subgenus Eum,egachile.

Megachile semiclara n. sp.

Female. Length about 17-5 mm. ; very robust, but of parallel-sided type ;
black, including mandibles, antennae, tegulse, and legs ; hair of head and thorax
mainly black, long and coarse on clypeus, short on mesothorax ; on front, and upper
part of sides of face, the hair is pale ochreous, mixed with black in middle ; the thorax
anteriorly below, and the tubercles, have white hair ; mandibles massive, strongly
grooved, with four large teeth : clypeus short and broad, dull, with a shining
transverse apical ridge ; supraclypeal area polished and im punctate in middle :
ocelli large, amber colour ; eyes reddish brOwn, inner orbits parallel ; vertex
moderately shining, w ith scattered large punctures ; cheeks rounded, closely and
minutely punctured ; wings with more than basal half hyaline, the apical part
fuscous, especially dark in marginal cell and the region below it ; first recurrent nervure
joining second cubital cell not far from base ; mesothorax and scutellum dull and w r ell

MEMOIRS OF TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

304

punctured, the scutellum densely covered with black hair ; legs with black hair, more
or less shining pale on femora, coppery red on inner side of anterior tibiae and tarsi,
and middle tarsi : the femora and tibiae have the tegument more or less dark red :
hind basitarsi moderately broad ; spurs dark ; abdomen broad and rather short :
second and third tergites conspicuously polished in middle, the punctures on second
large and widely scattered ; basal tergite with black hair, but second and third with
conspicuous bands of pure-white hair ; fourth with a spot of white hair at each side ;
ventral scopa pure- white, black at extreme apex.

Cairns. Queensland (A. P. Dodcl). Mr. Hacker had already labelled it as a
new species. It is a very beautiful and distinct thing, by its bicoloured wings
resembling M. fabricator Smith.

Megachile batchelori n. sp.

Female. Length nearly 15 mm. ; robust, but paralled-sided ; black, including
mandibles, antennae (flagellum very faintly brownish beneath), tegulae, and legs :
hair of head and thorax abundant, white, but black hairs intermixed on clypeus
and front, hair of vertex all black, some admixture of black hairs on mesothorax ;
eyes brown, inner orbit s parallel ; mandibles very broad, with two large teeth and a
broad cutting edge ; clypeus broad and rather short, dull and rough, covered with
hair, but with a broadly arched shining transverse ridge above lower margin ; vertex
shining, with scattered punctures ; cheeks finely and closely punctured, hairy ;
mesothorax dull, with many punctures, which however are not very conspicuous ;
base of metathorax dull : wings with more than basal half clear hyaline, the apical
part abruptly fuliginous ; first recurrent nervure joining second cubital cell near
base ; basal nervure falling far short of nervulus , legs with much pale greyish hair,
rusty black on inner side of hind tarsi, distinctly red on inner side of anterior tibiae
and tarsi ; hind basitarsi little broadened ; spurs dark, hind spurs unusually short :
abdomen with first segment densely covered with white hairs ; second and third
segments with white hair- bands, thin in middle of third ; apical segments with
short black hair ; second and thud tergites shining : ventral scopa pure white, black
on last two segments.

Hughenden (II. II. Batchelor). Another species with bicoloured wings, like
AI . fabricator. M. fabricator appears to be closely allied, but has the face and front
with pale ochreous pubescence, and the clypeus with black.

Megachile wilsoni n. sp.

Male. Length about 7 mm. ; small and parallel-sided, Heriades- like ; black,
with the mandibles (except the bidentate apex), scape, tegulae, and legs bright chestnut
red ; face and front densely covered with long white hair ; eyes pale reddish grey ;
facial quadrangle much longer than broad, eyes somewhat converging below' ;
flagellum long and slender, black, not enlarged at end vertex very densely punctured,
but glistening between the punctures ; hair of thorax white ; mesothorax and
scutellum very densely punctured (mesothorax coarsely), but glistening between
the punctures ; area of metathorax basally rugose, apically shining ; wings hyaline,
a little dusky apically, stigma and nervures dark ; second cubital cell long ; legs
with thin white hair ; anterior tarsi quite simple : anterior coxae black, not spined :
abdomen well punctured, with distinct hair-bands, which are pale fulvous in middle,
white at sides ; on the first segment the band is reduced to large lateral patches,
on the second it is widely interrupted, on the third thin or narrowly interrupted
in middle, on the fourth entire ; fifth and sixth segments densely covered with

BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.— COCKERELL.

305

pale-yellow tomentum, more whitish on sixth ; keel of sixth segment obtusely
bilobed ; margins of segments at sides with the tegument red, but the apical segments
are not red ; on the venter subapically are two little dark teeth.

Kiata, Victoria, Dec. 31, 1918 (F. E. Wilson). Named after the collector,
who is a very keen and able entomologist. In the tables it runs near M. kirbyana
Ckll. and M. canifrons Sm., but is quite distinct. M. Victoria Ckll. is somewhat
related, but has black legs.

Megachile hardy i n. sp.

Male. Length about 9 mm. ; parallel-sided, rather slender, the end of the
abdomen curved downward and inward ; black, including mandibles and antennae
(flagellum very obscurely reddish beneath) ; tegulae dark red ; knees, tibiae, tarsi,
and anterior femora except a streak above and below, bright chestnut red ; eyes
dark grey, distinctly converging below, but face broad : mandibles stout, bidentate ;
clypeus closely and finely punctured, the edge simple ; a tuft of long white hair at
each side of clypeus . region of antennae with abundant long greyish- white hail*,
vertex with dark-fuscous hair ; antennae simple at apex ; mesothorax and scutellum
glistening but very closely punctured ; postscute! lum shining in middle ; thorax
above with thin fuscous hair, at sides and behind with white ; mesopleura shining ;
wings dusky hyaline, nervines and stigma dark ; first recurrent nervine joining
second cubital cell some distance from base ; anterior tibia* broad, the anterior
face flat and shining ; anterior tarsi modified, the basitarsus with a large red expansion,
while posteriorly there is a broad white fringe, and on the inner surface an elongate
oval black spot ; anterior cox;© with well-developed spines, at the base of which
is a patch of red hair; abdomen dullish, closely and minutely punctured, the tegument
red at posterior lateral corners of segments ; tegument of fifth segment not red
except at extreme sides ; first segment with a thin fringe of white hair ; second and
third each with conspicuous transverse bars or bands of pale-yellow hair laterally ;
fourth with a pale-yellow apical band, broad and broadly angular in middle, rapidly
narrowing to a point laterally : fifth segment with the whole disc (but not the sides)
covered by a dense pale-yellow r or fulvous hair -patch ; sixth segment apically red
and obtusely bilobed.

Blackheath, Nov. 23, 1919 {G. H. Hardy). Runs in the tables near M. rufolobata
Ckll., or rather near M . latericauda Ckll., but is not closely related. There is some
resemblance to M. eucalypti Ckll., but the anterior legs are quite different.

The following table will facilitate the separation of the above species : —

Females . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,

Males . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ] ().

1 . Apical part of abdomen with tegument red ; ventral scopa wiiite . . . . . . 2.

Apical part of abdomen dorsally with some red or orange hair, but tegument not red . . 3.

Apical part of abdomen with neither tegument nor hair red . . . . . . . . 7.

2. Larger ; clypeus with an excavated shining area in apical middle . . . . alani Ckll.

Smaller ; clypeus without such an area . . . . . . . . . . gilhertiella Ckll.

3. Hair of face or front bright orange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.

Hair of face and front not at all orange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.

4. Abdomen in lateral profile gradually sloping apically ; scopa white, black only at

apex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . chrysopyga Sm.

Abdomen in lateral profile rapidly descending ; scopa with more black . . henrici Ckll.

306

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

5. Abdomen with white hair-bands

chrysopygopsis Ckll.

Abdomen without hair- bands . .

6 .

6. Smaller ; red hair extending on fourth tergite
Larger ; no red hair on fourth tergite

7. Abdomen with black hair at base ; mesopleura with black hair . .
Abdomen with white hair at base

8. Wings with sharply contrasting colours, dark apically, hyaline basally
Wings without such contrasting colours

9. Small species with hyaline wings
Larger species with dark wings

10. Antennas broadly expanded at apex ; face with white hair
Antennae not expanded at apex

11. Face with white hair ; all the tibiae red

Face with yellow hair ; at least mid and hind tibiae black. .

macleayi Ckll.
dinognatha C kll .

semiclara Ckll.

8 .

batchelori Ckll.

9.

quinquelineata Ckll.
lucidiventris Sm.

semiluctuosa Sm.

11 .

12.

.... 13.

12. Small ; scape red
Larger ; scape black

wilsoni Ckll.
hardy i Ckll.

13. End of abdomen with red hair

End of abdomen without red hair ;
of joints

hind tarsi creamy white with blac

chrysopyga Sm.
spots at ends

laiipes Sm.

When in Queensland, I caught only one specimen of Megachile , a male,
M. rhodogastra Ckll., at Sherwood, March 2. It seems probable that M. rhodogastra
and M. heliophila Ckll. are the sexes of one species.

PARACOLLETES Smith.

Paracolletes callander Cockerell.

Male : Perth, W.A. (G. H. Hardy , 143).

Paracolletes fimbriatinus Cockerell.

Male and female : Stanthorpe, Q., 5-11-23 (No. 527). The female is new.
It is related to P. gaUipes Ckll. more than to any female I possess, but is very distinct
from it. Thorax above with rich fulvous hair ; front with fulvous hair ; sides of
face with very pale yellowish hair ; clypeus very coarsely rugose, not keeled (it has
a median keel in P. gallipes) ; end of abdomen with very dark fuscous hair (all pale
in P. gallipes) ; abdomen below with broad creamy- w hite bands ; hind spur pectinate
with long teeth ; stigma small but distinctly developed. It is a rather slender bee,
about 14 mm. long. This is distinct from P.jimbriatus Smith, which has the stigma
obsolete, mandibles ferruginous at apex (black in P. fimbrialinus), thorax clothed
above with whitish pubescence, and scopa of hind legs silvery white (in P. fimbriatinus
black on outer side of hind tibiae and very pale yellowish on inner side).

Paracolletes friesei n. sp.

Female. Length about 11 mm. ; rather robust ; head blue-green, shining,
the clypeus black, convex, and sparsely punctured ; supraclypeal area brassy or
coppery ; scape and base of flagellum black (the rest lost) ; mandibles black ; face
at sides, front, and cheeks with long white hair, top of head with black hair ; front

BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.— COCKERELL.

307

dull in middle ; thorax dark blue green or greenish blue, the mesothorax and
scutellum yellowish green with strong rosy tints ; mesothorax closely punctured,
it and the scutellum densely covered with very bright orange-ferruginous hair ;
thorax at sides and posteriorly with long white hair, but sooty in region of tubercles
postscutellum, and sides of metathorax above ; area of metathorax with a sharp
transverse keel : teguke dark, slightly reddish : wings hyaline, nervures and the
well- developed stigma dark reddish ; basal nervure meeting nervulus ; second cubital
cell receiving recurrent about the middle ; legs black, with the hair mainly black ;
much long white hair on under side of anterior femora, white hair at the base of
middle and hind legs, and on anterior side of hind tibiae; abdomen highly polished,
weakly punctured, bluish green and steel blue, without hair-bands ; hair at apex
black ; venter with fringes of white hair.

King George’s Sound, W.A. Falls near to P. plumosus Sm. and P. carinatus
Sm., but easily known by the bright-red thoracic hair. It is the species which Friese
(1924) described as P. fervidus, but that name is preoccupied.

Paracolletes rebellis Cockerell.

Male : Jindebyne, N.S.W., 3,000 ft., March 1889 {Helms).

Paracolletes carinatus Smith.

Female : Mt. Tambourine, 1923 (IF. H. Davidson). Male : Maria Island,
6-2-18 ( G . H. Hardy).

Paracolletes bicristatus n. sp.

Female. Length about 8 mm. ; robust, head black, with front and sides
of face dark green ; thorax black, with the mesothorax entirely dull, very dark blue
or blue-black : scutellum black, with two shining areas on disc ; metathorax dull
at base, but the very obtuse transverse ridge of enclosure shining and appearing
very faintly metallic ; legs black, the tarsi slightly reddish, the hind basitarsi broad,
pale ferruginous, dusky apically, with short hair on inner side, which seen from
behind shines silvery white ; abdomen somewhat shining, not evidently punctured,
faintly greenish. Mandibles black, faintly reddened apically ; antenna* black ;
clypeus polished and sparsely punctured ; hair of head very inconspicuous, erect
and fuscous on vertex ; mesothorax with short very inconspicuous black hair,
anteriorly with white, only visible on lateral view ; tubercles with a large dense
tuft of yellowish -white hail’ : at each side of scutellum is a dense very conspicuous
band of pale-fulvous tomentum, these bands converging caudad ; pleura with thin
white hair ; teguke black ; wings hyaline, rosy- iridescent, stigma large, dark reddish,
nervures fuscous ; basal nervure arched, not quite reaching the oblique nervulus ;
second cubital cell much broadened below, receiving recurrent nervure at or a little
before middle ; marginal cell long and pointed ; hind femora with a very large curled
■white scopa ; hind tibiae with hair on outer side dark fuscous, on inner w hite ; abdomen
without bands, hair at apex black, rather scanty ; venter with a white scopa.

Two females : Tooloom, N.S.W., Jan. 1926 {H. Hacker). One has collected
much orange pollen. A very distinct species, easily know 7 n by the bands of pale-
fulvous or whitish hair on each side of scutellum. In the cotvpe the tufts of hair
on tubercles and sides of scutellum may be described as white.

MEMOIRS OF TIJE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

308

Paracolletes advena worsfoldi (Cockerell).

A female from King George’s Sound is evidently P. worsfoldi Ckll., described
from a single female in the British Museum. It is however only a race of P. advena
(Smith), differing by the distinctly more shining mesothorax, and details of the
venation. The basal nervure meets the nervulus ; the first recurrent nervure is
abruptly bent some distance from its end. and joins the second cubital cell well before
the middle. In P. advena from Victoria the basal nervure falls a little short of the
nervulus, and the broad second cubital cell receives the recurrent nervure in middle
or a little beyond. In Brisbane P. advena the basal nervure is conspicuously short
of the nervulus. and the first recurrent reaches second cubital a little before the
middle. Neither Brisbane nor Victoria bees show the abrupt bend in the recurrent.
In Smith’s type of P. advena the recurrent joins second cubital a little before middle,
and the basal nervure falls short of nervulus.

Paracolletes nigrocinctus Cockerell.

Koj arena, near Geraldton, W.A., Sept. 6, 1926 ( Nicholson ). One female,
seven males. A specimen will be sent to the Queensland Museum. P. ienuicinetus
Ckll. and P. nigrocinctus Ckll. are the sexes of one species.

Paracolletes melbournensis clarki n. subsp.

Female. Length about 11 mm. ; clypeus highly polished, with scattered
though distinct punctures ; vertex with sooty or grey hair ; thorax above with
rather pale grey hair ; black on disc of mesothorax and scut ell um : scutellum
anteriorly smooth and lilac-tinted ; pleura with dull- white hair, that in region of
tubercles sooty ; tegulse very dark : wings strongly brownish ; basal nervure meeting
nervulus ; second cubital cell receiving recurrent nervure about middle : abdomen
olive green, without the strong punctures of P. sexmaeulatus Ckll

Perth, W.A. (J. Clark).

Paracolletes plumosus Smith.

Female : Sydney, N.SAV. (Froggatt, 191).

Paracolletes eucalypti Cockerell.

This was described from a male taken at Healesvillo. V. The female before
me comes from Beaconsfield, V ictoria ( F . E. Wilson), and while it differs from the
male in the entirely black legs, and the basal nervure almost meeting the nervulus,

I am confident that it belongs here. It is smaller than P. plumosus Sm., and is
especially distinguished by the dullish minutely sculptured surface of the bluish-
green abdomen. Under the compound microscope this surface shows fine transverse
I ineolation and excessively minute punctures. The anterior wings are 7 mm. long.
The hair at sides of thorax is partly black and partly dull white. Hair of apex of
abdomen black ; first three ventral fringes white, fourth sooty. Hind tibia with hair
black on outer side, white on inner. Dorsum of thorax with black hair, but white
anteriorly. This agrees so nearly with what the female of P. eucalypti ought to be,
that we are not. entitled to assume the. existence of another, extremely closely
related, species.

May I venture to suggest, in connection with this specimen, that when bees
are pinned with short pins, and placed very high up, it is extremely difficult to handle
them without damage ? They cannot be properly examined without looking at the

BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.— COCKERELL.

309

under side, and this involves holding the head of the pin. The Nicholson specimens
from W. Australia are admirably mounted, but taking Australian bees as they come,
from old or new lots, they are very often hard to handle.

Paracolletes microdontus n. sp.

Female. Length a little over 10 mm. ; black, with no metallic tints anywhere ;
mandibles black, with a faint reddish tint subapicallv ; teg uke very dark reddish ;
legs black. Head broad, but facial quadrangle longer than wide : clypeuS moderately
convex, shining, with strong not very dense punctures, the disc somewhat flattened:
lower margin and corners of clypeus, and sides of face, with silvery white hair ; front
and cheeks with white hair, but vertex with long black hair : antennae black, the
flagellum reddened beneath apically ; mesothorax and scutellum shining on disc,
with sparse small punctures ; scutellum with no trace of a median sulcus (which
is present in P. tubwculaUls Okll.), its posterior part dull: postscutellum with a
small but distinct tubercle ; area of metathorax dull, faintly shining on ridge, over-
lapped by long pale hairs ; thorax above with short grey and black hair ; much
black on scutellum, and a broad black band across anterior part of mesothorax :
tubercles with white hair : wings hyaline, slightly dusky: stigma dark reddish,
very small and narrow, but distinct : nervures dark ; basal nervine meeting nerviilus ;
second cubital cell broad, receiving recurrent nervine a little before middle : third
cubital very long, much extended below', receiving second recurrent some distance
from end : scopa of hind tibiae very long, grey on outer side, white on inner ; abdomen
without bands, dullish, the punctures excessively minute ; first three segments
broadly but thinly clothed basally with fine white pile, giving the basal halves of
second and third segments (when extended) a grey appearance, contrasting with
the black beyond ; hind margins of segments broadly dark brownish, but the colour
is too dark to give a banded effect : hair at apex of abdomen black : fourth ventral
segment with much white hair, fifth with a fringe of black.

Two females from Perth, W.A. (J. Clark). The clypeus is totally different
from that of P. incanescens Ckll. The dentate postscutellum and other characters
separate it from P. obscurus Smith.

Paracolletes semilucens n. sp.

Female. Length about 8*5 mm. : black, small and rather slender, with rather
the aspect of a male ; head broad : mandibles black, faintly reddish at tip ; clypeus
convex, sparsely but distinctly punctured, the lower half shining, the upper half
dull, but extreme upper edge shining : supraclypeal area dull, without evident
punctures ; sides of face with thin white hair, and no black ; antennae black,
flagellum obscurely reddish below' : front and vertex entirely dull : vertex with
some long black hail* : thorax with thin white hair at sides and behind, dorsally
with very scanty fuscous hair ; mesothorax dull, not evidently punctate, the
posterior disc more shining : scutellum somewhat shining, hardly punctured,
depressed in middle ; base of metathorax with upper face large, shining, no transverse
grooves or acute keel ; teguke chestnut red ; wings brownish hyaline, stigma and
nervures dark reddish : stigma large ; basal nervure falling a considerable distance
short of nervulus ; second cubital cell broadened below, receiving recurrent nervure
distinctly beyond middle : third cubital elongated, receiving second recurrent some
distance before end ; legs black, scopa of hind tibiae not very large, wiiite, stained
with fuscous posteriorly ; spurs clear red ; hair on inner side of hind tarsi appearing
white in some lights, but pale orange in others ; abdomen dullish, not evidently

310

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

punctured, hind margins of segments narrowly reddish ; no hair-bands, and very
little hair, fourth tergite with a very thin fringe of pale hairs ; apex with a small
tuft of reddish -black hair ; ventral fringes white ; at each side of first tergite is a
little raised boss.

Two females : Type Perth, W.A. (J. Clark) ; the other Swan R. (J. S. Clark).

It may be compared with P. sigillatus CklL but is very distinct by the lack of broad
hyaline margins to the tergites, dark hair at apex of abdomen, and red tegulee. It
differs at once from P. scUulus Ckll. by the black anterior legs. The dull front, easily
separates it from P. nigritulus Ckll. Among the Smith species it seems nearest to
P. cinereus , but not very closely allied.

Paracoiletes rudis Cockerell.

One female : Swan River, W.A. (J. S. Clark). P. rudis was described in 1906
from a female from Swan River, received by the British Museum in 1869. It is a
species with much the aspect of P. advena (Smith), but remarkable for the entirely
dull surface of the thorax above.

Paracoiletes nigroclypeatus hardyi n. subsp.

Female. Anterior wing 7*6 mm. Agrees in most respects with P. nigroclypeatus
Ckll. (from Victoria), but differs especially by the black abdomen, with a different
steel-blue band on each segment before the marginal depression. The clypeus is
shining, with scattered irregular punctures, wholly black, but the front and sides of
face are strong blue-green. The mesothorax has the disc shining, dark blue-green,
and the polished sparsely punctured seutellum, with no median depression, is very
decidedly green. Thus the insect presents the unusual condition of having the head
and thorax more strongly metallic than the abdomen. Flagellum red beneath,
especially toward the end : hair of face thin, a sort of dull pale yellowish (not white
as in the typical race), of vertex black : disc of mesothorax and seutellum with
short sooty hair, sides of thorax with dull greyish-white hair ; teguloe small, bright
clear rufous ; wings dusky ; basal nervure meeting nervulus ; second cubital cell
receiving first recurrent at middle ; third cubital receiving second recurrent almost
at end : legs obscure reddish ; apex of abdomen with black hair.

One female : Perth, W.A. (G. H. Hardy , 169). It is not surprising to find
much specific and subspecific endemism in the bees of Western Australia, as according
to Emily H. Pelloe, in her book on “Wild Flowers of Western Australia” (1921),
there are more than 3,000 species of flowering plants peculiar to that region.

Paracoiletes obscurus Smith.

Female : Russell Falls, National Park, Tasmania, 11-1-25. This agrees in
venation with Smith’s type, which I examined. It also has the characteristic dusky
wings. The abdomen shows vague but quite perceptible purplish and greenish
tints ; Smith found the abdomen of the female black, only that of the male obscurely
metallic. The clypeus is very coarsely punctured, The abdominal hair-bands are
thin ; not relatively white and conspicuous as in P. advena Sm. P. subviridis Ckll.
is smaller and evidently different.

It is possible that Smith wrongly associated the sexes of P. obscurus , and
that the present female belongs with his male ; but at present we have no adequate
grounds for such an assumption.

311

BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.— COC'KEEELL.

Paracolletes chalybeatus Erichson.

Female : Russell Falls, National Park, Tasmania, 9-1-25. P. providus Smith
is very doubtfully distinct. These bees need to be collected in series, with biological
observations to determine whether there are several very closely allied species.
P. chalybeatus is the type of Lamprocolletes Smith, which can be distinguished from
typical Paracolletes by the well -developed stigma. The stigma varies very much in
the group, and it is rather difficult to know where to draw the line. Leioproctus
Smith, also with well -developed stigma, has priority of place over Lamprocolletes.
It is figured as having a very long third cubital cell, with the second recurrent
joining it far from the apex ; the type is the New Zealand L. imitatus Smith. P.
chalybeatus , the type of Lamprocolletes , has the third cubital very broad but much
less produced, receiving the second recurrent nervure very near the end. The
longer type of cubital cell occurs also in Australian species, as for instance P. semi -
lucens , described above : but it does not seem possible to regard this as a generic
character.

If we separate two genera on the character of the stigma, Paracolletes proper
will include P. rebellis . P. ery thrums, P. nigrocinctus , P. callander, P. crassipes , P.
fatifrons, P. ferricornis. Leioproctus will be by far the larger genus, with waterhousei,
helichrysi , sigillatus , thornleighensis , platycephalus , fimbrialinus , gallipes, truncatulus,
callurus, andreniformis , halictiformis , advena , subviridis, fervidm and fewidus subdolus,
incanescens , tuberculatus and tuberculatm insular is, nitkhdus , abnormis , sexmaculatus,
ibex , minutus, obscurus. chalybeatus, leal, argentifrons , monticola , hudsoni , atronitens,
euphenax, nigrofulvus , launcestonensis , providellus and providellus bacchalis, vestitus,
castaneipes, metallicus , boltoni. &c. It will also include the common metallic carinatus
and plumosus of Smith.

Hylseus gracilicaudus Cockerell.

Female : King George’s Sound. Close to H. daveyi Ckll., but tegulae reddish,
orange of postscutellum reduced ; first cubital cell very long. In this specimen
the first recurrent nervure meets the intereubitus.

Hylseus perconstrictus n. sp.

Male. Length about 9 mm. ; rather robust, black ; face very bright orange
(but surface dull and punctured) up to level of antennae, except the square
supraelypeal area, which is entirely black ; the lateral face-marks above are partly
excavated by the antennal sockets, and the truncate upper end is a little produced
near orbits ; mandibles black, strongly bidentate ; la brum with a yellow spot ;
scape black, ordinary ; flagellum long (reaching scutellum), obscurely brownish
beneath, the joints subnodose ; third antennal joint partly red ; tubercles and
scutellum (except extreme sides) bright orange, but rest of thorax wholly black ;
mesothorax slightly shining, with large irregular punctures ; postscutellum shining ;
area of metathorax short and poorly defined, somewhat shining, not evidently
sculptured ; pleura strongly punctured ; teguke piceous, with an orange spot ; wings
clear, with black (or reddish black) stigma and nervures ; second cubital cell very
long, receiving first recurrent nervure very near base, second more remote from
apex (in cotype the cell is shorter, and first recurrent enters extreme apex of first
cubital) ; anterior and middle tibia3 with a pale reddish stripe in front ; basitarsi
pale yellowish or creamy white, the tarsi otherwise pale reddish ; abdomen
rugoso-punctate, first two tergites very strongly gibbous, with a deep constriction
between, the elevation of the second tergite approaching the form of an obtuse keel.

812

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Beacons field, Victoria (type locality), Jan. 27, 1919 (F. E . Wilson) ; Kiata,
Victoria, Dec. 31, 1918 (F. E. Wilson). A remarkable species, known by the peculiar
abdomen, lack of colour on postscutellum, and orange face with black supraclypeal
area. Mr. Hacker had recognised it as probably new.

Hylseus honestus subhonestus n. sp.

Male. Length about 8*5 mm. : differs from H. honestus (Sm.), which was
described from Tasmania, as follows :■ — Abdomen black, with perhaps the very
faintest greenish tint : anterior tibiae very broadly yellow in front, and a dagger-like
small yellow mark at apex of their femora, middle tibiae with the outer face entirely
light yellow ; wings strongly brownish : scutellum with a large broadly triangular
orange mark, and postscutellum with a semi -circular broad mark. Mandibles with
a small yellowish mark on upper edge : labrum with a small transverse yellow spot ;
clypeus and lateral marks bright orange, but the surface dull ; lateral marks broadly
ungulate in middle above (honestus style) ; supraclypeal area black; scape black;
flagellum obscurely brown beneath ; tubercles orange : meso thorax dull, distinctly
punctured ; area of metathorax rough and entirely dull, but surface on each side of
it somewhat shining : basal nervure meeting nervulus ; first recurrent meeting
intercubitus : second cubital cell long ; stigma and nervures dark ; no constriction
between first and second tergites ; venter of abdomen quite simple ; abdomen
distinctly punctured .

Sheffield, Jan. 8, 1917 (G. II . Hardy).

Hylseus hobartiellus n. sp.

Male. Length about 5-3 mm., slender, with the head broad, but the eyes
strongly converging below. It is readily known from H. hobartianus (Ckll.) by the
following characters : — Smaller : face, labrum. and mandibles light lemon yellow,
the supraclypeal mark transverse, its upper edge straight ; flagellum long and thick,
ferruginous beneath ; mesothorax. scutellum, and postscutellum shining ; tubercles
yellow with no black dot: wings only slightly dusky; stigma large, rufous; second
recurrent nervure joining second cubital cell a little before end ; coxae in part, and
trochanters entirely yellow; femora black, the anterior ones with, a light apical
streak ; anterior and middle tibiae pale reddish yellow, with a black mark behind ;
hind tibiae black, with the basal two-fifths pale yellow ; basitarsi very pale, but the
small joints infuscated ; abdomen narrow.

Hobart, Oct. 24, 1917 (G. H. Hardy).

Hylseus wynyardensis n. sp.

Female. Length about or nearly 6 mm. ; black, with pale-yellow markings,
consisting of narrow (but not linear) lateral face markings (ending very acutely near
orbital margin some distance above level of antennae), tubercles (no other light
colour on thorax), and bases of tibiae (of the last broadly) ; also the anterior tibiae
are pale reddish in front ; face very broad, clypeus dullish, region of ocelli dull ;
flagellum dusky red beneath, not extremely long ; thorax shining : scutellum large
and flat ; tegulae black : wings hyaline, family dusky : stigma very large, dark
brown ; basal nervure falling short of nervulus : second cubital cell about as high
as long, the recurrent nervures meeting the intercubiti, or the second not quite
reaching intercubitus : abdomen broad and short, moderately shining, but
second segment mainly dull, its apical margin brownish : no constriction between
second and third tergites.

BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.— COCKERELL.

313

Wynyard, Feb. 1, 1916 ( 0 . H . Hardy). Runs in my key to the vicinity of
H. hobartianus Cklh, H. semiper sonatas Ckll., H. scintilla Ckll., H. hobartiellus Ckll.,
and H. quadriceps Sm . , but I cannot place it with any of them.

Hvlaeus elongatus (Smith).

Male: Geeveston, Dec. 24, 1914 ( G . H. Hardy).

Hylseus simillimus tasmani Cockerell.

Described from Tasmania a female from Kosciusko, Jan. 22, 1914 ( A . J . Turner ),
labelled by Mr. Hacker, “ near but not P. simillima Sm.,” is so close that I cannot
venture to separate it. The area of metathorax is shining, not rugose, and the orange
mark on postscutellum is broadly transverse. The male might show more difference,
but at present I can only recognise one form.

Two other females, distinctly larger, with the first recurrent nervure more
remote from base of second cubital cell, come from Hobart, Feb. 13, 1914 ( G . H.
Hardy) and Geeveston, Dec. 25, 1914 (G. H. Hardy). 1 refrain from separating these
also, as they probably indicate no more than individual variation. They agree in
the area of metathorax. H. tasmani is probably a distinct species.

Hylseus simillimus Smith, var. tasmani n. var. or race.

Female. Tubercles and scutellum bright yellow, axillae black ; postscutellum
with a transversely oval yellow spot in middle ; lateral face-marks ending in a sharp
point above away from orbits ; flagellum dull red beneath ; vertex excessively
closely and minutely punctured, and mesothorax the same, dull ; area of metathorax
somewhat shining, but not polished ; mesopleura shining, with irregularly scattered
punctures of different sizes ; basal nervure practically meeting nervulus ; second
cubital cell large, with the recurrent nervures about equally distant from base and
apex ; abdomen very finely punctured above, beneath with large coarse punctures,
abdomen very obscurely bluish.

Tasmania (no other particulars known). Probably a distinct subspecies, or
else the female of H. konestus (Smith), which in the male has the yellow of scutellum
also reduced.

Hylseus longmani n. sp.

Male. Length about 8 mm., rather slender : black, with the face (clypeus,
long supraclypea! mark, and lateral marks ending acutely above level of antennae)
creamy white ; tubercles broadly (but no mark behind), scutellum, and postscutellum
bright orange ; antennae long, scape with a large wedge-shaped yellow mark in front,
flagellum submoniliform, clear red beneath ; mandibles black ; mesothorax dull,
excessively densely and minutely sculptured : area of metathorax small, dull, hardly
defined ; pleura excessively closely and minutely punctured ; tegulae black : wings
dusky hyaline : basal nervure falling short of nervulus ; second cubital cell very
large, receiving recurrent nervures near base and apex ; under side of thorax with
much silky white hair : legs black, with very short silky white hair ; anterior femora
with a red stripe in front, their tibiae broad, entirely pale red on inner face : abdomen
shining, finely punctured, the first segment extremely closely and finely punctured ;
venter with coarse punctures, the margins of the segments stiff usedly reddish.

Brisbane, Oct. 21, 1921 (H. Hacker). Mr. Hacker had already marked it as
probably new. It closely resembles H. aureom acuta tus (Ckll). but is easily known

314

MEMOIRS OF TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

by the much broader face, and the much more finely punctured first abdominal
segment. 1 take pleasure in naming it after Heber A. Longman, the Director of
the Queensland Museum, in recognition of his important services to Queensland
zoology.

Hylaeus semipersonatus n. sp.

Male. Length about 4*5 mm. ; slender, but not excessively so ; black, with
the face creamy white up to level of top of the long clypeus (except a narrow black
mark at each side of clypeus), leaving a broad black area between the light colour
and the antennae, which are placed high up ; face narrow, inner orbits convex ;
mandibles black with a small light spot at base, and apex reddened ; labrum black :
scape very broad, broadly yellowish white in front ; flagellum rather long, dull
red beneath ; malar space well developed, longitudinally striate ; ocelli in a triangle :
mesothorax somewhat shining, with a deep median groove, the surface microscopically
lineolate and punctured ; seutellum shining ; area of metathorax large, dullish ;
thorax all black except the tubercles apically cream colour ; leglike dark ; wings
greyish hyaline ; stigma unusually small, very dark reddish ; basal nervure falling
short of nervulus ; second cubital cell receiving recurrent nervures about equally
distant from base and apex ; legs black, with anterior tibiae in front, spot at base
of middle tibiae, and base of hind tibiae broadly, creamy white ; abdomen shining.

Cradle Mountain, Jan. 18, 1917 (G. H. Hardy). A distinct little species,
easily know n by the partly masked face, with dark femora and mainly black mandibles.

Hylaeus fijiensis (Cockerell).

In 1909 I described the splendid blue Prosopis fijiensis from a female in the
British Museum, which had belonged to Smith. It was labelled as from the Fiji
Islands. Now I find a female in the collection of the Queensland Museum, labelled
Rye, Victoria, Dec. 1918 (L. Barber). One or the other locality must be wrong.
The species seems out of place in the fauna of Victoria, and is in fact very different
from anything known in Australia, with the exception of Palceorhiza gigantea Ckll.,
1926, from Raymond Island. This is surely closely related, and should evidently
stand as Hylceus giganteus, being wrongly referred to Palceorhiza. To the original
description of //. fijiensis it should be added that the malar space is large, and the
mandibles are blunt, tridentate, with the inner tooth very small.

I cannot find Raymond Island on any map. Raymond in N.S.W. is inland,
not very far from Newcastle.

The large metallic species of the group of 11. fijiensis and H. giganteus are
so distinct from typical Hylceus that they may form a new' subgenus Meghylceus
with H. giganteus as type.

Hylaeus albonitens (Cockerell).

Darwin (G. F. Hill).

Hylaeus chromaticus (Cockerell).
Brookfield, Dec. 15, 1926 (H. Hacker).

Hylaeus perrufus n. sp.

Female. Length about 5-6 mm. ; rather slender, thorax entirely rather
dull terra-cotta red, legs clear ferruginous. Head ordinary, black ; mandibles and

BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.— COCKE BELL. 335

lower half of cheeks dull red ; facial quadrangle much longer than broad ; face
dull orange, including the long clypeus (which is narrowly reddened at sides), Long
supraclypeal mark extending upward between antennae, and lateral marks which
begin to narrow at level of antennae, but are quite broad at sides of lower half of
front, and have linear extensions along orbits on upper half ; labrum orange :
antennae entirely clear ferruginous, the scape long and slender ; mesothorax dull ;
tegulae ferruginous ; wings hyaline, with large very dark stigma ; basal nervure
strongly curved, falling just short of nervulus ; second cubital cell about square,
receiving recurrent nervures very near base and apex ; abdomen red as far as middle
of third segment, and beyond that black ; no spots or bands.

B uny a Mts., Dec. 10, 1925 (H. Hacker). Related to H. hcematopoda Ckll.,
but much smaller, with wholly red thorax.

Hylseus scintilla (Cockerell).

Female. Brisbane, Sept. 12, 1916 (H. Hacker) ; Logan road, at Leptospermum,
Sept. 12. Close to H. asperithorax (Rayment), but smaller, with shorter head and
paler stigma. The sculpture of the mesothorax resembles that of H . asperithorax.

Hylseus minusculus (Cockerell) var. a.

Male. Caloundra, Jan. 20, 1916. It is evidently more robust than the type,
and may represent a distinct species, but there is only one specimen, not in the best
condition. The markings, long antennae, and other features agree with H. minusculus .
Compared with H. eburnidlus (Ckll.), it is smaller, with the upward extensions of
lateral face-marks longer, and slender, and the flagellum very long and slender.

Hylaeus spryi Cockerell.

Males from Maria Island, Jan. 1. and Triabunna, Dec. 27, both collected
by G. H. Hardy. They differ from the tyjje in having a small yellow mark on scape,
and the orange mark on postscutellum is fairly large in the Triabunna specimen.
As noted in the original description, this is closely related to H. nubilosus (Sm.).
In the Triabunna specimen I can see that the tongue, though very short, is pointed.
The sides of the face are more or less evidently sulcate. Thus the species is
transitional toward meroglossa. Meade- Waldo, in his treatment of the group in
Genera Insectorum, places H. nubilosus in Palceorhiza , but it is not close to the type
of that genus. The whole group of H. nubilosus is evidently to be removed from
Hyleeus , but it is not precisely Meroqlossa or Palceorhiza. t leave the matter for
the present, to be dealt with in my work on Australian Bees.

Gnathoprosopis amiculina Cockerell.

Males from Stanthorpe. Queensland, Oct. 14 and 19, 1923.

Gnathoprosopis euxantha Cockerell.

Males from Brookfield, Nov. 15, 1926 (H. Hacker).

Gnathoprosopis aureopicta n. sp.

Female. Length about 5*7 mm. ; black, with bright-orange lateral face-
marks (broad-cuneate, ending rather obliquely about level of antennae), and upper
border of prothorax (interrupted in middle) with tubercles also bright orange ;
mandibles short and very broad, black, shining ; clypeus dullish ; front densely

31 6

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

punctured ; scape black : flagellum dusky red beneath : mesothorax densely and
minutely punctured, the punctures not visible under a lens; base of metathorax
dull and very finely sculptured, not sharply defined behind ; tegulse black ; wings
hyaline, faintly dusky : stigma large, reddish black : basal nervure meeting nervulus,
and first recurrent meeting inter cubitus ; legs black, the anterior tibiae partly red
on inner face, and hind tibiae narrowly light yellow at base ; abdomen moderately
shining ; venter quite simple.

Blackheath (type locality), Nov. 23 (G. H. Hardy) ; Stanthorpe, Nov. 10, 1923.
Five specimens in all. This is not the female of G . amiculina , the female of which
is known, and I am at a loss to associate it with any other male. It will be easily
known by the broad- cuneate, lateral face-marks, not produced above. The inter-
rupted prothoracic band is also characteristic, as Mr. Hacker had noted on a label
attached to one of the specimens.

Palseorhiza melliceps Cockerell.

Two males : Tooloom, N.S.W., Jan. 1926 ( H. . Hacker). The head of the type
was apparently somewhat discoloured. In the present specimens the light markings
of the head are bright yellow', except that the sides of clypeus are dark red, this
colour taking the form of two dagger-shaped marks, the points upward. The mandibles
are red. The species is easily known by the shining black scutellum and yellow
axillae.

Palseorhiza melanura (Cockerell).

Female : Kuranda, Q., 1919 (A. P. Dodd).

This belongs to the peculiar group in which the area of metathorax is strongly
grooved or fluted. It may be regarded as a distinct subgenus : Heterorhiza, type
P. melanura.

The known species are separated thus : —

Abdomen in both sexes honey colour with the apex black . . . . melanura (Ckll.)

Abdomen with the ground colour dark or black . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.

1. Thorax with two yellow lines on dorsum : abdomen black or piceous, with (male)

suffused red band on first Segment, a red suffusion at bases of second and third,
and a pale-yellow mark on each side of second ; or (female) two red spots on first
segment, transverse yellow mark on each side of second, and two larger marks

on third (Mackay, Q.) .. .. denticauda { Ckll.)

Thorax dorsally with four yellow stripes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.

2. First abdominal segment with red base and two yellow marks ; segments 2 and 3 each

with a pair of yellow spots ; antenna*, red-brown (Mackay, Q.)

longiceps (Friese) (female)

Abdomen without red ; first segment with a broad V-shaped yellow mark on each side ;
segments 2 to 4 each with lateral yellow marks ; antenn.n dark, the scape with
a yellow stripe : wings brown (Murray Island, Torres St.) . . hedleyi Ckll. (male)

Friese described his species under Prosopis in 1924. (Konowia, vol. 3.)

The type of P. hedleyi is in the Australian Museum, but there is also a specimen
in the Queensland Museum.

Prosopis eximius Smith, from Batchian, Moluccas, is to be called Palceorhiza
eximia. I examined the type in the Hope Museum at Oxford. It is a male, with
abdomen appearing broadly truncate at apex, with a spine at each corner, as in

BEES IN TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.— COCKE BELL.

31 7

P. hedleyi. The second cubital cell is square; head produced into a broad snout,
malar space long, abdominal segments 3 and 4 each with a pair of large round
black spots.

Palseorhiaa viridifrons Cockerell.

Female: Dayboro, Jan. 27, 1928 (H. Hacker).

Meroglossa persulcata Cockerell.

Nanango district, Q., Nov. 1927 (H. Hacker).

Halictus leichardti Cockerell.

Females: Dunk Is., Q., Aug. 1927 (H. Hacker).

Parasphecodes tooloomensis n. sp.

Female. Exactly like P. aumntiacus Ckll., except as follows : — Mesothorax
posteriorly black, only the broad anterior portion red ; area of metathorax wholly
or largely black ; first abdominal segment with a very broad transverse band of
blackish suffusion, variably developed, but the segment never clear fight red across
the middle ; apical part of abdomen red, not black. The wings are strongly dusky.

Eight females : Tooloom, N.S.W., Jan. 1926 ( H . Hacker). Perhaps to be
regarded as a race of P. cmrantiacus, but it is easily recognisable.

Lithurgus atratiiormis Cockerell.

Brisbane, Jan. 18, 1923 (II. Hacker).

Cociioxys reginse Cockerell.

Female : Port Darwin (//. W. Broum).

Ccelioxys biroi Friese.

Female : Borona, Papua, May 27, 1923 ( T . K . Scheibel). Smaller than the
type, only about 10 mm. long, and the abdominal bands white, but surely not a
distinct species.

Euryglossina perpusilla Cockerell.

Caloundra, Jan. 20, 1916 ; numerous specimens, of both sexes.

Euryglossina flaviventris Cockerell.

Female. Oxley, Brisbane, Sept. 24, 1914 (FI. Hacker). Also taken Sept, 19,

1916. *

Euryglossina flaviventris var. fuscescens n. var.

Female. Lateral face-marks wholly wanting : venter of abdomen rather
dark brown.

Brisbane, Sept. 10, 1915 (H. Hacker). T should have taken this for a distinct
species, were it not that typical E. flaviventris occurs at Brisbane, and a second
specimen taken at the same time and place as the var. fuscescens shows the apical
two-fifths of venter orange -yellow, the colour abruptly separated from the brown.
The brownish colour includes the first three sternites.

Euryglossina flaviventris var. personata n. var.

Female. With the yellow abdominal venter and minute linear lateral face-
marks of the typical form, but clypeus and supraclypeal area wholly black.

Brisbane, Sept. 10, 1915 (H. Hacker). Taken with var. fuscescens.

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

318

Euryglossina semiflava n. sp.

Female. Length about 3 mm. ; head and thorax shining black, with the
following parts clear pale yellow : mandibles, labrum, entire face to a short distance
above antennae, narrow bands along inner orbits to tops of eyes, entire cheeks (but
occiput black), prothorax except middle, tubercles, and anterior part of pleura
(abruptly limited) ; scape slender, yellow in front, flagellum stout, ferruginous
beneath, legs pale yellow, hind tibiae brown, their tarsi paler ; abdomen broad,
dark brown, with a faint purplish tint, first two segments with very slender but
evident pale bands at apex, terminal segment pale orange, venter yellow. The
mesothorax is microscopically reticulate, with very few minute punctures. Tegulse
pallid ; wings hyaline, stigma bordered with fuscous : venation normal for genus ;
second cubital cell about as high as broad ; first recurrent nervure to first inter -
cubitus much less than (but more than half) length of intercubitus ; second recurrent
nervure about half as far from second intercubitus ; three complete discoidal cells ;
lower section of basal nervure strongly arched.

Brisbane, Feb. 5, 1916 (H. Hacker). It was taken with Turner ella atomaria
(Ckll.). It will be readily known bv the yellow face, and sides of thorax with anterior
half yellow, the rest black. In its markings, this very closely simulates Pachyprosopis
humeralis Ckll., which is easily distinguished by the shape of the second cubital
cell.

Euryglossina hypochroma Cockerell.

Male. Oxley, Brisbane, Sept. 24, 1914 (H. Hacker). This was described from
Perth, W.A., but I cannot see that the Brisbane specimen differs at all.

Euryglossina philoxantha n. sp.

Male. Similar in appearance to E. perpusilla Ckll., and found with it, but
easily distinguished by the fact that the face is all yellow up to the level of the
antennse (in perpusilla are large black wedge-shaped spaces below antennae) : the
supraclypeal yellow comes to a point between the antenna? ; the lateral marks fill
the space between clypeus and eye, and reach to the bases of antennae, thence
narrowing (the inner edge gently convex) to the orbits ; scape stout, yellow in front.
As in E. perpusilla , the logs and tubercles are yellow, but the prothorax is also yellow
right across. The abdomen is about the same, but varies to more pallid, with the
sutures more or less testaceous ; the abdominal venter is honey yellow, and the
extreme apex dorsaily is red, a feature hardly visible without the microscope. The
front is microscopically tessellate. Tegulse hyaline, with a yellow spot ; wings clear,
stigma and nervures dilute sepia ; third discoidal cell complete ; first recurrent to
first intercubitus not greater than length of intercubitus, but greater than distance
of second recurrent from end of second cubital cell ; lower section of basal nervure
strongly arched ; basal nervure to nervulus hardly equal to half length of lower
section of basal nervure ; anterior and posterior sides of third discoidal cell parallel.

(E. perpusilla has first recurrent nervure reaching second cubital cell near
end, the distance less than equal to half of intercubitus ; and second recurrent
reaching second cubital cell a little more remote from end than first recurrent from
end of first cubital.)

The type specimen of E. philoxantha was taken at Brisbane, Oct. 1911
(H. Hacker) ; others were collected Sept. 12, 1913.

BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSE UM. — COCK E Ti EL L. 319

Turnerella pachycephala n. sp.

Female. Length about 2*8 mm. ; head and thorax black, the mesothorax
microscopically reticulate and very sparsely punctured ; head large, quadrate,
very thick, shining ; mandibles pale stramineous, with black apex, which is bidentate,
but only the outer tooth acute ; face all black, but labrum stramineous, with long
pale hairs ; tegulse stramineous ; wings clear, stigma pale brown, nervures colourless ;
marginal cell very broad (deep) ; first recurrent nervure joining cubital cell some
distance before its end : basal nervure with lower section curved, failing far short
of nervulus ; two complete discoidals ; legs pale yellow ; antennae placed close
together, the flagellum very short and stout, reddish beneath ; abdomen very dark
brown, nearty black, the extreme apex dull yellowish ; venter dark brown, apically
(more or less abruptly) stramineous.

Two females, Aug. 10, 1913 (H. Hacker). Readily known from the other
described species by the dark abdomen and face. It differs from typical Turnerella
in having the cubital cell extending beyond the end of the first discoidal.

Turnerella globuliceps (Cockerell).

Brisbane. Feb. 12, 1918 ( H . Hacker). This was described as Euryglossella ,
but a new study of these minute bees convinces me that the latter genus should
not include the three species described subsequently to the original type ( E . minima
Ckll.). The two genera may be readily separated by the venation, as follows : —

(I.) Euryglossella minima Ckll. Marginal cell not so long as in Turnerella. ;
no trace of upper end of second intercubitus ; distance from recurrent
nervure to intercubitus rather more than equal to length of inter-
cubitus ; lower section of basal nervure practically straight : distance
from lower end of basal nervure to nervulus rather more than equal
to length of lower section of basal nervure : no second discoidal.

(2.) Turnerella , as represented by T. globuliceps (Ckll.), T. nothula (Ckll.),
and T. atomaria (Ckll.), until now placed in Euryglossella. Marginal
cell long and pointed, poststigmatal part much longer than
substigmatal ; upper end of second intercubitus present ; distance
from recurrent nervure to intercubitus about equal to half length
of the latter ; lower section of basal nervure strongly arched ;
distance from basal nervure to nervulus equal to about half length
of lower section of basal nervure (drawn too long in Meade- Waldo’s
figure of T . gilberti Ckll.) ; second discoidal cell complete.

Turnerella atomaria (Cockerell).

Brisbane, Feb. 15, 1916: Sept. 19, 1916 (H. Hacker). In my original description,
I failed to note that the mandibles have a large tooth beneath, near the base. The
lateral face- marks may fall conspicuously short of the elypeus, or may practically
reach it. The triangular yellow mark on the cheeks behind the mandibles is
characteristic, but it may be small. The under side of abdomen is pale yellow.

Turnerella atomaria var. fusciventris n. var.

Female. Length hardly 3 mm. ; head and thorax shining black ; abdomen
very dark, slightly purplish, the extreme apex dull red, the ventral surface dark brown :
the following parts are reddish yellow : elypeus (the lower part dusky, and with
very long outstanding pale hairs), !ow r er part of supraclypeal area, and lateral face-
w

320

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

marks (consisting of narrow bands along orbits, not meeting clypeal yellow, and
ending about halfway up orbits) ; mandibles yellow, toothed beneath near base ;
a small triangular yellow spot on cheeks, behind mandibles ; front highly polished,
convex ; antennae dark, scape black, flagellum very stout and short ; tubercles
entirely black ; tegulae reddish : legs reddish orange (apparently reddened by
cyanide), hind tarsi dusky ; wings clear, stigma with dusky margin ; marginal
cell long ; rudiment of second intercubitus present ; second discoidal complete ;
lower section of basal nervure strongly arched ; basal nervure to nervulus about
equal to half lov er section of basal nervure ; recurrent nervure to intercubitus less
than length of intercubitus.

Brisbane, Oct. 3, 1916 (H. Hacker). Known by the dark abdominal venter
and reduced yellow of supraclypeal area. I do not know whether it is a variation
or a distinct species, but the first supposition seems more probable.

Turner ella macrostoma n. sp.

hem ale. Length about 3*5 mm. ; head and thorax shining black ; abdomen
broad, dark purple, the ventral surface light yellow ; head very large and broad,
quadrate ; clypeus, triangular supraclypeal area, band-like lateral marks along
inner orbits going narrowly to top of eyes, and very large patch on lowermost part
of cheeks, all yellow ; cheeks broad and rounded, shining ; mandibles pale yellowish ;
antennae pale rufo-tcstaceous beneath ; funicle short and broad, subglobose ;
flagellum stout and short ; prothorax very small, black, but tubercles margined
with yellow ; a very minute yellow spot below wings ; vertex, mesothorax. and
scutellum microscopically reticulate, with extremely minute very sparse punctures ;
metathorax short ; tegulae rufo-testaceous ; wings hyaline, stigma rather light
brown ; lower section of basal nervure strongly arched ; basal nervure to nervulus
about equal to half lower section of basal nervure ; no part of second intercubitus
developed, but cubital nervure prolonged some distance beyond first intercubitus ;
recurrent nervure to intercubitus about or nearly equal to length of intercubitus ;
second discoidal cell complete ; anterior femora stout, dark brown, their tibiae and
tarsi pellucid honey colour ; middle legs with base yellow, including femora, but
apex of femora and all beyond, brown : hind legs yellow as far as middle of femora,
and beyond that brown ; claws simple ; pulvilli very large ; abdomen not pale at
apex.

Brisbane, Queensland, Oct. 3, 1916 (H. Hacker). Allied to T. atomaria , but
easily separated by the very large head, very broad in region of mouth, the yellow
face-markings, and the higher clypeus, with proportionately smaller supraclypeal
light area. There is a strong general resemblance to Euryglossina hypochroma Ckll.
and E. semipurpurea Ckll.

Turnerella semiflava n. sp.

Female. Length about 3 mm. ; head and thorax above shining black, but the
following parts are yellow : clypeus, supraclypeal area, lateral face-marks (broad
below, and continued as narrow bands along orbits, enclosing short black facial foveae,
and ending at top of eye as an obtuse or angular projection anterior to and away
from eye), mandibles, cheeks, sides of thorax (except a rather large black spot on
lower part posteriorly), as well as legs and under side of abdomen ; above, the
abdomen is dark, slightly purplish, but more or less distinctly yellow along the sides ;
the extreme apex is light red. but this may be very distinct or retracted and hardly
visible. Scape dark ; flagellum very short and stout, bristly, somewhat yellowish
beneath ; claws simple ; tegulae hyaline with a yellow spot ; wings clear, stigma

BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.— COCKERELL. 321

brown ; rudiment of second intercubitus present ; recurrent nervure to intercubitus
less than half length of latter : basal nervure to nervulus less than half length of
the arched lower section of basal nervure ; second discoidal cell complete.

Brisbane. Queensland, Sept. 10, 1915 (H. Hacker). Readily known by the
yellow cheeks and sides of thorax. Three were collected.

Turnerella subnothula n. sp.

Remale. A black species like T . globulicejjs , for which I had taken it, but
distinct by the following characters : front not highly polished, the surface densely
minutely reticulate all over, as is also the surface of mesothorax ; anterior tibiae
and tarsi red, the tibiae dark brown behind ; abdomen larger, with a distinct rosy
or coppery tint, the apical part with scattered long white hairs. The venations!
characters are: upper half of second intercubitus present; second discoidal cell
complete ; first recurrent nervure to first intercubitus less, but not much less, than
length of intercubitus ; lower section of basal nervure strongly arched ; basal
nervure to nervulus less than half length of lower section of basal nervure. It is
also very like T. nothula . differing thus : mandibles only dusky reddish, with dark
base ; face wholly black, without the narrow yellow bands along orbits, which are
present in T. nothula ; long linear facial fovese close to anterior orbits, and a row^
of punctures on the shining space between fovea and orbit (T. nothula has
extremely short fovese.)

Oxley, Brisbane, Sept. 24, 1914 ( H . Hacker).

ZALYGUS new genus.

Minute bees related to Euryglossella , but with bidentate clypeus, two discoidal
cells, and simple claws. One cubital cell : two discoidals, the first with its upper
side occupying only about half low^er face of cubital ; lower section of basal nervure
very little curved ; basal nervure very remote from nervulus.

Zalygus comutus n. sp.

Remale. Estimated length 3 mm., but abdomen missing (it is presumably
black and without salient characters) ; head nearly as large as thorax, quadrate,
shining black, with very delicate linear sculpture, forming a very fine reticulation,
and with very minute remote punctures ; cheeks very broad, convex ; ocelli in a broad
triangle, the lateral ocelli somewhat more distant from each other than from eye ;
inner orbits gently concave ; antenna; placed low clown, close together : scape long,
it and the large funicle dull testaceous; flagellum short and thick, finely and quite
densely hairy, very dark brown ; clypeus very broad, very pale yellowish testaceous,
with scattered very long erect colourless hairs, the anterior margin straight in middle,
but at each side prolonged into a very large outwardly directed tooth ; mandibles
stout at base, tapering to apex, testaceous, the extreme tip black, the apex briefly
and obtusely bidentate (seen from one direction appearing quite simple) ; thorax
shining black, microscopically reticulate, with very widely scattered minute punctures,
and almost hairless ; scutelhun large, convex : teguke yellowish hyaline ; wings
hyaline, stigma dilute sepia, nervures nearly colourless ; stigma very large ; marginal
cell broad (deep) but short, acutely pointed on costa, its face on costa about as long
as that on stigma ; one cubital cell, which is very large ; upper section of basal
nervure not far from vertical, lower oblique and very little curved, and not much
longer ; lower end of basal nervure more distant from nervulus than the equivalent
of the whole lower section ; two discoidal cells, the first elongate-quadrate, its face
on first cubital approximately equivalent to half lower side of latter ; second
discoidal greatly broadened below, both ends acute ; outer border of wings with

322

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

a line delicate short fringe ; legs with mainly dark coxse, testaceous trochanters, black
femora, .testaceous knees, dark-brown tibiae which are pale testaceous at apex, and
pale testaceous tarsi ; claws simple. The labial palpi have the terminal joint slender
and very long. Although the insect is so bare of pubescence it is possible to find
plumose hairs, as in all bees.

Brisbane, Queensland, Sept. 26, 1916 ( H . Hacker).

This might be considered a subgenus of Euryglossella, but it seems better
to regard it as a separate genus.

He ter apis hackeriella n. sp.

Female. Length about 4 mm. Shining black ; head rather small, rounded,
about as broad as long ; clypeus, supraclypeal region, labrum, and mandibles dull
r uf o -testaceous ; sides of face black, with no pale line along orbits ; antennse rufescent
beneath ; tubercles pale lemon yellow ; a yellow stripe along upper border of
prothorax, not nearly reaching tubercles ; basal area of metathorax extremely large,
longer than scutellum with postseutellum, and dull, contrasting with the shining parts
anterior to it ; teguke black ; wings clear, with very dark stigma ; legs black,
anterior tibiae pale red in front, hind tibiae broadly cream -colour at base ; abdomen
fusiform, broadest at third segment.

Brisbane (H. Hacker) ; taken (including type) Nov. 7, 1917 ; also Feb. 15,
Sept. 19, and Oct. 3, 1916. Certain specimens (Aug. 10, 1913, and Sept. 12, 1916)
have pale lines along anterior orbits ; and one (Sept. 17, 1914) has a black clypeus.
So far as I can see at present these represent variations. The species is nearest
to H. delicata Ckll., but distinguished by the round head and the character of the
markings. It has the peculiar hairs on anterior tarsi.

MICKODONTUBA new genus.

Small bees related to Euryglossma, and perhaps only subgenerically distinct,
but last abdominal sternite produced into a spine (compare Osiris) ; wings with
two cubital and two discoidal cells, the third discoidal absent.

Microdontura mellea n. sp.

Female. Length about 3*5 mm. ; head, thorax, and the long parallel-sided
abdomen dorsally light reddish brown, approaching honey colour, but more dusky ;
metathorax practically black, contrasting with the paler scutellum and postseutellum ;
ventral side of body throughout paler, the colour much lighter and clearer; face and
very narrow line along anterior orbits pale yellow : labrum and mandibles testaceous,
the latter black apically ; eyes pale green ; cheeks broad and convex, very pale,
contrasting with the dark occiput ; head broad, thick, quadrate ; scape pale reddish,
rather long and slender ; funicle long-oval ; flagellum short and stout, pale reddish,
dusky above ; mesothorax bare, microscopically transversely lineolate ; area of
metathorax shorter than scutellum and postseutellum together ; tegulse pale
rufo-testaceous ; abdomen bare, excessively minutely transversely lineolate ; last
ventral segment produced into a slender spine, which is bristly beneath.

Wings hyaline ; stigma hyaline, with faintly dusky margin, the costal side
not bristly ; marginal cell long, pointed ; two cubital cells, but only two discoidals ;
second cubital subquadrate, but. narrowed above ; recurrent nervure to first inter -
cubitus a distance about equal to length of intercubitus ; lower section of basal
nervure strongly arched ; basal nervure to nervulus equal to less than half lower
section of basal nervure.

Brisbane, March, 7, 1918 ( H . Hacker).

BEES IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM .—COCKERELL.

323

Halictus musicus Cockerell.
Tooloom, Jan. 26 (Hacker).

Halictus repertulus Cockerell.
Brisbane, Nov. 19, 1913, and Sept. 25, 1919 (Hacker).

Halictus mesembryanthemi Cockerell.

Brisbane, Nov. 20, 1917 (Hacker). T am surprised to see it from so far north.

Halictus semipolitus Cockerell.

Tambourine Mountain, at flowers of Helichrysum bracteatum, Oct. 27, 1912
(Hacker) ; Bribie I., Jan. 1917 (Hacker) ; Brisbane, Sept. 20, 1916 (Hacker).

Halictus lanarius Smith.

Adaminaby, N.S.W., Oct. 19, 1918.

Halictus griseovittatus Cockerell.

Brisbane, Oct. 24, 1916 (Hacker) ; Sunnybank, at Leptospermum.

Halictus helichrysi Cockerell.

Tambourine Mountain, Dec. 28, 1911 (Hacker).

Halictus orbatus Smith.

Brisbane, Sept. 9, 1912 (Hacker) ; Stanthorpe, Sept. 19, 1922. at fruit
blossoms ; Tooloom, N.S.W., Jan. 1926 (Hacker). The Tooloom specimens have
more distinct abdominal bands, and one of the Stanthorpe ones has the mesothorax
rougher, but I believe that ail (9) belong to the same species. However, Australian
collectors should obtain the males, and see if possibly 11 . orbatus , as now understood,
is composite.

Parasphecodes atronitens Cockerell.

Nanango District, Queensland, Nov. 1927 (Hacker).

324

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TINGITID/E

(HEMIPTERA).

By Henry Hacker, F.E.S.

(Plates XXXII-XXXV, and Text-figure 1.)

The following paper adds fifteen species to the Australian Tingitid fauna,
thirteen of which were collected in Queensland. Several genera, such as the
Neotropica Tigava and the Oriental Urentius, are here recorded from Australia,
and two new genera are proposed. With two exceptions, all the types have been
deposited in the Queensland Museum.

Subfamily CANTACADERIN/E.

Cantacader nocturnis n. sp.

(Plate XXXII, figure I.)

Head elongate, narrowed in front, armed above with four slightly curved
porrect spines ; antenniferous tubercles produced into a spine on each side ; bucculse
prominent, converging and touching beyond head ; the rostrum reaches to the
second abdominal segment ; antennae slender, segment I stouter and half as long
again as the second : III long and filiform : IV fusiform, pilose, as long as I and II
conjoined. Pronotum with five longitudinal carinae, the central one straight, the
others convexlv curved on the disc ; the outer pair extend about halfway to the
anterior border, and are anteriorly slightly inclined towards the others ; sides dilated,
reticulated, with four rows of small areoke at the widest part ; anterior angles
rectangular ; posterior angles rounded ; posterior border subangularly produced
in the middle. Elytra somewhat narrowly ovate, closely reticulated ; costal membrane
uniseriate throughout ; costal area triseriate anteriorly, narrower and biseriate in
the middle, wider and quadri seriate posteriorly ; the discoidal area is divided by a
strongly raised longitudinal vein without lateral branches ; the wings are much
longer than the abdomen.

General colour pale brownish grey. Head and disc of pronotum brown,
opaque ; elytral membrane subhyaline, the reticulations varying from light to dark
brown : a narrow blackish line on the inner margin of elavus, continuing on the
inner margin of discoidal area as far as the intersection of the longitudinal vein : a
pale spot at the apex of the elavus ; dark reticulations on the costal membrane and
area about the middle ; abdomen beneath pale ocliraceous with a brown longi-
tudinal stripe along the spiracles at each side. Legs and antennae pale flavous. Eyes
reddish black. Length 4 mm. ; breadth 1*375 mm.

Holotype . — Brisbane, Queensland (H. Hacker), February. Taken at light.
He. 3360.

Paratypes. — Same data, and Brisbane (L. Franzen). At light.

The above species of Cantacader is more typical of the genus than any
previously described from Australia. It belongs to Distant’s section A. Short
lateral pronotal carinse well separated from adjoining carinse. Its shape resembles
that of C. quinquecostatus Fieb as figured in Fauna British India II, p. 124 1904, but
the costal area is narrower, with fewer rows of areoke.

NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TIN GIT IDLE ( HEMIPTERA ).

325

Subfamily TINGITINiE.

Tigava unicarinata n. sp.

(Plate XXXII, figure 2.)

Elongate and slender. Head smooth, nearly as long as wide, armed with
five spines . two basally at sides depressed, parallel, nearly reaching to the base
of antenna? : between these anteriorly are three shorter semi-erect, spines in a triangle,
the anterior pair slightly divergent ; antennal segment I four times longer than the
second. Ill very long and slender, four and a-half times longer than the first ; 1\
about as long as the first, fusiform and clothed with short hairs ; rostral sulcus
circular behind ; the rostrum reaches halfway between the anterior and intermediate
coxa 1 . Pronotum coarsely but shallowly punctate, reticulate on the posterior angle
which is long and acutely pointed ; anterior margin truncate : lateral margins
anteriorly narrowly carinate : median carina percurrenl ; lateral ca rinse absent ;
disc moderately convex. Elytra long, constricted slightly beyond the middle,
widening and rounded posteriorly : the areola? are small and rounded, slightly larger
on the sutural area apically ; costal membrane very narrow, carina-like ; costal area
b iseriate, triseriate at apex of discoidal area ; discoidal area with about seven
irregular rows of small areolae ; wings much longer than the abdomen.

General colour pale yellowish brown with darker brown markings. Head
testaceous brown, the three anterior spines concolorous ; the basal pair, pronotal
carina, lateral pronotal margins, a longtiudinal stripe on disc at each side of the
median carina, the posterior angle apically and the buccuke, whitish ; the inner
anterior discoidal border, a narrow interrupted fascia at apex of discoidal area, and
a large triangular suffusion on the sutural area reaching to the outer border apically,
reddish brown ; antennal segment I, orange ; segment IV, black ; segments II
and III, and the legs, testaceous ; eyes ruby. Length 4*125 mm. ; breadth -S75 mm.

Holotype . — Gold Creek, Q., May (H. Hacker). lie. 3361.

Urentius sarinse n. sp.

(Plate XXXII. figure 3.)

Head small, armed with five slender spines, two basally at sides, one submedial,
and two in front ; antennae rather short, thinly setose and widely separated at
the base ; segments I and II about the same length, short and stout, moniliform ;
III cylindrical, twice as long as the fourth ; IV longer than the first and second
conjoined, swollen towards the apex. Pronotum broad, reticulated ; triearinate on
the posterior angle ; disc moderately convex, with strong irregular carinations
enclosing three lateral foveate areas ; the inner boundaries to these areas form fairly
straight carina?, subparallel to the median carina : all the carinae, also the lateral
margins of pronotum and elytra, are armed with long slender spines ; hood small,
sharply carinate above and projecting over the base of head. Elytra sinuatelv curved
outwards from the base to their greatest width ; sides nearly straight and narrowed
posteriorly ; the discoidal area is obliquely divided by a branch from the outer
margin ; costal area biareolate, the areola? small, about the same size as those in the
discoidal area ; costal membrane mostly biareolate, but uniareolate towards the
apex, the areolae rather large.

General colour pale ochraceous brown; a few spines and nervelets crossing
the discoidal area at the middle, a few at the aj3ex, and the base of the posterior
angle narrowly, fuscous ; head, body beneath and the tarsal claws, black ; the

326

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

femora, basal and apical antennal segments, brownish testaceous ; third segment
and the tibiae, testaceous. Length 2 mm. ; breadth -875 mm.

Holotype. — Sarina, North Queensland (J. H. Smith). He. 3362.

Paratype . — Same data, in Department of Agriculture.

There are five head spines on this species, but the basal pair are not easily
seen unless the head is examined with a compound microscope. Distant mentions
three head spines in his generic description. It is similar in appearance to U. echinus
Dist., but differs in the shape of the pronotal foveate areas, and in possessing uniseriate
areolae on the costal membrane towards the apex of the elytra.

ESOCAMP Y LI A n. gen.

Body elongate-ovate, with strongly impressed punctiform areolae, the areoles
mostly circular.

Head rather large with five depressed forwardly directed spines, the basal
pair extend to the base of antennae, the anterior pair converge and touch between
the antennae, extending to the second segment ; antennae short and moderately
stout ; segment I cylindrical, slightly stouter and half as long again as the second ;
111 filiform, three times as long as the fourth : IV clavate : bucculae closed in front,
rather wide, cellular, projecting slightly beyond the head, viewed from the side,
anteriorly sharply rounded : eyes not prominent. Pronotum slightly convex on disc
and strongly depressed behind ; tricarinate, the lateral carinae are weakly developed
on the disc, stronger anteriorly and apieally bent outwards ; sides nearly straight,
narrowly carinate anteriorly : collum cellular and slightly raised dorsally ; vesicle
obsolete, represented by a backward extension of the collum ; metasternal orifices
not present ; the rostrum reaches half-way between the anterior and intermediate
coxae. Elytra a little longer than the abdomen, sides smoothly rounded and
narrowed posteriorly : convex, with moderately large punctiform areolae ; the
carina bounding the inner side of discoidal area is well developed and extends to the
apex of the elytra, the lateral carinse are absent ; the sides are convexly curved ,
the inner areolae on the discoidal area are larger than the outer ones, and in some
specimens the outer boundary is just discernible as a smooth line. Legs moderately
long and stout.

Type. — E. incarinata n. sp.

This genus appears to be allied to Hesperotingis Parshley and Alveotingis 0. & D.
It differs from the former in the absence of lateral carinae to the elytra, and from the
latter genus in the structure of the antennae, and the deflexed costal margin w 7 hich
is not visible from above.

Esocampylia incarinata n. sp.

(Plate XXXII, figure 4.)

General colour yellowish brown.

Head including eyes, two basal antennal segments, a transverse fascia at base
of collum, and the coxae, ferruginous ; tarsi, claw r s, and antennal segment IV., black ;
antennal segment III and legs, pale testaceous brown ; head spines and carinae whitish
testaceous : pronotal disc and the abdomen beneath, reddish brown. Structural
characters as in generic description. Length 2-25 mm. ; breadth -75 mm.

327

NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TIN GIT IDLE ( EEM1PT ERA ) .

Holotype . — Blackbutt Range, Q., November (H. Hacker). He. 3363.
P aratypes. — Sydney, N. S. Wales (A. M. Lea).

Physatoehila biseriata n. sp.

(Plate XXXITT, figure 5.)

Head armed with two short adpressed spines basally at sides, a median
(generally darker) spine, and two in front, close together, the three latter shorter
and semi -erect ; antennae m oderately long, subcontiguous at the base, segment TT
slightly shorter than the first, both short ; 111 long and filiform ; IV clavate, slightly
pubescent, about as long as the first and second conjoined ; bucculae rather
prominent, finely reticulate, closed anteriorly, from side view rectangular in front :
the rostrum reaches to the posterior coxa). Pronotum tricarinate, the anterior
margin slightly sinuate, about the same width as the head across eyes ; vesicle low,
areolate, keeled dorsallv, from side view slightly eonvexly curved ; paranota biseriate
areolate, adpressed to sides ; disc moderately convex, finely and closely punctate ;
posterior angle with somewhat circular areolae. Elytra ovate, broadest at the middle,
smoothly rounded posteriorly ; costal membrane biseriate, the outer row somewhat
larger than the inner ; triseriate in some specimens opposite the apex of discoidal
area ; costal area biseriate, discoidal area rather large with six rows of areolae. the
outer boundary sinuate ; the areolae in all the areas are rather small and circular.

General colour dull brown. Pronotum. sutural area, and an obscure transverse
elytral fascia, fuscous ; head including eyes, antennal segment IV, and a nitid spot
on each side at base of collum, black ; pronotal and elytral carinse, sordid whitish
mottled with brown ; legs and antennae testaceous brown, segments I and II slightly
darker than ill ; underside dark brownish black. Length 3125 mm. : breadth
1-3 mm.

Holotype. — Brookfield , Q., August (H. Hacker). He. 3364 .

P aratypes. — Same data, and October (H. Hacker).

Physatoehila uniseriata n. sp.

(Plate XXXIII, figure 7.)

Head spines similar to those of P. biseriata ; the antennal segments are also
similar ; the rostrum reaches to the intermediate coxae. Pronotum narrowed and
truncate anteriorly, the vesicle obsolete, but collum reticulate and slightly raised,
from side view decli vous towards the anterior margin ; disc finely punctate ; posterior
angle reticulated ; lateral angles rounded, less prominent than in the previous species ;
paranota biseriate areolate, adpressed, the areolae moderately large. Elytra with
strong carinse bounding areas ; costal membrane narrow, uniseriate throughout :
costal area biseriate ; discoidal area with 5 fi irregular row r s of small rounded areolae.

General colour pale whitish ochraceous with a suffused fuscous fascia across
the middle of the elytra occupying all the discoidal area except the extremities, but
generally paler centrally ; an obscure fuscous streak on each side of the sutural
area, extending from base ; pronotal carinse pale at each extremity, concolorous on the
disc which is ochraceous brown ; a nitid spot on each side at the base of collum, in
which the lateral carinse terminate, head, antennal segment IV and the mesosternum,
black ; collum, paranota, bucculse, pale ochraceous ; legs, antennae, and the abdomen
beneath brownish ochraceous. Length 3 mm. ; breadth M25 mm.

328

MEMOIRS OF TEE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Holotype and Allotype. — Mount Lofty Ranges, South Australia (N. B. Tindale).
In South Australian Museum.

Paratypes. — Myponga, S.A. (A. H. Elston). Beverley, W.A. (F. H. du Boulay).
Melrose, S.A. ; Port Lincoln, S.A. ; Sydney, N.S.W. (A. M. Lea). He. 3371.

The colouration is brighter, and the costal membrane is narrower, than in
P. biseriata.

Physatochila irregularis n. sp.

(Plate XXXIII, figure 6.)

Head armed with two short adpressed spines basally at sides, a median
(generally dark) tubercle-like spine, and two in front close together, the three latter
semi -erect ; antennae moderately long, suhcontiguous at the base, segment II slightly
shorter than the first, both short : 1 13 long and filiform : IV clavate, slightly

pubescent, about as Jong as the first and second conjoined : buccula? rather
prominent, finely reticulate, closed, from side view rectangular in front : the rostrum
reaches to the intermediate coxae. Prone. turn tricarinate, anteriorly slightly narrower
than the width across eyes ; pronotal vesicle low, areolate, sharply keeled dorsally,
from side view slightly convex ly curved above ; paranota two rows reticulate,
adpressed to sides : disc moderately convex, finely and closely punctate : posterior
angle with small circular areolae. Elytra ovate, broadest at the middle ; costal
membrane mostly biseriate. uniseriate at the middle, with moderate sized areolae,
costal area biseriate ; discoidal area rather large with about seven irregular rows
of small punctiform areolae at the widest part ; wings almost as long as the elytra.

General colour brownish testaceous. Head, base of collum triangularly on
each side, mesosternum and antennal segment IV except the extreme base, black ;
head spines, pronotal vesicle, and the posterior angle, flavous ; disc brownish or
reddish yellow, pronotal carina* concolorous : abdomen beneath and the legs
ochraceous brown. Length 3*25 mm. ; breadth 1*375 mm.

Holotype. — Stanthorpe, Queensland, January (H. Hacker). He. 336-5.

Paratypes. — Same data.

Differing chiefly from the two previous species in the absence of a transverse
elytra! fascia ; also a slightly more developed pronotal vesicle and the costal
membrane biseriate, uniseriate in the middle.

Ting'is (Tingis) drakei n. sp.

(Plato XXXIII, figure 8.)

Ovate, moderately broad, glabrous.

Head armed with five porrect spines, tw r o basally at sides, each as long as
an eye, a shorter medial spine and two in front converging between antennae, reaching
half the length of the first segment : ant coniferous tubercles somewhat prominent,
rounded : antennal segment 1 stouter and half as long again as II : III filiform three
and a-half times the length of fourth : IV pilose and slightly swollen ; the rostrum
reaches to the intermediate coxae. Pronotum with fine dense punctures ; disc
moderately convex, tricarinate, the median carina percurrent, slightly more elevated,
uniseriate areolate ; collum rather long, wider than the head, the anterior margin
Insinuate ; hood small, areolate, viewed laterally almost straight above, projecting
in the middle over the base of head : paranota prominent at anterior angles, ampliate

NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TIN GIT IT) M (HEMIPTERA ),

329

in front, somewhat recurved behind, biseriate areolate, the outer margin almost
straight, rounded posteriorly ; posterior angle rather long, acutely pointed, areolate.
Elytra much longer than the abdomen, convexly curved anteriorly, widest before the
middle, concavely sinuate beyond and rounded posteriorly ; costal membrane wide,
composed of three rows of large somewhat irregular areolae, posteriorly reduced to
one row : costal area declivous, with three rows of small areolse ; discoidal area
widest at the middle with about eight rows of moderately small areolse ; sutural
area with large areola*, over the greater part, becoming smaller towards the base.

General colour pale luteous ; hood, paranota, head spines, and bucculse
creamy white ; antennae except segment IV, legs, and abdomen, testaceous ; antennal
segment IV except basally, metasternum and the tip of rostrum, black ; a spot on
median Carina in the centre of disc, a few transverse lines on costal membrane, a
diffuse spot at apex of sutural area, and a few fine irregular lines on the posterior
angle, discoidal and sutural areas, brown. Eyes ruby. Length 3*375 mm. ; breadth
1-375 mm.

Holotype. — South Pine River, January (H. Hacker). He. 3306.

Paratypes . — Nanango District, March ; Mount Mee, September ; Gold Creek,
November; Mt. Tambourine, January; South Pine River, October (H. Hacker).
Mt. Tambourine (A. M. Lea).

This species is dedicated to Carl J. Drake, who kindly indicated to me the
genus to which it is assigned.

Tingis (Tingis) angulata n. sp.

(Plato XXXIV, figure 9.)

Head armed with five slender spines ; two basally at sides curving downward,
two anteriorly porrect and contiguous, extending between the antennae, and one
medially semi-erect : antennae moderately long, slender, segment I slightly longer
and stouter than II, both cylindrical ; III slender, filiform : IV swollen towards
apex, as long as I and II conjoined ; buccuke rather wide, cellular, apically somewhat
angular and prominent. Pro no turn strongly convex and finely cellular on disc,
tricarinate, the carinre uniseriate, more strongly raised on the disc where they are
biseriate areolate : collum rather deep, cellular ; anterior vesicle very slightly
developed, truncate in front, with a dorsal erect spine on each side of the median
carina ; paranota narrow anteriorly, with a lateral slender spine ; wider and biseriate
behind with two long spines, one anterior and one posterior to the lateral angles ;
posterior angle acute and reticulated. Elytra longer than the abdomen, lateral
margins with several slight angular projections ; costal membrane uniseriate, the
areolse rather large, mostly tetragonal, sometimes a few double cells opposite the
apex of discoidal area ; the areolse on elytral areas are about the same size, but
are larger towards the apex of the sutural area.

General colour whitish ochraceous ; a spot on the carina in the middle of
disc ; a fascia about middle of elytra darker at sides, wider and paler on discoidal
area ; a suffusion on sutural area, and on posterior angle of pronotum, brown ; head,
rostrum, mesosternum . and co xse, testae eous-brown ; eyes, antennal segment IV,
and tarsi, black ; antennal segments I, II, III, legs, and body beneath, flavo-
testaceous ; apex of the buccuke and the wings, dusky. Length 2*25 mm ; breadth
•625 mm.

Holotype. — Upper Brookfield, Q., March (H. Hacker). He. 3367.

330

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

This species closely resembles T. spinicollis Horv. in the structure of the
head and paranotal spines, also in colour. It differs, however, in the angulations on
the lateral margins of the elytra. These vary somewhat in development : in some
specimens they are just discernible, w r hile in others they are very distinct and
spinose.

Tingis (Tingis) insularis n. sp.

(Plate XXXIV, figure 10.)

Very similar in general appearance to T. angulata , but differing in the
following respects : — Costal membrane wider with two rows of areolae ; lateral
margins of elytra and the carinae, minutely denticulated, the denticules bearing
a fine hair ; femora and tibiae furnished with scattered erect hairs ; the three
paranotal spines are all anterior to the lateral angles. Colours similar to T. angulata,
but the transverse fascia and other brown markings are generally paler and less
defined. Length 2*625 mm. ; breadth 1 mm.

Holotype. — Dunk Island. N.Q., August (F. A. Perkins). He. 3368.
RADINACANTHA n. gen.

Elongate-ovate, with long and slender legs and antennae.

Head nearly as long as wide, convex above, with five long slender spines ;
the four outer ones directed upwards and outwards, the central spine is nearly
perpendicular ; bucculae prominent, extending beyond head, rounded and closed
in front, reticulated ; antennae long and slender, segments 1 and II moderately stout,
cylindrical, the second a little shorter than the first ; III very long, filiform ; IV
longer than the first and second conjoined, slightly swollen towards apex, and clothed
with a few fine hairs ; rostrum short, reaching barely halfway between the first and
second pair of coxa?. Pronotum with one central carina, which is percurrent ; disc
strongly convex, coarsely punctured, nitid ; hood absent; collum deep, slightly
raised anteriorly ; paranoia narrow anteriorly, obsolete posteriorly ; posterior
angle depressed and reticulated ; rostral sulcus open behind ; odoriferous orifice
present. Elytra narrow, much longer than the abdomen, sides slightly sinuate ;
costal membrane uniseriate, areola? tetragonal, large ; costal area uniseriate, areolae
also tetragonal, increasing in size posteriorly ; the discoidal area extends half the
length of the elytra, and is widest before the middle, with five-six rows of small sub-
circular areolae-* Legs very long and slender, femora slender basally, slightly swollen
towards the apex.

Type. — R. reticulata n. sp.

This genus is chiefly distinguished by its outwardly directed head spines,
single pronotal carina, uniseriate costal membrane, and costal area.

Eadinacantha reticulata n. sp.

(Plate XXXIV, figure 11.)

Head sparsely punctured, nitid, armed with five long slender spines, the
four outer ones extending outwardly beyond the sides of the head. Pronotum with
distinct uniseriate paranota, which are convexly curved from the base of the collum
and disappear at about the middle of the lateral margins ; the pronotal carina is
also uniseriate, areolate.

NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TIN GIT ID /E {REMITTEE A).

331

Head including eyes, antennal segment IV, tarsi, mesosternum, and abdomen,
black ; pronotal disc, castaneous, with a darker, nitid, transverse fascia anteriorly ;
antennae excepting segment IV, head spines, pronotal carina, legs, reticulations
on the elytra, and posterior angle of pronotum, flavous ; elytral membrane hyaline,
iridescent ; paranota, anterior margin of collum, and the rostral sulcus, white ;
bucculse brownish. Length 3 mm. ; breadth 1 mm.

Holotype . — Samsonvale, Q., April (H. Hacker). He, 3369,

Paratypes . — Same data, and August, September ; Bribie Island, January
(H. Hacker).

Radinacantha tasmanica n. sp.

(Plate XXXIV, figure 12.)

Head somewhat globular above, armed with five spines which do not extend
outw r ards beyond the sides of head ; the pronotal carina is less elevated than in
R. reticulata , and the paranota are obsolete, represented by a short linear carina
anteriorly ; the tibiae are apically blackish, and the head spines are basally black ;
in other characters and in size, this species is similar to the preceding one.

Holotype. — Strahan, Tasmania (Lea and Carter). In South Australian
Museum.

Paratype . — Same data. He. 3370.

Leptobyrsa magnifica n. sp.

(Plate XXXV, figure 13.)

Head smooth, armed with five long slender spines ; two basally at the sides
sub-parallel ; three in front converging between the antennae and projecting slightly
beyond the first segment ; antennae moderately long, clothed with rather long fine
hairs ; segment I cylindrical, twice as long as the second ; III slightly more than
twice the length of the fourth ; IV slender, longer than the first and second segments
conjoined ; the rostrum extends to the posterior coxae. Pronotmn finely punctured,
tricarinate, the median carina is arcuately elevated, with a row of very large
transverse areolae ; vesicle high, longer than wide, with large reticulations ; from
side view the anterior margin is straight, inclining obliquely over the head ; the
top of the vesicle is strongly arcuate ; posterior angle short, broadly rounded behind,
leaving a triangular area exposed between the elytra ; paranota very broad and
furnished with a row of small marginal spines ; the anterior margin is sinuate and
roundly produced beyond the head : the sides are convexly curved and extend to
behind the lateral angles : they contain five irregular rows of areolae w hich increase
in size towards the outer margin. Elytra very broad and furnished with a row of
small marginal spines ; the areolae are large, convex, and iridescent ; tumid
elevation well developed ; the discoidal area is wide, convex on the outer side and
centrally depressed towards the inner side ; the costal area is strongly sinuate.

General colour pale fiavous ; head and pronotum, testaceous brown, the
punctures slightly darker ; a spot in the centre of discoidal areas and at the base
of sutural area ; a suffusion on the elytra posteriorly, following the costal area,
becoming wider apically, fuscous ; the reticulations over these spots are blackish ;
eyes and abdomen, black ; legs, head spines, and the antennae, pale flavous, excepting
the apical third of segment IV, which is fuscous. Length 4 mm. ; breadth 3 mm.

332

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Holotype. — Mt. Tambourine, Q., January (H. Hacker). He. 3372.

Paratypes. — Mt. Tambourine, November, January ; Brookfield, November,
March ; Nanango District, November (H. Hacker).

Leptobyrsa major n. sp.

(Plate XXXV, figure 14.)

Similar in shape to L. magnified , but larger and without any fuscous markings.

Head spines and antennae as in L. magnified ; the rostrum reaches to the
intermediate coxae. Pronotum very finely punctured and thinly pilose ; the median
carina is foliaceous, with large oblong areolae ; paranota very large, broadly rounded
anteriorly, with seven rows of areolae, which are small near the base, increasing in
size towards the margin. Elytra more widely rounded at the sides and posteriorly,
than in L. magnified ; the areolae are also more numerous and slightly smaller ;
discoidal area very wide, swollen towards the outer margin, with a small transverse
depression at about the middle ; costal membrane with a few transverse rows of
reticulations slightly stouter than the others, forming horizontal lines ; the
membrane between the reticulations is convex, hyaline, and iridescent.

General colour pale ochraceous; eyes, antennal segment IV except basally,
claws, and inesosternum, black ; abdomen beneath brown, becoming paler apically ;
pronotum tawny; reticulations on pronotum and elytra whitish ochraceous, with
some slightly darker on vesicle, margins of paranota and centre of the discoidal
area ; legs and antennae, flavous. Length 5 mm. ; breadth 3-875 mm.

Holotype. — Blackbutt, Queensland, November (H. Hacker). Unique. He.

3373.

Furcilliger tricolor n. sp.

(Text-figure 1.)

Head armed with five spines, the basal pair longest, appressed to head and
curving inwardly ; the central spine semi-erect, and the anterior pair porrect, in
close contact, between the antennae ; bucculae closed and from side view, angular
in front ; the rostrum reaches to the intermediate coxae ; antennal segment I short
and cylindrical ; II slightly shorter than the first ; III long and filiform, three times
longer than the fourth. Pronotum in front about the same width as head, the
anterior margin slightly sinuate and touching the base of eyes : pronotal vesicle
small and coarsely reticulated, nearly vertical in front and horizontal above,
transversely ridged anteriorly, with a small tubercle at each end ; paranota very
large, rugose, covering most of the disc, composed of large deeply impressed areolae,
the reticulations coarse and uneven; they are elevated and longitudinally ridged
on each side of the disc, appearing, when viewed from the front, as two pyramidal
elevations, higher than the median carina which is uniseriate, and lies between
them ; the lateral carina*. are uniseriate, widely separated on the posterior angle,
converging tow ards the disc where they are apposed to the margins of the paranota ;
posterior angle reticulate and acutely pointed. Elytra broad, flat, and extending
beyond the abdomen : moderately ampliated from base to middle, then slightly
narrowed, apex widely rounded ; the areas are sharply defined ; costal membrane
biseriate, areolae large, the outer row slightly larger than the inner ; costal area
declivous, biseriate, not widened or angulate at the apex of discoidal area, areolae
small.

NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN TIN GIT IDLE ( HEMIPTERA ).

333

Text -figure 1.

Photo,, H. Hacker,

Colours white, testaceous, and brown. Lateral carinse posteriorly, some
reticulations on pronotum anteriorly, costal membrane and carinse at the base of
elytra and at the apex of discoida! area, white or pale testaceous ; a transverse
median fascia on the elytra, narrow at sides, widening towards the middle including
most of the discoidal area, and a spot on each side near apex of elytra, fuscous :
sutural area fulvous, darker basally ; antennal segments I and IV, and the head
spines, testaceous-brown : segments II and III, and the legs, testaceous ; head,
mesosternum, and the abdomen beneath, dark ferruginous. Length 2*625 mm. ;
breadth 1*125 mm.

Holotype. — Mount Glorious. Queensland, March (H. Hacker). He. 3374,

Paratypes. — Upper Brookfield. March ; Mount Tambourine, January (H.
Hacker).

The above species agrees fairly well with the generic characters ; the forked
teeth on vesicle are here represented by minute spine-like tubercles, and the minute
teeth on elytra, mentioned by Horvath, are absent. These may prove later to have
only specific value. F. tricolor also differs from F. aspendus Horv., in possessing
more prominent pronotal angles, and pale- brown apical antennal segment.

Sinalda tinclalei (Hacker).

Phatnoma tindalei Hacker, Mem. Queensl. Mus. ix, pt. ii, p. 177, 1928.

In the description of this species, I noted its resemblance to P. oethiops Hist,
and P. testacea Dist. In a paper by Distant* which I have recently obtained, he has
placed these species in a new genus Sinalda. I here transfer my species also, as it agrees

* Trans. South Afr. Phil. Soc. xiv, p. 426, 1903-4.

334

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

with the characters given by Distant, i.e., <e Allied to Phatnoma by the raised
transverse lines to the discoidal and subcostal areas of the elytra, but differing by the
non-diJated lateral areas of the pronotum, which are more or less convex, not spinously
ampliated ; the elytra are also relatively narrower . 55

Calotingis subopaca (Hacker).

Neopachycysta subopaca Hacker, Mem. Queensl. Mus. ix, pt. ii, p. 183, 1928.

Dr. Carl J. Drake drew my attention to this synonymy and kindly forwarded
a copy of his genus Calotingis which I did not possess.

Lasiacantha leai (Hacker).

Myrmecotingis leai Hacker, Mem. Queensl. Mus. ix, pt. ii, p. 182, 1928.

I am also indebted to Dr. Drake for pointing out this synonymy, with which
I concur.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
All the figures are enlarged sixteen diameters.

Plate XXX11.

Fig. 1. — Cantacader nocturnis n. sp.

Fig. 2. — Tiyava unicarinata n. sp.

Fig. 3. — Urentius sarince n. sp.

Fig. 4. — Esocampylia incarinata n.g. et sp.

Plate XXXIII.

Fig. 5. — Physatochila biseriata ii. sp.

Fig. 6. — Physatochila irregularis n. sp.

Fig. 7. — Physatochila uniseriata n. sp.

Fig. 8. — Tingis ( Tingis ) drakei n. sp.

Plate XXXIV.

Fig. 9. — Tingis ( Tingis ) angulata n. sp.

Fig. 10. — Tingis ( Tingis ) insularis n. sp.

Fig. 11. — Radinacantha reticulata n.g. et sp.

Fig. 12. — Radinacantha tasmanica n. sp.

Plate XXXV

Fig. 13. — Leptobyrsa magnifica n. sp.

Fig. 14. — Leptobyrsa major n. sp.

Photos., If. Hacker.

A USTRA LI AN TlNGITIMI.

Face page 334.

: ' r; /:;\

- ■ -%•' \

Photos., II. Hacler.

AUSTRALI AN T I NGITIDjE.

Pace page 334.

\ •

\

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM , Vol. IX, Plate XXXIV.

Photos., 77. Hacker.

Australian Ting itid^e.

Face page 334.

rr

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Yol. IX, Plate XXXV.

Photos.. II. Hacker.

A I'KTRALIA N TlNGlTIDAI.

Face page 334.

ON COLEOPTEEA, MOSTLY FROM QUEENSLAND.

35

On COLEOPTERA, mostly from Queensland.

(Part II .) 1

By Arthur M. Lea, F.E.S.

(Contribution from South Australian Museum).

Mr. Hacker, the Entomologist of the Queensland Museum, has recently
collected in the National Park of Queensland (several other entomologists have
also collected there), and from the mass of material taken it is evident that this
is one of the richest places in Australia for insects. This is very fortunate on account
of the immense clearings of forests that have occurred in the coastal districts of
Queensland and northern New South Wales.

MALACODERMIME.

Metriorrhynchus connexus n. sp.

Black, sides of prothorax and elytra (except for a large discal blotch)
reddish testaceous.

Rostrum absent. Antennae long, extending to about the middle of the elytral
blotch, rather strongly serrated, third joint slightly longer than fourth, the others
very feebly decreasing in length, but eleventh about as long as third. Prothorax
five-areolate, moderately transverse, hind angles acutely triangular. Elytra narrow,
sides almost parallel to near apex ; with irregular single rows of punctures on most
of the surface, becoming double on basal fifth on each side and about the tips.
Abdominal notch deep. Length, 7 0-7*5 mm.

5 . Differs in having the antenna 1 shorter and less strongly serrated, elytra
not quite so parallel-sided and abdomen not notched.

Queensland : National Park in December (H. Hacker). Types, in Queensland
Museum.

An unusually interesting species. The elytral punctures are in irregular single
series for most of their extent, but are in double series in places. Regarding them
asMn single series, the postmedian blotch on the elytra readily distinguishes the
species from all previously described ones ; this blotch also distinguishes from all
the species in which the pronotum is five-areolate. The median areolct of the
prothorax extends almost to the apex, and the latero-apical ones are sharply defined
by their carinse. The black part of the prothorax is complete from base to apex,
with the pale portion on each side wider at the base than apex : on the elytra the
blotch is postmedian and extends to about one-fifth from the apex and to about
one-third (of each elytron) from the sides ; it differs slightly on the tw r o specimens.

Metriorrhynchus filirostris n. sp.

2. Black, pro thorax, elytra, and sides of scutellum reddish testaceous.

Rostrum thin and slightly longer than prothorax. Antennae moderately
long and serrated, third joint rather long, slightly longer than eleventh, and

x

A Part J. in Memoirs Qlcl. Museum, VII, pt. iii, 4th Novr., 1921.

336 MEMOIRS OR THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

distinctly longer than fourth, the others feebly decreasing in length. Prothorax
moderately transverse, sides almost evenly increasing in width to base, hind angles
acute ; regularly seven -areo late. Elytra thin, parallel-sided ; with regular double
rows of punctures, the alternate interstices distinctly elevated. Length, 10 mm.

Queensland : Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). Type (unique), in South
Australian Museum.

The rostrum is decidedly longer and thinner than on M. nigripes, textilis,
uni for mis, ramicornis , and sculp ticollis, being much as on many specimens of

M. rhipidius, and slightly longer than the prothorax.

Metriorrhynchus decipiens n. sp.

Black, sides of prothorax and most of elytra reddish testaceous.

Rostrum moderately long, but, excluding the lips, not quite as long as wide ;
antennae moderately long, strongly serrated or subpectinated, third joint distinctly
longer than fourth and slightly longer than eleventh. Prothorax moderately
transverse, sides dilated and elevated to base, regularly seven- areolate. Elytra
narrow, parallel-sided to near apex ; with regular double rows of transverse or
subquadrate punctures, alternate interstices moderately elevated. Abdomen deeply
notched. Length, 11-12 mm.

$. Differs in having antennae somewhat shorter and less strongly serrated
and abdomen not notched.

Queensland : National Park in December. New South Wales : Tooloom
in January (H. Hacker). Type, in Queensland Museum ; cotype, in South Australian
Museum .

The rostrum is not quite as long as on M. variipennis , and the sides of the
prothorax are more evenly dilated to the base. Less of the elytra are black than
on M. ordinarius, and the rostrum is distinctly shorter. At first glance the species
appears to belong to M. medioniger , but the prothorax has the sides more dilated
to the base and the rostrum is distinctly longer ; that species belongs to a section
of the genus in which the rostrum is very short or absent. The moderately long
rostrum is much as on M . irregularis , but the size is larger and the elytra are partly
black. About the median half of the pro thorax is black, on the elytra the black
part extends across three rows of puncture on each side of the suture at the base,
but is narrowed and terminates at the basal third. The tips of the abdominal
segments are very narrowly pale, but the pale parts could be easily overlooked.
The specimen from Tooloom has the black part of the elytra extending almost
across the entire base, and continued to well beyond the middle, but with the black
part of the ridges terminated before that of the depressed parts.

Metriorrhynchus per tenuis n. sp.

(J. Blackish, sides and apex of prothorax, elytra, base of front and of middle
femora and the coxse flavo-testaceous.

Rostrum moderately long, including the lips slightly longer than wide.
Antennse rather long and strongly serrated, third joint slightly longer than fourth,
the eleventh very little longer than tenth. Prothorax about as long as the basal
width , which is decidedly more than that of apex, sides almost parallel on apical
half, triangularly dilated posteriorly ; regularly seven -areolate. Elytra very narrow ;

ON COLEOPTKR A , MOSTLY FROM QUEENSLAND.

337

with regular double rows of punctures over most of the surface, but on parts of the
inner half with irregular single rows, the alternate interstices moderately elevated
above the others. Abdomen deeply notched. Length, 6-9 mm.

Differs in having the antennae shorter and less strongly serrated, and
abdomen not notched.

Queensland : Cairns district (F. P. Dodd). Type, in South Australian
Museum ; cotype, in Queensland Museum.

An unusually narrow’ species, the prothorax with or without a black or
infuscate patch touching neither the apex nor sides, but (when present) usually
touching the base. There is occasionally a slight infuscation about the scutellum,
the three basal joints of the antennae are sometimes partly pale, especially on the
under surface. The rostrum is distinct but not long.

Metriorrhynchus insignipes n. sp.

Black, prothorax (a mediobasal blotch excepted) and elytra brick-red.

Rostrum about as long as wide, but, excluding the lips, somewhat transverse.
Antennae moderately long, not very strongly serrated, with rather long pubescence
inwardly. Prothorax in middle almost as long as the greatest width, middle angularly
produced, sides parallel to about middle, then dilated and elevated, and then
narrowed to base ; regularly seven-areolate. Elytra parallel-sided to near apex ;
with regular double rows of punctures, the alternate interstices moderately elevated .
Abdomen deeply notched. Hind tibiae wide, each with a wide notched flange,
commencing about the middle and extending almost to level with the apex. Length,
9-10 mm.

9 . Differs in having the antennae somewhat shorter and less serrated, their
clothing short, abdomen not notched, and hind tibiae simple.

New South Wales: Howell (J. F. Stephen). Type, in Lea collection.

The projection on the hind tibia is a compound one and nearer the apex than
base ; it is somewhat similar (although not exactly the same) to that on M. tibialis,
but the species is a larger one, and the elytra are entirely reddish. The blotch on
the pronotum is confined to the mediobasal areolet and to not quite half of each
of the laterobasal ones.

Metriorrhynchus hacker i n. sp.

Black, sides of prothorax and elytra brick-red.

Rostrum short, moderately transverse if lips included, strongly transverse
without them'. Antennae rather long, strongly serrated or subpectinated. Prothorax
moderately transverse, front somewhat produced and slightly notched in middle,
sides subparallel to middle, then obliquely dilated and elevated and then almost
parallel to base ; regularly seven-areolate. Elytra with sides feebly dilated from
beyond middle to near apex : with regular double rows of square punctures, the
alternate interstices moderately elevated. Abdomen deeply notched Hind tibiae
with a thin, flat., truncated flange, commencing near the base and diverging at an
angle of about 15 degrees. Length, 10-11 mm.

$. Differs in having antennae shorter and less strongly serrated, abdomen
not notched, and hind tibiae simple.

338

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Queensland : National Park, in December (H. Hacker). Type, in Queensland
Museum ; cotype, in South Australian Museum.

Another species with remarkable hind tibiae in the male. On the preceding
one the flap is considerably wider, notched at its apex and commences nearer the
apex. On M. tibialis the projection is partly free and commences nearer the base
than apex, but is more median and of different shape ; that species is also considerably
smaller, and has the elytra widely tipped with black. On M. dentipes (which differs
considerably in colours also) the projection on the hind tibiae is nearer the apex than
base, and is a dilated part of the lower surface ; on the present species it is a flap,
and is nearer the base than the apex. Of the species with simple hind tibiae in the
male which resemble it in colour. M . lateralis has a long rostrum, M. variipennis
and crypt ole ucus are wider with the rostrum longer, and M . irregularis has a some-
what longer rostrum.

The great superficial resemblances between many species of Metriorrhynchus ,
and allied genera, render it desirable that every specimen should be critically
examined. I know of no other subfamily of beetles in which species may be readily
separated by profound differences of sculpture and which yet so strongly resemble
each other that they could be easily misidentified.

Metriorrhynchus mollicollis n. sp.

cJ. Black, elytra brick-red.

Rostrum absent. Antennae rather long, joints pectinate or subramose.
Froth orax distinctly transverse, sides almost parallel throughout ; regularly seven-
areolate. Elytra narrow, parallel -sided to near apex ; with regular double rows
of punctures, the alternate interstices moderately elevated. Abdomen with a deep
notch. Length, 10-11 mm.

Queensland : National Park, in December (H. Hacker). New South Wales :
Jenolan (J. C. Wiburd). Type, in Queensland Museum ; cotype, in South Australian
Museum.

Strikingly close in appearance to the typical form of M. rafipennis. The
specimen from Jenolan has been known to me for many years, and there is another,
from the Upper Williams River, in the collection of Mr. F. Erasmus Wilson ; I
previously considered they were possibly aberrant specimens of rufipennis , but the
examination of four fresh specimens, taken by Mr. Hacker, renders it certain that
the species is a distinct one. It differs from that species in having the produced
parts of the antennae longer (these by themselves would not be conclusive, and the
Jenolan specimen has them shorter than the others), the rostrum even shorter
(practically absent) but in particular by the prothorax ; this has a velvety appearance,
is distinctly shorter, more parallel-sided, and the hind angles almost rectangular,
the mediofrontal areolets are wider, and the mediobasal one less dilated at its apical
third. The produced parts of the third and tenth joints of the antennae of the
Queensland specimen are slightly shorter than the outer edge of their supporting
joints, but on the fourth to ninth they are longer, the eleventh joint is about twice
the length of the outer edge of the tenth.

Metriorrhynchus longicollis n. sp.

rj. Black, basal two-thirds or three-fourths of elytra brick-red.

Rostrum extremely short (practically absent). Antennae rather long, third-
tenth joints pectinate, produced part of third shorter than its support, of fourth

ON COLEOPTEEA, MOSTLY FROM QUEENSLAND.

339

and tenth about as long, of the intervening ones longer. Prothorax, along middle,
slightly longer than wide, apex triangularly produced, sides slightly notched at
basal third ; seven-areolate, the frontal areolets granulate-punctate. Elytra narrow,
parallel-sided to near apex , with double rows of punctures mostly even, the alternate
interstices elevated. Abdomen deeply notched. Length, 7-10 mm.

$ . Differs in having the antennae strongly serrated only, and abdomen not
notched.

Queensland : National Park, in December (H. Hacker). Type, in Queensland
Museum ; cotype, in South Australian Museum.

Of the three frontal carinse on the pronotum the median one is continuous
to the apex, the others terminate some distance before it, except that the one on
the right, on one specimen only, is continuous. On 31. brisbanensis and toqatus
(which it greatly resembles) the prothorax is more transverse, not conspicuously
produced in the middle, the carinae completely margin the areolets, and the an teniae
of the male are strongly serrated only. 31. batesi is a much larger species, with very
different prothorax. A line drawn across the prothorax, connecting the front of
the sides, would cut off a triangle rather more than one-third the length (along the
middle) of the segment.

Metriorrhynehus pectinicornis n. sp.

(J. Black or blackish and pale brick-red.

Rostrum very short (practically absent). Antennae moderately long, strongly
pectinated. Prothorax moderately transverse, apex widely triangularly produced,
sides slightly notched in middle, hind angles slightly produced outwards, regularly
seven-areolate, except that the submedian costae are not quite continuous to apex.
Elytra narrow ; with regular double rows of punctures, the alternate interstices
moderately elevated. Abdomen deeply notched. Length, S-5-9-5 mm.

Queensland : Meringa, in January (F. H. Taylor). Type, in National Museum ;
cotype, in South Australian Museum.

In general appearance like 31. posticalis, and some specimens of 31. cinctus ,
but all prothoracic areolets well defined, alternate interstices of elytra more
conspicuously elevated, and not quite so much of apex black. The antennae are
very different from those of the males of 31. crassipes , trickorerus , and eucerus ; the
rostrum is much longer on 31. apical is , abdominalis , mdaspis , and dcnlipes.
31. composifus has strongly serrated antenna? in the male (the only sex known), but
not pectinated. On the type the pale parts are the prothorax, scuteUum, basal four-
fifths of elytra, sterna, coxae, and basal third of femora ; on the second specimen
the metastemum is deeply infuscated, but elsewhere the colours are the same. On
the type the produced parts of the third and tenth joints of antennae are slightly
longer than their supports, on the intervening joints they arc much longer, on several
of them almost twice as long ; on the second specimen they are shorter, although
decidedly pectinate.

A specimen from North Australia (Groote Eylandt, N. B. Tindale) is much
as the second specimen from Queensland, but is less brightly coloured, and a greater
portion of each femur is dark.

340

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Metriorrhynchus semiflavus n. sp.

<J. Black, prothorax, scutellum, basal third of elytra, coxae, trochanters,
prosternum, and mesosternum flavous.

Rostrum absent- Antennae strongly serrated or subpectinated. Prothorax
moderately transverse, sides notched in middle and strongly triangularly dilated
to base ; regularly seven- areolate. Elytra narrow, parallel -sided to near apex ; with
regular double rows of punctures, the alternate interstices moderately elevated on
basal half, very feebly elevated posteriorly. Abdomen deeply notched. Length,

8 mm.

Queensland : Kuranda (F. P. Dodd). Type (unique), in South Australian
Museum.

Of the shades of colour of some specimens of M . longicornis , but pale portion
of elytra longer and scutellum pale, the alternate interstices of elytra are also less
strongly elevated, posteriorly being scarcely different from the others. It is
strikingly like M. ampliatus and Trichalus semiatratus ; the former has very different
prothoracic areolets, and the latter differs in generic features.

Metriorrhynchus uniseriatus Lea.

Mr. Hacker has taken, in the National Park of Queensland, some specimens
that are considerably larger than usual (up to 11 mm.)

Metriorrhynchus mimicus Lea.

A specimen from Apollo Bay in the National Museum evidently belongs to
this species, but differs from the type in having the elytral margins red almost to
the base, and the red curved round the suture for a short distance, but the tips
(except for the margins) not reddish.

Metriorrhynchus crassipes Lea.

Six specimens of this species were recently taken on Groote Eylandt : the
female differs from the male in having the antennae distinctly shorter and less
serrated and the abdomen not notched. The pale portion of the abdomen is variable ;
sometimes two segments only are pale, sometimes three, or two and part of a third :
at first glance the pale segments are suggestive of the phosphorescent parts of fireflies
(Luciola spp.).

Trichalus metasternalis n. sp.

cj. Black and flavous.

Rostrum absent. Antennae slightly passing flavous part of elytra ; third
joint suboblong, fourth-tenth moderately serrated, eleventh narrowly elliptic,
slightly longer than tenth. Prothorax distinctly transverse, base (except that the
hind angles are produced outwards) very little wider than apex ; triareolate, the
median areolet narrow and continued to apical fourth. Elytra narrow, parallel-
sided to near apex : subsutural costa trifurcate near base, elsewhere with regular
double rows of punctures, the alternate interstices moderately elevated. Abdominal
notch deep. Length, 6-8 mm.

$. Differs in having the antennae shorter and less serrated, and abdomen
not notched.

ON COLEOPTEBA, MOSTLY FBOM QUEENSLAND. 341

North Australia : Darwin (G. F. Hill). Type, in South Australian Museum :
co type, in Queensland Museum.

The pro thorax is more transverse than on T. placidus, and the antennae are
shorter and more of apex of elytra is dark. The hind angles of prothorax, distinctly
although not strongly produced outwards, distinguish from T . sulcatus ; rather
more of apex of elytra is black, and the metasternum and legs vary somewhat in
colour (as they also do on sulcatus). The flavous parts are the prothorax, scutellum,
basal three-fifths of elytra, prosternum, mesosternum, coxae, and base of femora.
Of four females three have the under parts coloured as on the male, on the other
the metasternum is deeply infuscated.

Two females, from Grooto Eylandt (N. B. Tindale), differ from the others
in having the hind angles of the prothorax more produced outwards ; one of them
has the metasternum flavous, on the other it is deeply infuscated.

Trichalus sulcatus Waterh.

Three specimens, from North Australia (Darwin and Melville Island),
apparently belong to this species, but have the femora entirely pale (except that
their tips are slightly infuscated) and tibiae partly pale. On one of them the under
surface is pale, except that the tip of the abdomen is infuscated. On another the
two basal segments only are infuscated at their tips ; these two specimens also have
the three basal joints of antennae entirely pale and parts of the; following joints.
( hi Queensland specimens of T. sulcatus, however, the under surface and legs vary
in colour. On the third specimen the abdomen is blackish, except that the four
basal segments are pale on each side.

Heteromastix irregularis n. sp.

cj. Flavous : head, fourth to eleventh joints of antennae and most of third,
scutellum, apical fourth of elytra, metasternum, abdomen, and tarsi black or
infuscated.

Head shallowly depressed between, eyes. Third joint of antennae about as
long as first, but much wider, produced on one side of apex, fourth longer and slightly
wider than third and also produced on one side of apex, fifth about as long as fourth
but narrower, dilated on one side of middle, the following joints narrow, cylindrical,
and slightly decreasing in length, but the eleventh slightly longer than tenth.
Prothorax at base about once and one-half as wide as the median length, sides evenly
elevated and rounded ; without distinct punctures. Elytra about as wide as the
widest part of prothorax : with dense and small, rugutose punctures. Abdominal
notch distinct. Front tibiae with a small notch and spine at the inner apex, basal
joint of front tarsi with an inner notch or curve. Length, 4-5-5-0 mm.

5- Differs in having the head smaller and gently convex between eyes ; and
antennae, abdomen, and front legs simple.

Queensland : Brookfield, in October (H. Hacker). Types, in Queensland
Museum.

Only three species were previously known with the third to fifth joints of
antennae distorted in male ; of these H. distortus has elytra entirely dark and tibiae
partly infuscated : the figure of its antennae 2 will give a good general idea of that

2 Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1909, pi. iii, fig. 32.

342

MEMOIBS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

of this species. H. inflatus has antennae entirely dark, third joint of male much
smaller, and fifth differently formed, the elytra also have about half of the apex
dark and legs (except an obscure portion of the front ones) entirely blackish.
H. microcerus has the tenth and eleventh joints of antennae also distorted.

Heteromastix terminalis n. sp.

(J. Flavous, apical fourth of elytra and abdomen infuscated.

Head gently convex and with two small impressions between eyes. Antennae
not very long, third joint slightly longer than fourth, the others to ninth subequal,
tenth dilated to apex, one side of which is slightly notched, eleventh distorted and
about as long as ninth and tenth combined. Prothorax almost twice as wide as
long, sides evenly elevated and somewhat oblique. Elytra parallel-sided ; with
dense and fine rugulose punctures. Abdomen with a deep apical notch. Length,
3 *5-4*0 mm.

Queensland ; Cairns district (E. P. Dodd). Type, in South Australian Museum.

From H. melanocephalus and luridicollis differs in being narrower, less of
elytra dark, head and antennae entirely pale, and tenth -eleventh joints of antennae
different. The eleventh joint is incurved at the middle, with the apical portion
narrower and slightly longer than the basal portion ; although this is not very wide,
its base is closely applied to the tenth, but connected with it only on one side.

Heteromastix apicicornis n. sp.

Black, prothorax (including prosternum), scutellum, and front coxae
flavous, knees obscurely diluted with red.

Head with a shallow, interocular depression. Antennae rather long and
moderately stout, tenth and eleventh joints distorted. Prothorax more than twice
as wide as long, sides evenly elevated and widest close to apex. Elytra parallel-
sided ; with crowded and small rugulose punctures. Abdominal notch distinct.
Length, 6*5 mm.

New South Wales : Dorrigo (W. Heron). Type (unique), in South Australian
Museum.

A rather large species of the genus, with the black legs and antennae of
H. laticollis , but the two apical joints of antennae very different : the tenth joint
is about as long as the ninth, but dilated to apex, curved inwards on the outer side,
outvrards on the inner side ; the eleventh joint is about twice the length of the tenth,
and varies in appearance with every point of view ; its inner side is incurved between
the middle and base, the base appears wide from some directions, very narrow from
others ; it has a spine directed inwards on the inner side and another directed
backwards on the outer side, both being sometimes concealed ; from some directions
the basal half appears to be scooped out on one side.

Heteromastix undecimus n. sp.

c?. Black and flavous.

Head shallowly depressed between eyes. Antennae not very long, third joint
slightly longer than fourth, the others feebly decreasing in width to tenth, which
is feebly notched on one side of apex, eleventh slightly longer than three preceding-
joints combined, subcylindrical to near apex, when it is suddenly narrowed and

ON COLEOPTEEA, MOSTLY FROM QUEENSLAND.

343

becomes subconical. Prothorax about twice as long as wide, sides evenly elevated.
Elytra parallel-sided to near apex ; with crowded and small, rugulose punctures.
Abdomen with a distinct notch. Tibiae simple. Length, 4-5 mm.

Differs in having the head slightly smaller, gently convex, antennae
shorter and thinner, tenth joint not notched at apex, eleventh slightly shorter than
the three preceding combined, with its tip pointed but not suddenly narrowed and
conical, and abdomen not notched.

Queensland : Brookfield, in October (H. Hacker). Types, in Queensland
Museum.

The eleventh joint of antennae of the male is different from that of all the
species in which it is truly simple, but. as it is circular in cross-section throughout,
the species can scarcely be regarded as belonging to the section in which it is distorted
in the male. At first glance the antennae appear to be twelve- join ted, with the apical
joint thinner and about one-fourth the length of the preceding one. The black parts
are the head, antennae (except the two basal joints and part of the third), scutellum,
apical two-fifths of elytra, metasternum, and abdomen ; the apical joints of the
tarsi are also infuscated. The front tibiae are not dilated at the apex as on the male
of H. tibialis , which is somewhat similarly coloured. It is larger than on H. nigri-
ventris , with the head and more of the under surface black.

Heteromastix flaviventris n. sp.

(J. Black, prothorax and abdomen fiavous.

Head with several feeble interocular impressions. Antennae rather stout,
extending to tip of first segment of abdomen, joints feebly serrated, third slightly
stouter and shorter than fourth, the others to tenth subequal in length but becoming
slightly thinner, eleventh subcylindrical, about one-third longer than tenth.
Pro thorax not quite twice as wide as long, sides evenly elevated. Elytra parallel-
sided to near apex ; with dense and small, rugulose punctures. Abdomen with
a deep apical notch. Length, 5-5-6-0 mm.

New South Wales : Muswellbrook, in October (W. W. Eroggatt). Type, in
South Australian Museum.

Readily distinguished from the many species having the upper surface
similarly coloured by the pale abdomen.

Heteromastix decipiens Lea.

Three specimens, recently taken near Sydney, evidently belong to this species.
The female (hitherto unknown) differs from the male in having the two apical joints
of antennae simple and abdomen not notched ; it is scarcely distinguishable from
the female of H . gagaticeps , but the apical joint of antennae of the male is longer
and thinner than on the male of that species, and its base is different.

Heteromastix megalops Lea.

A male from New South Wales (Mount Wilson) appears to represent a variety
of this species. It differs from the type in being larger (4*5 mm.) and of the legs
only the knees are paler, but it has the same large eyes and long antennae as on the
type, and the prothoracic margins are as on H. pusillus.

344

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Heteromastix nigripes Lea.

Four specimens from Victoria (Lower Tarwin) in the National Museum
probably belong to this species, but are slightly larger than Tasmanian specimens,
the antennse are somewhat thicker, and the two basal joints are paler.

Heteromastix simplex Lea.

A specimen of this species from Mapleton, in the Queensland Museum, differs
from the type in having the front and middle femora and tibiae entirely pale.

Heteromastix mcdonaldi Lea.

Two specimens from the Upper Williams River (New South Wales) probably
represent another variety of this species. They differ from the typical form in being
slightly narrower, in having the ninth joint of antennae smaller and more lop-sided,
the eleventh joint decidedly longer and thinner, more of the legs black, and basal
joints of antennae pale.

Telephorus nobilitatus Er.

I previously 3 commented upon a variety of this species represented by two
specimens from South Australia in the Macleay Museum, 'there are now numerous
specimens of the same variety before me, from South Australia (Reevesby Island,
Adelaide, Mindarie, and Karoonda) ; other specimens differ in having the apical patch
of the prothorax divided in the middle by a pale line, and this gradually increases
until there is only a small black spot on each side.

Luciola scutellaris n. sp.

<J. Black, prothorax (including lower surface), four front coxae, and base
of femora, and less of hind legs reddish flavous. With fine pubescence.

Head widely concave in middle and with rather dense punctures. Prothorax
about twice as wide as long ; with rather coarse, crowded punctures, and a distinct
median line. Elytra with dense punctures ; with two feeble ridges on each, and
remnants of still more feeble ones. Abdomen with fourth segment and part of the
fifth white. Length, 4 -5-5-0 mm.

$. Differs in having the head smaller, convex between eyes, and these smaller
and only fourth segment of abdomen white.

North Australia : Groote Eylandt and Connection Island (N. B. Tindale).
Type, in South Australian Museum ; cotype, in Queensland Museum.

Consistently smaller than L. humilis , and scutellum blackish, but possibly
it should be regarded as a variety only of that species. On the male the fourth
segment of the abdomen is entirely white, on the fifth the white part does not extend
to the sides, but is produced in the middle almost to the apex, much as on the males
of humilis, all the many specimens of which before me have the scutellum no darker
than the prothorax.

A specimen from Queensland (Stewart River, H. M. Hale and N. B. Tin dale)
probably belongs to the species, but has the legs entirely dark.

3 Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Loncl., 1909, p. 117.

345

ON COLEOPTERA, MOSTLY EROM QUEENSLAND.

Atyphella brevis Lea.

There are in the Queensland Museum four specimens on one card, of which
two are males of this species ; they differ from the type in being slightly darker ;
the two others are larvae-like forms, and are possibly females (hitherto unknown)
of the species.

Atyphella lychnus Oil.

Six males, from Mount Tambourine, taken in November, probably belong to
this species ; they differ from typical males, from Mount Wilson, in being slightly
narrower, slightly brighter, and in the less pronounced infuscated blotch of the
pronotum.

Laius semimaculatus n. sp.

(J. Reddish flavous, base of head, scutellum, metasternum, and parts of
middle and of hind femora black or infuscated ; apical joints of antenna slightly
infuscated, elytra metallic blue at base, purple at apex. Sparsely pubescent, and with
straggling, greyish hairs.

Head with small punctures, with an obliquely flattened space in front.
Antennae with first joint large, curved, and dilated in front, second minute and
almost concealed, third large, slightly longer than first, apex oblique, upper surface
with tw o shallow impressions in front and a semi-double one behind, its lower surface
evenly convex, the following ones small, but apical one almost as long as the two
preceding combined. Prothorax slightly transverse, sides strongly rounded, with a
wide depression at base ; with minute punctures in middle, and some coarse ones
on sides. Elytra slightly dilated from beyond the basal fourth, sides and suture
thickened ; with crowded punctures of moderate size, less crowded on some of the
blue and purple parts than elsewhere. Front femora stout, strongly impressed in
middle in front : second joint of front tarsi with a curved, black rim. Length, 3*5 mm.

North-west Australia : Forrest River (J. Clark from W. Crawshaw). Type
(unique), in South Australian Museum.

Larger than L, tetrastictus , base of head dark, basal and apical marks not
completely divided into spots at suture, and punctures different. &c. Without
the prothoracic punctures of L. purpureiceps, which has head purplish, &c.. The
dilated third joint of antennae is wider than on L. trifovs i corn i s , although the
impressions are somewhat similar, but the two species are otherwise very different.

I he blue part of the elytra covers about the basal fourth, is sinuous posteriorly,
and tipped with purplish ; the purplish apex appears to be two large conjoined
spots, extending to the apical third in middle, but only about the apical fifth at
the suture. The dark part of the head has its front terminated in an incurved
line connecting the eyes.

Laius v-flavus n. sp.

c?* Black, front of head with a V, parts of dilated joints of antennae and most
of elytra flavous, abdomen and tibiae obscenely flavous in parts. With sparse and
minute pubescence, and straggling, black hairs.

Head with sparse punctures, more numerous in middle of base than elsewhere,
with feeble interocular impressions. First joint of antennae dilated to apex, on one
side of which there is an acute projection or spine, third large and widely transverse,

346

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

irregularly concave on upper surface and convex on lower, apical joint one half
longer than subapical. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded,
with two transverse basal elevations ; with crowded and small punctures on sides,
inconspicuous in middle. Elytra feebly dilated to beyond the middle ; with crowded
and small but fairly sharp punctures, becoming subgranulate on the postmedian
spots. Front femora with a deep impression at apical third, second joint of front
tarsi with a narrow, black rim. Length, 2 mm.

Queensland : Bathurst Head (H. M. Hale and N. B. Tindale). Type (unique),
in South Australian Museum.

At first glance apparently belonging to L. melanoderes , but head with a pale
V in front, head and prothorax with much sparser punctures, and basal joint of
antennae armed in front. The pubescence is also sparser, and the black hairs are
longer and more numerous. The black parts of the elytra are the basal fourth and
a large round postmedian spot on each, touching the side but not the suture.

Laius maculiventris n. sp.

<?• Flavous, some parts reddish flavous, head (except for a large pale apical
spot), scutellum, meta sternum, and a transverse spot on each side of most of the
abdominal segments black, apex of hind femora and apical joints of antennae
infuscated ; elytra with four large purple spots. With long, straggling, black
pubescence.

Head gently convex, with distinct but irregularly distributed punctures.
Basal joint of antennae stout, curved, dilated to apex and unarmed, third decidedly
transverse, somewhat lopsided, irregularly concave on upper surface, convex on
lower. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded, base widely
depressed ; with dense punctures on sides, sparse elsewhere. Elytra with sides
feebly dilated beyond the basal fourth ; with crowded and fairly coarse punctures,
hut absent from parts of the purple spots. Front femora with a deep median
impression, second joint of front tarsi with a curved black rim. Length, 2*75 mm.

Western Australia : Geraldton (J. Clark). Type (unique), in South Australian
Museum.

The elytral markings are much as on L. eyrensis, but the head is pale in front,
and the true third joint of antennas is very different. L. cams has basal joint of
antennae armed and with a black line, hind legs black, &c. L. pallidus lias head
entirely pale and third joint of antennae of very different shape. L. sinus is a narrow or
species, with true third joint of very different shape. L. tetrastictus has true third
joint longer than wide, instead of transverse, &c. The large elytral spots are basal
and postmedian, the basal spots are rounded posteriorly, and touch the sides but
not the suture, the postmedian spots are briefly elliptic, somewhat obliquely placed,
and touch the sides for a short distance, but not the suture ; the terminal joints
of antennae are deeply infuscated, but the infuscation decreases till near the dilated
joints it almost vanishes.

Laius longus n. sp.

(?• Black, in parts with a purplish gloss, other parts flavous and almost white.
Finely pubescent, and with not very long, scattered setae.

Head with dense punctures and opaque, except for a shining, submedian space.
Basal joint of antennae large and dilated to apex, third wide, irregularly concave

ON COLEOPTEEA , MOSTLY FROM QUEENSLAND.

347

on upper surface, rather strongly convex on lower. Prothorax slightly longer than
wide, rather narrow at base and transversely impressed near it ; with crowded
punctures on a subopaque surface, except that in middle of apical half the surface
is shining and almost impunctate. Elytra narrow, sub parallel- sided ; with crowded
and rather small punctures, in places feebly granulate. Front femora rather feebly
impressed in middle, second joint of front tarsi with a narrow, black rim. Length,
2 mm.

Differs in having simple antennae and front legs, smaller head, and less
prominent eyes.

North Australia : Roper River (N. B. Tindale). Type (unique), in South
Australian Museum.

A minute species with rather long prothorax and unusual elytral markings.
The prothorax is of a dingy flavous, with much of the apex (including the entire
margin) deeply infuscated or purplish black, the elytra have a wide, almost white,
antemedian fascia, as long as the basal dark portion, but not touching the suture,
and there is a large flavous apical spot on the suture, occupying about half the apical
width, and more than one-fourth of the sutural length ; the metasternum, parts of
the abdomen and femora, are black, the rest of the legs and the dilated joints of
antennae are flavous, except that the tarsi are somewhat infuscated. On the male
there is a small flavous spot in front of each eye, but it is not traceable on the female.

Laius fimbriceps n. sp.

rj. Flavous and reddish flavous, head black with a slight bluish gloss, the
sides in front narrowly flavous, scutellum, metasternum, hind legs (except knees),
and parts of middle femora black, elytra with two metallic blue spots at base, and
a C-shaped, purple, subapical mark on each. With pale straggling hairs, almost
absent from prothorax, but forming a conspicuous basal fringe on head.

Head gently convex between eyes, shallowly depressed in front : with sparse
and minute punctures. Basal joint of antennae convex, outlines almost equilaterally
triangular, third large, irregularly foveate on upper surface, with a strong hollow
projection on one side near base, lower surface convex. Prothorax transverse, sides
strongly and evenly rounded, widely depressed near base ; with sparse and minute
punctures. Elytra almost parallel-sided to near apex ; with crowded and rather
sharply defined punctures, quite as dense on the subapical marks as on the adjacent
parts, but absent from most of the basal spots. Front femora deeply impressed
in front, front tarsi with a black rim. Length, 5*5 mm.

North-western Australia : Noonkanbah, in December (Dr. E. Mjoberg). Type
(unique), in Stockholm Museum.

At first glance apparently belonging to L. c- pur pur eus, but head narrowly
flavous on sides in front, the base with a long and conspicuous fringe of pale hairs,
and first and third joints of antennae very different. L. major and tarsalis are much
larger and otherwise different. L. verticalis (Macleay, not Fairmaire) has the head
concave, differently coloured, and with very different basal joints of antennae. The
spot on each side of base of elytra touches the side but not the suture, and is continued
along the middle to the basal fourth, the C-shaped spot on each elytron is obliquely
placed, correct on the left side, reversed on the right, the surface close to the spots
ivS paler than elsewhere, but is probably subject to alteration with age. The

348

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

conspicuous fringe on the head is longer than the basal joint of antennae. The
impression on each front femur is so deep that it appears to divide it into two parts.

Laius curvicornis n. sp.

cJ. Flavous and purple, in parts bluish. With minute pale pubescence, and
with long, black hairs.

Head gently convex between eyes, depressed in front : with minute punctures.
Antennae with first joint large, strongly curved, apex obliquely produced, third
large, irregularly concave and flavous on upper surface, convex and blackish on
under surface. Prothorax transverse, sides strongly rounded, with a shallow depression
near base ; with small, scattered punctures, becoming fairly numerous on sides.
Elytra almost parallel-sided to near apex ; with crowded punctures of moderate
size, quite as dense on the dark parts as elsewhere. Front femora transversely
impressed in front, second joint of front tarsi with a black rim. Length, 5-6 mm.

Q. Differs in having the eyes less prominent, and antennae and front legs

simple.

North-western Australia : Kimberley district, in December (Dr. E. Mjoberg).
Types, in Stockholm Museum.

In general appearance somewhat like the preceding species, but the distorted
joints of antennae are differently shaped, the postmedian marks on the elytra are less
O-shaped and touch the sides, the basal spots are densely punctate throughout,
more of the legs are dark, and the long hairs are dark and do not form a basal fringe
on head. The elytral markings are somewhat as on L. verticalis (Maeleay) and
c-purpureus, but the head and legs are differently coloured, and the dilated joints
of antennae arc differently shaped. L. tarsalis is considerably larger, with
differently coloured head and legs, very different dilated joints of antennae, and
front legs. L. major is also much larger, with very different antennae and front legs.
The head is black with a bluish gloss, with a small pale spot on each side adjacent
to an antenna ; the elytra have a large purple spot on each at the base, touching
the side for a moderate distance, but the suture only at the extreme base, each also
has a large postmedian somewhat C-shaped mark (correct on the left reversed on
the right) touching the side, and with its beginning enlarged. The mesosternum,
metasternum, and legs (except that parts of the front tarsi and the knees are
obscurely diluted with red) are black, with a slight purplish gloss, the tip of the
abdomen is also dark.

Laius megalops n. sp.

Black, flavous and purple. With sparse, whitish pubescence, and short,
white hairs.

Head with a shallow, double depression in front ; with dense and irregular
punctures about base, sparse elsewhere. Eyes large and prominent. Antennas
rather long and moderately serrated, first joint scarcely half the length of an eye,
second minute and normally concealed, third flattened, slightly longer than first
and eleventh, and distinctly longer than the others, eleventh about one-third longer
than tenth. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides evenly rounded, transversely
impressed near base ; with a few scattered punctures, becoming more numerous
on sides. Elytra very feebly dilated to near apex, sides and suture slightly
thickened ; surface densely wrinkled, obtusely granulate and punctate. Legs long
and thin. Length 4-5 mm.

ON COLEOPTERA, MOSTLY FROM QUEENSLAND.

349

South Australia : N.E. corner (L. Reese). Type (unique), in South Australian
Museum .

It is probable that the type is a male, but even if a female it is very distinct,
from the many similarly coloured species, by its large eyes, and long and comparatively
thin legs. L . bellulus is somewhat similarly coloured, but the punctures on its elytra
are deep and sharply defined, although close together. On the present species they
are so rugose that they are very ill-defined ; on that species also the eyes are decidedly
smaller than the basal joint of antennae. L. ortkodoxus , villo&iis , plagiaticollis , and
similarly coloured species, also have much smaller eyes and more sharply defined
punctures. L. scvlptus, which has the third joint of an ton me simple, has much
smaller eyes, and peculiar prothorax. The type has the abdomen shrivelled so much
that 1 cannot be certain if the apex is truly notched, as it appeal's to be. The eyes
are much larger than on any other species before me, and the space between them
as a result appears concave, although the head itself is there slightly convex. The
front femora are not transversely impressed, but several males of the genus have
the front femora simple. The second joint of the front tarsi is large, and seems to
have an apical fringe, but. as the joint is entirely dark, the apparent fringe may really
be due to bristles, rather closer together than usual : certainly the joint itself does
not appear to be that of a female. In the male of L. effeminatus the antennse are
very similar, but on that species the second joint of the front tarsi is large, reddish,
and with a true masculine fringe. The head, antennse (except that the basal joints
are obscurely diluted with red), soutellum, under surface (except prosternum), and
legs (except that the knees are obscurely reddish) are black, the elytra are a paler
flavous than the prothorax, with the basal fourth and two large postmedian spots
or a fascia purple, the basal portion has its posterior end sinuous, the postmedian
markings touch the sides and suture, so should perhaps be regarded as forming a
fascia rather than spots, the flavous apical portion is much smaller than the median
portion .

Laius trisignatus Germ.

A male from the Coorong (South Australia) apparently represents a variety
of this species ; it differs from typical specimens in having the prothorax flavous,
with a large medioapical blackish spot ; the elytra are purplish, with lateral and
apical markings, but the median spot is entirely absent, although the purple is less
deep at its position.

Hypattalus pulchripennis n. sp.

(J. Flavous, head, except muzzle, black ; antennse (basal joints partly pale),
tarsi, middle and hind tibise, and part of hind femora, black or infuscated, elytra
with a broad, purple band, extending from the basal fourth to the apical sixth. With
minute, pale pubescence, and straggling, dark hairs.

Head with a shallow depression in front ; punctures inconspicuous. Antennse
long and thin, first joint about twice the length of second, the others very feebly
increasing in length, but eleventh distinctly longer than tenth. Prothorax strongly
transverse, punctures sparse and minute. Elytra parallel-sided to near apex, with
rather small but sharply defined punctures. Legs long and thin, front femora
moderately curved, trochanters very conspicuous. Length, 2-75-3*25 mm.

2. Differs in having less of the muzzle pale, more of the antennse and legs
pale, front trochanters inconspicuous, and hind tibise spurred.

350 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

New South Wales : Upper Williams River, in October (A. M. Lea).
Queensland : National Park, in November (H. Hacker). Male, in South Australian
Museum ; female, in Queensland Museum.

In the 1909 table of the genus 4 this species could be referred to A, as the front
femora of the male are distinctly curved (although less so than on several species
of the section), with large, projecting trochanters. Of the species placed there
II. mirabilis and pirfcherrimiis have black antenna) (which arc also shorter), legs and
scutellum, and the elytra have stronger punctures, and less of their tips pale ; the
latter species also has much of the pronotum dark. Of the species with spurred
hind tibiae in the female, this is distinct from H. dentipes and calcaratus by its larger
size and bicoloured elytra ; the spur is blunt-tipped, and only about half the length
of the first tarsal joint, but as it is alike on both tibiae it is evidently not broken.
H. tricolor , with bieolorous elytra, has those organs dark blue, except at then* tips,
and is a much smaller species. Prom some directions the hind tarsi appear to be
but four -jointed, this being due to the second apparently continuing the lines of the
first, but from other directions the junction between them is distinct. The purple
band on the elytra of the male touches the margins, but on the female these are
narrowly excepted, and the pale portion narrowly encroaches on it along the suture.

Hypattalus armipes n. sp.

• $. Black, flavous, and purple. With sparse, whitish pubescence, and short,
suberect , dark setae.

Head gently convex, with minute punctures. Antennae long, thin, and
slightly serrated. Prothorax strongly transverse, with small punctures. Elytra feebly
dilated to beyond the middle, the sides then suddenly narrowed and rounded to
apex ; with dense, sharply defined punctures of moderate size. Legs long and thin,
hind tibiae moderately curved, slightly dilated to apex, and with a long apical spur.
Length, 3 mm.

Queensland : National Park, in November (H. Hacker). Type (unique),
in Queensland Museum.

Another species with spurred hind tibiae in female, from the preceding one
it differs in having the spur much longer, thinner, and curved (about one-fourth
the length of the tibia itself), the elytra with basal and postmedian markings, and
their sides very different (approaching those of the female of H. mucronatus). The
black parts are the head, metasternum, and most of the antennae and legs ; the
purple parts are the basal fourth of elytra, and two large postmedian spots, touching
the sides but not the suture.

Hypattalus pectinicornis n. sp.

<$. Flavous, head and most of antennae black, elytra with basal fourth and
a somewhat larger post median space p urple ; parts of legs infuscated. With sparse,
whitish pubescence, and straggling, dark hairs.

Head strongly transverse ; with two small foveae in front, and with minute
punctures. Eyes prominent. Antennae rather long, first joint about twice as long
as second, the latter rounded, third and fourth triangular, fifth-tenth pectinated,
the teeth equal or subequal to their supporting joints, eleventh distinctly longer

4 Lea, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 169i

ON COLEOPTEBA, MOSTLY FBOM QUEENSLAND. 351

than tenth. Prothorax strongly transverse, angles rounded off, transversely
depressed near base : with sparse and minute punctures. Elytra with sides feebly
dilated to beyond the middle, and then evenly rounded to apex : with dense and
rather small, but sharply defined punctures. Legs moderately long and thin.
Length, 3 mm.

<j>. Differs in having less prominent eyes, antennae shorter and serrated only,
and somewhat shorter legs.

Queensland : National Park, in October (H. Hacker). Types, in Queensland
Museum.

The male is very distinct from all other known species of the genus by its
pectinated antennae. In the 1909 table of the genus, it could be associated with
//. alphabetic^, which is a much smaller and otherwise different species. At first
glance the female resembles the female of the preceding species, but its hind tibise
are not spurred, and the sides of the elytra have even outlines. On the female the
metasternum is deep black, on the male only its sides are infuscated ; on the female
also the legs are almost black.

Carphurus nigrivarius n. sp.

Flavous or reddish flavous, with black markings. With sparse whitish
pubescence and straggling black hairs.

Head with a large depression on each side in front, with a small oblique
elevation near each eye, and a shallow depression in middle, with an impressed median
line ; dense punctures about base, irregular elsewhere. Antennse moderately long,
third-tenth joints serrated, eleventh slightly longer than tenth, obtusely notched at
tip. Protliorax slightly longer than wide, with a wide shallow depression near base,
and a few scattered punctures. Elytra with each side strongly incurved between
middle and apical third, just before its end with a blunt-tipped process directed
obliquely forwards, but one side of the process drawn slightly backwards ; with
numerous punctures varying from rather small but well-defined, to very small and
shallow. Basal joint of front tarsi not very large, with a black inner rim. Length,
6-0-6-5 mm.

Queensland : Stanthorpe, in October (H. Jarvis). New South Wales :
Tamworth (A. M. Lea). Type, in South Australian Museum.

Allied to C. cristatifrons, but head not crested, and spine on each elytron
blunt-tipped. The black parts are a large mediobasal spot on the head, scutellum,
a curved mark on each elytron, beginning on the base below the shoulder, and
curved round so as to occupy most of the median third, mcsostcrnum, metasternum,
five basal segments of abdomen, except tips and sides, parts of femora and tarsi,
and six or seven joints of antenna?. On each of two specimens, from Stanthorpe,
the apical segment of abdomen is entirely pale, on the Tanrvvorth one only two apical
segments are. On the type the curved mark on each elytron does not quite extend
to the suture, on the second specimen it touches the suture for its median third ;
on the Tamworth one it occupies more than the median third and is, in addition,
narrowdy continued along the suture to the base.

A male from Brisbane, in September (H. Hacker), in the Queensland Museum,
appears to belong to this species, but differs from the type in having the process
on each elytron thinner and curved backwards so as to appear like a hook (the

Y

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

process is not exactly alike on the three other specimens), the curved mark on each
elytron is narrower, does not touch the suture, and terminates before the base, two
apical segments of abdomen are pale, the others, as also the femora, have a smaller
proportion black.

Carphurus incurvipennis n. sp.

cJ. Flavous ; elytra (except part of base) of a rather dingy purple. With
sparse, whitish pubescence, and straggling, dark hairs.

Head rather long, with four postmedian and two subapical impressions,
base transversely strigose ; elsewhere with scattered punctures. Eyes rather
large. Antennae moderately long, . feebly serrated, eleventh joint about half the
length of first, and distinctly longer than tenth. Prothorax about as long as its
greatest width, widely and shallowly depressed near base ; with a few scattered
punctures. Elytra with dense, sharply defined punctures of moderate size,
becoming smaller about base and apex, each side strongly incurved at basal third
and then straight to apex. Basal joint of front tarsi with a black inner comb.
Length, 6 mm.

Queensland : Brisbane (A. M. Lea). Type, in South Australian Museum.

This species appears to connect the amdpennis group with the more normal
forms, as each side of the elytra is incurved at the basal third, but no part
is produced backwards, as on C. armipennis , fasciculatus , uncinatus , balteatus , and
purpureipennis ; on the last-named species the part is less produced than on the
others, but it is pale at the tip, and parts of the legs and of the antenna? are deep
black, whereas on this species the legs (except for the tarsal combs) and antenna?
are entirely pale. The curvature of the side of each elytron is not visible from
directly above, except that its beginning appears as a small subtriangular tooth.
On the type the metasternum, except its episterna, is deeply infuscated, on a second
specimen it is scarcely darker than the rest of the under surface. On each there is
a small black fascicle between the eyes, so strongly curved backwards that its point
actually touches the head ; it is probable, however, that it does not always do so.

Carphurus wilsoni n. sp.

cJ. Flavous red, coppery green, and black. With sparse, whitish pubescence,
becoming fairly dense on elytra, and with straggling, black hairs.

Head moderately large, with a small interocular fovea and four irregular
ones in front, a shallow curved impression towards base, base itself transversely
strigose and punctate. Antenna? moderately long, rather feebly serrated, eleventh
joint distinctly longer than tenth. Prothorax about as long as its greatest width
with a wide irregular impression on apical half, the median part large and rather deep,
an irregular impression on each side of base ; with scattered punctures, becoming
fairly numerous on sides. Elytra slightly dilated posteriorly : with crowded
somewhat rugose punctures of moderate size, becoming smaller but more sharplv
defined about base and apex. Basal joint of front tarsi moderately long, with a
black inner comb. Length, 5*5 mm.

Victoria : Linga, in October. Type (unique), in Mr. F. E. Wilson’s
collection.

A very distinct species, allied to C. rhytideres, from the male of which it differs

ON COLEOPTERA, MOSTLY FROM QUEENSLAND.

353

in having the subapical impression of prothorax shallower, less of it black, with the
oblique sub basal impressions reduced to a fovea on each side, and not marked by
black fascicles ; the antennae are also somewhat shorter and thinner, much as on the
female of that species. The black parts are the base of the head, seven apical joints
of antennae and part of the preceding one, a small medioapical clothed spot on
pronotum, scutellum, mesosternum, metasternum, abdomen (except the tip and
the sides of the other segments), femora, and parts of tarsi ; the elytra are entirely
dark coppery green .

Carphurus sagittifer n. sp.

<$. Flavous ; elytra, except basal fifth, apical segment of abdomen, most
of middle and of hind legs, and five or six apical joints of antennae, black or blackish.
With sparse pubescence, and numerous not very long, dark hairs.

Head rather large, with two fairly large foveae in front (open posteriorly,
closed in front), a shallow', transverse, postmedian impression ; with dense punctures
towards base, sparse elsewdiere. Eyes rather large and prominent. Antenna)
rather long, fourth-tenth joints strongly serrated. Prothorax slightly longer than
wide, a shallow transverse impression near apex and another near base ; with a few r
scattered punctures. Elytra comparatively long ; with crowded small, rugose
punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi about as long as the rest combined, with a black
inner comb. Length, 6-8 mm.

<j>. Differs in having the head smaller, with shallower impressions, eyes
smaller, antennae slightly shorter, but almost as strongly serrated, and basal joint
of front tarsi much shorter and simple.

Queensland : Cairns district (E. P. Dodd). Types, in South Australian
Museum.

Belongs to a group of which it is not always easy to decide by a single
specimen if it is a male Carphurus , or a female Balanophorus, but as there are two
females, with simple front tarsi, it is certainly a Carphurus . In appearance it is
fairly close to C. elegans and longue, but the male of the former has an unusually
long basal joint of front tarsi, and the female of the latter has long, thin, and scarcely
serrated antennae. Rather close to C. compsus, but each of the sixth-tenth joints of
antennas has its oblique anterior edge at least half as long again as the outer edge
(where the joints are attached to each other), but on compsus the oblique anterior
edge is not as long as the outer edge, so that the serrations on the latter (although
decided) are much less pronounced than on the present species ; on the female of
compsus they are not even strongly serrated. The elytra are purplish black rather
than a true black, but on one female the dark part has a slight coppery gloss ; on
each of the females, and on a second male, the middle legs are almost entirely pale.
On the type male only the metasternum is partly infuscated. The cephalic foveae
of the male are so placed that their front is bounded by a broad, elevated arrowhead.

Carphurus armicollis n. sp.

Of a dingy flavous brown ; mesosternum, metasternum, abdomen, most
of legs, palpi, and apical half of antennae, black or infuscated. With sparse, white
pubescence, and straggling, black hairs.

Head with an obtuse median elevation, with shallow impressions before and
behind it ; with irregularly distributed punctures, dense in parts. Antennae
moderately long, slightly serrated. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, with
two acute points marking a distinct medioapical notch ; with numerous irregularly

354

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

distributed punctures. Elytra moderately long ; with dense, sharply defined
punctures, becoming sparser and smaller on tips. Basal joint of front tarsi moderately
long, with a black inner comb. Length, 3-5-4-0 mm.

Queensland : Cairns district, trapped by sticky seeds of Pisonici brunoniana
(F. P. Dodd). Type, in South Australian Museum.

Evidently allied to C. margmivmtris and paMidipennis , but distinguished
from both by the nonmaculate prothorax : the male of the latter has the prothorax
notched in front, but the notch is narrower than on the present species, on which
it is about twice as wide as long, with the sides produced forwards as rather short
but sharp points. There is a small granule on each elytron in the middle of the
basal third, as on the former species, but as it is no darker than the adjacent parts it
would probably not be seen, unless looked for. On the type there appears to be a
distinct median carina on the pronotum, on a second specimen it is less defined but
traceable. Two males were obtained ; C. pisonice (of which many more males
were recently obtained, that were trapped by the same seeds) has armed elytra.

Carphurus armiceps n. sp.

<J. Flavous ; apex of elytra, part of metasternum, apical segment of abdomen,
and a median blotch on most of the others, and seven apical joints of antennae,
blackish or deeply infuscated. With sparse pubescence, and rather numerous,
dark hairs.

Head fairly large, with a large interocular excavation, and a smaller but
still large one on each side towards the base, between the latter a strong curved
process, which in front hangs over the interocular excavation and is tipped with
black hairs. Eyes rather large and prominent. Antennae rather long, fifth and
sixth joints produced inwards and truncated, seventh -tenth serrated, eleventh
distinctly longer than tenth. Prothorax longer than wide, shallowly impressed
towards base, with two small fovese in the middle of apex, the adjacent parts slightly
infuscated, with small, scattered punctures. Elytra moderately long, slightly dilated
posteriorly ; .with numerous small punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi not very
long, with a black inner comb. Length, 5-5 mm.

Queensland : National Park, in November (H. Hacker). Type (unique),
in Queensland Museum.

Readily distinguished from all previously described species by the antennae ;
the sculpture of the head and prothorax are also distinctive. From the sides the
strong elevation on the head has a claw-like appearance, from directly above it is
seen to be concave, with the sides as narrow ridges conjoined in front ; there is a
small fascicle on the head below its tip. The elytra are semi-transparent, and although
only about the apical fourth is really infuscated, more than half of the apex appears
dark, owing to the black wings being partly visible ; the elytra! punctures are small
but fairly sharp.

Carphurus modicus n. sp.

$. Flavous ; elytra, except extreme base, purplish black, femora, most of
tarsi, and eight apical joints of antennae, black or deeply infuscated. With fine,
white pubescence, and straggling, dark hairs.

Head with a curved impression in front, with three elevations between eyes,
the median one small, the others long and semi-double ; with dense punctures,

ON COLEOPTEEA , MOSTLY FNOM QUEENSLAND.

355

about base transversely strigose. Antennae not very long and moderately serrated.
Pro thorax slightly longer than the greatest width, widely depressed near base ;
sides with sharply defined punctures, elsewhere sparse and small. Elytra with
crowded and rather small, but sharply defined punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi
with an inner black comb. Length, 5 mm.

Queensland : Kuranda, in February (F. P. Dodd). Type, in South Australian
Museum.

The eyes are much smaller than on C. vigilans, which is somewhat similarly
coloured, and the interocular elevations are different. On the type each elytron is
suddenly dilated from the basal third, but this is almost certainly due to post-mortem
shrinkage.

A specimen from Kuranda, taken by Mr. Dodd in December, agrees so perfectly
in ail details of colour and sculpture, except of parts of the head, with those of the
type, that it evidently belongs to the species. On it the curved frontal impression
of the type is interrupted in the middle by a bottle-shaped extension of the median
elevation, much as on the head of Helcogaster bacchanal is : between this and each eye
are two small elevations completely divided, instead of semi-double. Its elytra
are parallel-sided throughout, and clasp the abdomen in the usual way.

Carphurus pallidipennis Mack, var. excrementarius n. var.

A male from the Upper Williams River (New South Wales) evidently belongs
to this species, as the median apex of the prothorax has the conjoined fovese of the
species, as previously noted, 5 but each elytron has a small and conspicuous blackish
granule at the middle of the basal third (the two look just like fly-specks) ; on the
previously noted specimens they are paler anti just traceable.

Carphurus marginiventris Fairm.

The starting point of the longitudinal infuscation on each elytron of this
species is marked by a small granule that could be easily overlooked on some
specimens, but is very distinct on others.

Helcogaster bifoveiceps n. sp.

<J. Deep shining black, elytra whitish flavous, a rounded space about scutellum
(occupying about the median third of base) and apical third, black or blackish ; parts
of front legs and basal half of antennae obscurely reddish. With scattered, black
hairs.

Head flattened, with two small round fovese in front. Antennae rather short
and feebly serrated. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides rounded, almost
impunetate. Elytra slightly longer than head and prothorax combined, sides feebly
dilated to near apex ; almost impunetate. Basal joint of front tarsi moderately
long, with a black inner comb. Length, 3 mm.

$. Differs in having the frontal fovem smaller, and shallower, the antennae
slightly shorter, and the elytra and abdomen wider.

Victoria : Mooroopna, in January (F. E. Wilson). Types, in South Australian
Museum ; cotypes, in Mr. Wilson’s collection.

5 Lea, Trans. Ent. Soc. Loncl., 1909, p. 193.

336 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

A black species with partly flavour, almost white, elytra ; of several similarly
coloured species, II. opaciceps, cribriceps, and medioflavus have differently sculptured
head and longer and distinctly serrated antennae ; opaciceps also has more of the
base of the elytra dark, and medioflavus has less. H. ftavipennis has paler antennae
and elytra, and differs slightly in the sculpture of the head. The head of the male
is distinctly bifoveate, but is not strongly sculptured otherwise. The female has the
frontal fovese somewhat smaller than on the male, but has a fairly distinct median
line, which is scarcely traceable on the male. Under the microscope the comb of
the front tarsi is seen to be composed of about thirty teeth.

Helcogaster medioniger n. sp.

Deep shining black, head dull flavous, with a complete median black
vitta, basal third of antennae and parts of legs pale. Glabrous, except for minute
pubescence almost confined to legs.

Head wide and somewhat flattened near eyes, with an interocular impression,
margining which are three small elevations, two in front and one behind. Antennae
rather long and feebly serrated. Prothorax moderately transverse, with a rather
deep transverse impression near base ; with scattered punctures. Elytra with
minute, rugose punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi with a conspicuous black inner
comb. Length, l*8-2-0 mm.

New South Wales : Upper Williams River, in October (A. M. Lea). Type,
in South Australian Museum.

In many respects close to H . coelocephalus , but on the male of that species
the head, when viewed from behind, is seen to have four triangular elevations —
two black median ones and a pale one near each eye : the head of the present species
is flat near the eves, and although there are three dark median elevations they are
not distinct w'hen viewed from behind. The colours, except that the legs are more
variegated, are much as on H. triangulifer , but the head is very differently sculptured.
The head is pale, with a dark median vitta appearing parallel from some directions ;
parts of all the tarsi, the middle and hind knees and tips of tibiae, the front tibiae
and most of front femora, are more or less flavous.

Helcogaster holomelas n. sp.

(J. Deep shining black, parts of the mouth obscurely diluted with red. Head
minutely pubescent, elsewhere almost glabrous.

Head convex, with a reversed \ r -shaped impression, caused by two conjoined
foveae in front, and with a faint interocular impression. Antennae moderately long
and feebly serrated. Prothorax moderately transverse, with a rather deep transverse
subbasal impression ; with a few scattered punctures. Elytra with fairly numerous
but minute wrinkled punctures. Length, 2-5-30 mm.

9- Differs in having the head smaller, with shallower impressions, the antennae
slightly shorter, and the front tarsi simple.

Queensland : Somerset and Mabuiag Island (C. T. McNamara). Types, in
South Australian Museum.

An entirely black species, except for the obscure muzzle, but larger than
H . gagatinus , and frontal impressions shallowly connected so as not to be two

ON COLEOPTERA , MOSTLY FROM QUEENSLAND. 3o7

isolated fovese. The variety tasmaniensis , of that species, is quite as large, but its
frontal impressions are different. II. effeminatus is similarly coloured, but differs
in the front of the head and has longer and distinctly serrated antennae. II. puncticeps
has head conspicuously punctate and different in front. As the legs are entirely
black the comb of the’ male is not distinct under a magnifying glass, but under the
microscope the basal joint of the front tarsi is seen to be curved, and to have a comb
of numerous teeth.

A male from Murray Island (A. M. Lea) appears to belong to the species,
but is slightly larger (3*5 mm) and has more of the muzzle obscurely pale.

Helcogaster trifoveatus n. sp.

Deep shining black, head partly flavous, three basal joints of antenna*,
and parts of front legs obscurely pale. Almost glabrous.

Head wide, with three conjoined fovea between eyes, the median one small,
each of the others slightly larger than an eye. Antenna rather long and moderately
serrated. Prothorax moderately transverse, transversely impressed near base ;
with small, scattered punctures/ Elytra with scarcely visible punctures. Length,
2-0 2-2 mm.

Queensland : Brisbane, in August and September (H. Hacker). Type, in
Queensland Museum : cotype, in South Australian Museum.

With the general appearance of H. tnangulifer , but the head has a trilobed
excavation of which each side consists of a well-defined fovea, and the middle of
a smaller one as a result the middle of its posterior margin is incurved, whereas
on that species the middle of the excavation is triangularly produced forwards,
besides being otherwise different. The excavation, except at the sides, and the
base of the head arc black. As the front tarsi are black the comb of the male
is scarcely visible under a magnifying glass.

Mounted on the same card with the type male is a female, that differs from
it in being longer, the head less dilated, nonfoveate, only part of the muzzle pale,
the antennae shorter, less serrated, and the front tarsi without a comb. It is probably
correctly mated, but I can scarcely distinguish it from some females of H. foveiceps.
In fact, at present, as on former occasions, I have had to pass over many females
of the genus as being impossible of differentiation, although the males have very
distinctive features in the head and prothorax.

Helcogaster frater n. sp.

cJ. Black : pro thorax flavous, under surface of three basal joints of antennse.
front tibiae, and parts of tarsi, and middle and hind knees obscurely pale. Head
sparsely clothed, elsewhere glabrous or almost so.

Head with a large, curved, shining impression near each eye, the two
connected by a smaller semi-double impression, between middle and apex a somewhat
convex space, with a feeble median line ; in places punctate but not strigose. Antennse
moderately long and very feebly serrated. Prothorax almost as long as the greatest
width, with a wide subbasal impression ; almost impunctate. Elytra moderately
long, scarcely visibly punctate. Basal joint of front tarsi moderately long, with an
inner black comb. Length, 3 mm.

358

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

New South Wales : Tamworth (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), in South
Au s tr alian Museum .

In general appearance strikingly close to H. strigiceps, but the head is not
strigose, and the impressions are different ; just inwards of each eye, and slightly
longer than it, there is a deep, curved, polished impression, the interspace being
opaque, densely punctate, and with a feeble semi-double impression. Seen from
behind the head appears to have two minute interocular elevations, partly obscured
by black seta?, : from some directions the base of the excavation appears almost
evenly quadrisinuate. The antenna? also are decidedly longer, most of the joints
being longer than wide ; on that species they are mostly transverse. On H. atriceps
the eyes are smaller, the head is densely punctate almost throughout, and the
impressions are different. The mediobasal sinus decidedly narrower than the lateral
ones distinguishes from the description of H . nigriceps . Tn some lights the elytra appear
somewhat purplish.

Helcogaster apiciniger n. sp.

Reddish flavous ; apical three-fourths of elytra (less on the sides), part
of metastcrnum, two apical segments of abdomen, tip of the preceding one, and
seven apical joints of antenna? black, tarsi and parts of middle and of hind tibiae
infuscated. In parts with very fine pubescence, and with a few short, scattered
hairs.

Head with a large trilobed median excavation, a conspicuous tubercle arising
from the middle part, and sloping down to the front. Antenna) long and feebly
serrated. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, with a wide depression near base ;
almost impunctate. Elytra rather long, with minute, scattered, rugose punctures.
Basal joint of front tarsi rather long, with an inner black rim. Length, 4-5 mm.

9- Differs in having the head smaller and almost entirely black, non-excavated,
with an obtuse median ridge from middle to apex, antenna? thinner and front tarsi
simple.

New South Wales : Upper Williams River (F. E. Wilson and A. M. Lea).
Types, in South Australian Museum.

Of the species with bicoloured elytra and abdomen tipped with black in the
male, it differs from H. bacchanalia and trisinuatus in the strong interocular elevation.
The base of the cephalic excavation trisinuate distinguishes from H. tuberculiceps ,
calodemus , and seMceps. There is a faint bluish gloss on the dark part of the elytra.
From behind the trisinuate excavation of the head disappears, but there is a
conspicuous triangular median elevation.

Helcogaster abdominalis 11 . sp.

cj. Flavous : apical third of elytra, metastcrnum, a spot on each segment
of abdomen, the apical one, and six or seven apical joints of antenna? black or blackish,
apical joints of tarsi slightly infuscated. With sparse and comparatively short,
blackish hairs.

Head with a deep interocular impression, its base trisinuate, with three small
elevations in front ; base punctate and transversely strigose. Antenna? rather long
and feebly serrated. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, rather deeply transversely
impressed near base ; with a few small scattered punctures. Elytra feebly dilated
posteriorly, scarcely visibly punctate. Basal joint of front tarsi moderately long,
with a small black inner comb. Length, 4-5 mm.

ON COLEOPTEBA , MOSTLY FROM QUEENSLAND.

359

?■ Differs in having a wide shallow impression on the front of the head,
which is non-tuberculate, antennae thinner and even less serrated, abdomen wider
and front tarsi simple.

New South Wales : Upper Williams River (F. E. Wilson and A. M. Lea).

The colours, except for the spotted abdomen, are as on H. trisinuatus , but the
head is differently sculptured, the trisinuate base of the excavation distinguishes
from H. rhyt ice plied its, and less of the abdomen is spotted, &c. The median sinus of
the head is wider than the lateral one ; seen from behind there appear to be three
small elevations, a blunt median one (placed in front of the excavation), and a small
acute one on each side of it (each placed near an antenna) ; from the sides there
appear to be three small tubercles on each side : the median one, one near each antenna,
and the front end of the median sinus. There is a small black spot at the base of the
head, but it is normally concealed by the overlapping prothorax. A second male
has rather more of the elytra dark than the type. The only female in the Museum,
that appears to belong to the species, has the seuteUum black, the apical half of
elytra (except the extreme margins) black, with the black triangularly advanced on
the suture, and the tip of abdomen, as well as a spot on each segment, black.

Helcogaster affinis n. sp.

3- Flavous ; base of head, scutellum, apical half of elytra, metasternum,
abdomen, and seven apical joints of antennae black or blackish. Sparsely pubescent.

Head with an interocular impression trisinuate posteriorly. Antennae
moderately long and feebly serrated. Prothorax slightly longer than the greatest
width, widely transversely depressed near base ; with a few scattered punctures.
Elytra with minute, wrinkled punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi with a black
inner comb. Length, 3 mm.

Differs in having the head more convex and narrower across eyes, with
two small frontal depressions and a shallow median line, more of its base blackish,
antennae thinner and not serrated, parts of the legs infuscated and front tarsi simple.

New South Wales : Upper Williams River (A. M. Lea). Types, in South
Australian Museum.

The head of the male is not longitudinally sulcate to base, as on the male
of H. sulciceps , which it greatly resembles, and the antennae are longer. The
excavation of the head is somewhat obscured by pubescence, it is trisinuate
posteriorly, but the median sinus is rather small ; there is a small median elevation,
but it is not visible when the head is viewed from behind ; the only sharply defined
punctures on the head are on the black basal spot.

Helcogaster tuberculiceps n. sp.

c?- Flavous ; apical two-thirds of elytra, metasternum, two apical segments
of abdomen, and seven apical joints of antennae black, palpi and parts of tarsi
infuscated. Sparsely pubescent and with a few dark hairs, more numerous on head
and tip of abdomen than elsewhere.

Head with a wide interocular depression, evenly curved posteriorly ; with
a strong median tubercle sloping down to the apex ; base rather densely punctate.
Antennae long and feebly serrated. Prothorax about as long as its greatest width,
widely depressed near base ; with a. few scattered punctures, the sides feebly

360

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

wrinkled. Elytra feebly dilated posteriorly ; with fairly numerous but not dense,
small, rugose punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi with a small black inner comb.
Length, 3 mm.

New South Wales : Upper Williams Biver (A. M. Lea). Type, in South
Australian Museum .

In many respects near 11. tuber culifrons, but on the male of that species the
head is partly dark, and the tubercle when viewed from behind appears semi-double 6 ;
on the present species when so viewed it appears to be higher and flat-topped,
although hardly T-shaped. The colours are almost exactly as on H. apiciniger ,
but on the male of that species the excavation is trisinuate posteriorly, and the
elevation is larger and obtusely pointed, as viewed from behind.

A female on the same card as the type possibly belongs to the species ; it
differs in having the head narrower and more convex, obliquely flattened in front,
not excavated or tuberculate, black except for parts of muzzle, with more
conspicuous punctures, antennae thinner and not serrated, abdomen entirely black,
and front tarsi simple.

Helcogaster calodemus n. sp.

Flavous, in parts reddish flavous ; head, except the elevated parts in
front, apical three- fifths of elytra, two apical segments of abdomen, and seven apical
joints of antenna} black. With fairly numerous dark hairs and in parts sparsely
pubescent.

Head with an obtuse median elevation, crowned with two short longitudinal
ridges ; with fairly numerous punctures, the base, more noticeably on sides than
middle, transversely strigose. Eyes large and prominent. Antennae long and feebly
serrated, only the second joint transverse. Prothorax slightly longer than wide,
widely depressed near base ; with small, scattered punctures. Elytra comparatively
long : with minute rugose punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi rather long, with
a black inner comb. Length, 6 mm.

Queensland : Brisbane (H. Hacker). Type (unique), in Queensland Museum.

The colours are much as on II. tuber culifrons, except that more of the head
is dark, but it differs from that species in being much larger, the eyes larger, with
the frontal elevation smaller in proportion, black at the base and with two small
disconnected, reddish elevations. Seen from behind the head appears much as
figured for that species 6 except that the elevations are more conspicuous. There
is also a narrow ridge from each eye to the base of an antenna.

Helcogaster seticeps n. sp.

cJ. Flavous or reddish flavous : apical three-fourths of elytra, apical segment
of abdomen, and most of the preceding one black, four or five apical joints of
antennae and parts of tarsi infuscated. With straggling black hairs, and in parts
sparsely pubescent.

Head with an obtuse median elevation connected with the apex by an obtuse
ridge, a large shallow fovea near each eye. Antenna} rather long and feebly serrated.

6 Lea, Trans. Ent, Soe. Lontl., 1909, pi. ii, fig. 10.

ON COLEOPTEJRA , MOSTLY FfiOM QUEENSLAND.

361

Prothorax longer than its greatest width, widely depressed near base ; with minute,
scattered punctures. Elytra moderately long, slightly dilated posteriorly ; with
minute rugose punctures. Basal joint of front tarsi with a black inner comb. Length,
4*0-4- 5 mm.

9. Differs in having the head almost entirely black, the antennae thinner and
even less serrated, less of the elytra black, and the front tarsi simple.

Queensland: Mount Glorious, in September (H. Hacker). Types, in

Queensland Museum.

The "colours are much as those of II . tuberculifrons, and of the preceding
species, except that the base of the head is not dark : from the former it also differs
in being considerably larger ; the latter has larger eyes and the head without foveas
II. tuber culiceps is similarly coloured, but the tubercle and excavation on the head
are different. The females "are scarcely to be distinguished from the females of several
other species. The median elevation on the head of the male is obscured by rather
numerous black setae, which almost conceal a narrow transverse impression, behind
it, from some directions, they seem to be compacted into two short transverse rows,
this being due to an almost concealed transverse impression between them. Close
to each eye there is a rather large fovea, appearing simple from some directions,
semi -double from others.

Helcogaster gagatinus Lea.

Seven specimens, from the Cairns district, belong to this species, and, apart
from slight differences of shades of colour of the front legs, agree so closely with the
typical form that it does not appear desirable to name them as varietal.

Helcogaster foveiceps Lea.

Some males from Ringwood (Victoria), in the National Museum, differ from
typical specimens, with which they were taken, in having the prothorax with a
narrow blackish basal fascia up to almost entirely black : they have the median
joints of antennae more deeply infuscated than usual ; one female has one of the
apical joints pale. Numerous males from Brisbane, Sunny bank, and Mount Coot-tha,
in the Queensland Museum, have the median joints of antennm more lightly infuscated
than usual ; on two of them, in fact, the antennae are uniformly pale. Several
females, taken with them, have some of the apical joints of antennae pale.

Helcogaster medioapicalis Lea.

A male from Sydney differs from the type in having the prothorax entirely
pale, with the medioapical notch smaller.

Neocarphurus seminiger n. sp.

c?. Fla vo us and deep, shining black. Very sparsely clothed.

Head with a large interocular tubercle, on each side of which is a distinct
fovea, base with rather dense punctures. Antennas long and thin, scarcely serrated.
Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, convex in front, and much wider there than
near base, where there is a deep transverse impression, sides finely longitudinally
strigose, elsewhere with minute punctures. Elytra about as long as head and
prothorax combined, with a large subtriangular impression on each side at apical

MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

362

third, almost impunctate. Legs long, basal joint of front tarsi with a small, black,
inner comb. Length, 3 mm.

Queensland : Somerset (C. T. McNamara). Type (unique), in South Australian
Museum.

Allied to N. semifiavus , but antennae thinner (only the second joint transverse),
elytra with the black part obtusely advanced suturally, nowhere opaque, and impressed
on each side near apex. The fiavous parts are the head, prothorax, basal fourth of
elytra (shoulders infuscated), prosternum, mesosternum, antennae (three apical
joints infuscated), and legs (tibiae slightly infuscated). The cephalic tubercle, from
behind, appears simple, from the sides it is seen to be slightly impressed in the middle.

Neocarphurus insignis n. sp.

cj. Black and fiavous. With sparse white pubescence and straggling hairs on
abdomen, legs, and basal joint of antennae.

Head large, surface very uneven : clypeus long, with a median elevation.
Byes large, lateral, and pointed in front. Antennae thin, none of the joints transverse.
Prothorax longer than wide, sides narrowed from apex to base, which is strongly
depressed, apex obtusely incurved at middle ; with a median line distinct on basal
half, and traceable to apex ; with small, rugose punctures. Elytra parallel -sided,
slightly longer than head and prothorax combined ; with dense, sharply defined
punctures of moderate size. Legs long and very thin, basal joint of front tarsi w T ith
a black inner comb. Length, 4 mm.

New Guinea : Finsch Haven (Rev. L. Wagner). Type, in South Australian
Museum .

The dense and sharply defined punctures on the elytra are at variance with
all other species of the genus, but the wide apex of prothorax, its strongly narrowed
and greatly depressed base, and eyes (when wet) of a brilliant emerald green, are
as on others of the genus ; which is now first recorded from New Guinea. On the
type there is a compound interocular elevation, with a small spine directed forw ards ;
between it and each eye there is a round fovea, the two obtusely connected in front,
behind it there is another fovea, which is continued under the apex of prothorax :
behind each eye there is also a fovea, which is distinct only from the side. On a
second specimen the head has the mediobasal fovea quite as large as on the type,
the postocular fovea? are similar, but the space between the eyes and in front is
irregularly undulating, rather than foveate and tuberculate. The differences are
evidently due to post-mortem shrinkage. The fiavous parts are the head, prothorax
(except for a large triangular basal infuscation), shoulders, prosternum, mesosternum.
metasternal episterna, legs (except hind coxa?), and antennae (the apical joints slightly
infuscated). The abdomen, when not contracted, is longer than the elytra.

Neocarphurus coatesi Lea.

Four specimens (sexes) of this species, from the National Park of Queensland,
differ from the types in having the apical two-thirds of prothorax deeply infuscated
or blackish.

Balanophorus biplag'iatus Fairm.

Two specimens (sexes) from Cairns possibly belong to this species (described
originally as from Peak Downs). They differ, however, from the description in

ON CO LEO FT EE A, MOSTLY FROM QUEENSLAND.

363

having the apical fourth of elytra obscurely inf us ca ted, the abdomen uniformly
pale, of the legs only the tarsi infuscated, and that seven of the apical joints of
antennae are infuscated. In the original description the parts noted were described
as follows : “ elytris . . . apicem macula fusca transversim signatis , abdomine

. . . apice late nigro , . . . pedibus fuscis , antennis . . . articulo ultimo

obscuro ” The antennae were also described as “ ab articulo tertio longe flabellatis ”
On the Cairns male the antennal pectinations are rather shorter than usual in the
genus, although decidedly longer than on Carphurus ; it also has a small interocular
spot. The female differs from it in having the antennae strongly serrated only, the
head immaculate, and the hind femora narrowly infuscated on the upper surface.

Balanophorus mastersi Macl.

A male without locality label, in the South Australian Museum, but probably
from South Australia, differs from normal males in having the antennal rami much
shorter, only about half as long as the width of the head, instead of as long as its
widest part.

Balanophorus concinnus Lea.

A male from Cairns agrees well with the type, except that the hind legs are
pale, with the exception of the infuscated tarsi.

END OF Vol. IX, MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

Anthony James Cumming, Government Printer, Brisbane.

1

5